tech direct issue 15

order online SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK

call 0845 006 6000

Ca

ll loC

al 0

845 0

06 6

000

Iss

ue

15

Product & service Know-How

0845 006 6000

Iss

ue

15

Your quick guide to our

PRODUCTS & SERVICES

Tools, safety & Maintenance

Flow Control

sealing & Polymer

Fluid Power, Transfer & Control

Power Transmission

Bearings

Te

CH

DIr

eC

T

Your product journeY with ERiKS

ONE CONVERSAtiON

to unlock COUNtLESS SOLUtiONS...

ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle, and the results it has to produce, enables us to engineer a solution you can rely on - for increased efficiency, extended life, minimum maintenance and maximum productivity.

Power transmissionBelt & chain drives | Motors | couplings | Gearboxes I Inverters

Pages 33-78

ERIKS offers you fast, cost-effective access to an extensive range of world-leading brands. Our exceptional product know-how, coupled with our range of in-house application engineers, means that we are ideally positioned to provide solutions based on a true understanding of your needs.

Fluid Power, transfer & Controlpneumatics | Hydraulics | Filtration | Industrial Hose

Pages 79-146

ERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance provide brand leaders in all of its 3 main product areas – Safety, Tooling and Consumables. Choosing the right tools safety and maintenance equipment is not just about getting the job done more efficiently; it is also about protecting employees from the risk of injury.

tools, Safety & Maintenancetools | Spill control | ppe | Lubricants | Adhesives

Pages 201-248

ERIKS Flow Control have the know-how to ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping expensive downtime to a minimum.Whether you need a solution for Pumps or Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability, technical experience and supply chain you can rely on, year in year out!

Flow Control pumps | Valves & Automation

Pages 171-200

Our Technology Centre has sealing all wrapped up. With products, materials, processes, application know-how and resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really does offer a complete sealing solution package.

Sealing & PolymerIndustrial Seals | Gaskets

Pages 147-170

Pages 1-32

ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing stock available the same day with a further £150 million of stock available next day. As an authorised distributor for the key global bearing brands, ERIKS has integrated logistic links with all key manufacturers delivering the most reliable supply service.

BearingsBearings | Fitting tools | condition Monitoring

You only have to ask ERIKS, to get all the answers you need. That’s because it only takes one con-versation to unlock countless solutions, for all your industrial product, service, supply and support needs. In fact, there’s no simpler way to get things done than talking to ERIKS.

Sealing & Polymer

our extensive PRODUCt

RANGE has the DEPth and BREADTH

you need

£22m of stock with access to

over 1.3m product lines

Tools, Safety & Maintenance

Flow Control

Fluid Power, Transfer

& Control

Power Transmission

Bearings & Lubrication

For most ERIKS customers, that conversation starts with products. And since ERIKS is the European market leader for Industrial Products and Services, why wouldn’t it? The company has over £23m of mechanical and electrical engineering components in stock, all manufactured with care to the highest quality. So one conversation with ERIKS can unlock a huge range of product solutions, across:

Bearings and lubrication Power transmission Fluid power, transfer and control Sealing and polymer Flow control Tools, safety and maintenance

But products alone are only the start of what makes ERIKS unique.

Our engineering know-how is decades of technical experience

It’s engineers with real expertise gained and applied in real-life situations, where minimising downtime, optimising productivity and maximising safety are part and parcel of any project. It’s also a deep understanding of customers’ industries and product applications, so that product issues can be quickly and accurately identified, and effectively solved, prevented or mitigated.

From APPLiCAtiON

to CUStOMiSEDand ENGiNEERED

solutions, we dowhat’s RiGht

for YOU

ADD to that what we CAN DO with

our unrivalled technical KNOw-hOw

More tLC less tCO with our

PRODUCt LiFE CYCLE

management

PRODUCtS areonly the StARt, we

MONitOR, MAiNtAiN,REPAiR or UPGRADEto keep your plant running

EFFiCiENtLY

A thorough understanding of applications also makes it easier for ERIKS to provide customised and engineered solutions, where off-the-shelf won’t do. Unique problems demand unique solutions, and ERIKS has the skills and resources to engineer them.

However, ERIKS’ know-how doesn’t end with providing a product solution, whether ready-made or custom-built. In fact, that’s only the beginning.

Life-support for products

ERIKS understand that the most forward-looking customers don’t judge a product’s performance on its price tag. After all, any savings on the initial purchase can soon be wiped out by the costs of excessive maintenance, unforeseen repairs, or a shorter than expected service life.

That’s why ERIKS promise to supply products which provide long-term solutions and reliable, sustainable, energy-efficient operation – for a longer, more cost-effective life.

Every single product supplied by ERIKS is then supported by ERIKS. This TLC for your products throughout their lifecycle – including Condition Monitoring, Asset Management and On-Site Maintenance – means a lower TCO in the long-run. And the company can also commit to repairing, upgrading, and replacing at the end of the product’s service life, to ensure you maintain optimum efficiency and productivity.

All of which helps to put into perspective investing a few extra pennies on a price tag at the start.

People make Solutions

Whether they’re product specialists or van drivers, switchboard operators or maintenance engineers, sales staff or accountants, everyone at ERIKS works in customer service. So ERIKS people make products into solutions, by combining customer service that’s consistently great with insight and solutions that deliver performance at the best TCO.

ERIKS’ aim is to work with you in a true partnership. One that makes it hard to tell where your team ends and ERIKS’ begins. By adding an extra layer of knowledge – without adding an extra layer of complexity – working with ERIKS is seamless, complementary, efficient and effective. Again, the statistics speak for themselves: ERIKS can save your engineers’ time, and already delivers a total of £2m every month in signed-off cost-savings for customers.

That’s not just for now, but for the future too.

ERIKS invest heavily in internal training, continued professional development and apprenticeship and graduate schemes, to bring on board then develop new talent ready to meet new challenges. The industrial engineering workforce may be ageing and shrinking, but ERIKS is ready to fill the gap.

It’s our GREAt PEOPLE that

MAKE it wORK each and EVERY

DAY

Investing in SKiLLS for tODAY and tOMORROw

ZERO accident

policy

We can SAVE 10-15% of

your engineers tiME

All backed up by a ROBUSt and EFFiCiENt LOGISTICS infrastructure

99.6% on time

DELiVERY RAtE

erIKS wEBShOP

purchasing power at your

FiNGERtiPS

Full StOCK

MANAGEMENt through our

iNtEGRAtED or ONSitE

solution

there for you LOCALLY through

our network of hUBS and SERViCE

CENtRES

Many businesses trust ERIKS to help them achieve their KPIs and meet their SLAs. Others simply rely on them to help keep their production running at its optimum, by providing condition monitoring and predictive maintenance solutions. Or timely repair, replace or upgrade advice. By helping them keep up to date with new products, new technology and new legislation. And of course, by providing the right products at the right time.

For those customers who need ERIKS people on site, the ERIKS Zero Accidents policy is highly reassuring. As a health and safety goal, it makes the company safer to work for and safer to work with. It also means that your own safety record won’t be compromised by ERIKS’ engineers or other teams, because you can be sure they’re as safety conscious as you are.

Solutions at your fingertips

Even the best and most appropriate product solution is no use to you unless it’s readily available and quickly, efficiently and reliably delivered. So it’s reassuring to know that even the largest companies, which depend absolutely on a robust supply chain, depend absolutely on ERIKS.

As a major global business, ERIKS can guarantee continuity of supply. And as a business, with long-term partnerships with many manufacturers, they can also remove the risk of inadvertently purchasing counterfeit products.

In fact, many products supplied by ERIKS have been developed as a result of these partnerships. ERIKS’ application know-how has informed the manufacturer’s design expertise, to produce a high-quality and highly efficient end result.

Even ordering is made easier with ERIKS, thanks to the availability of a sophisticated ecommerce solution which can be integrated into your own ERP system. There’s also a national network of ERIKS Service Centres and Regional Hubs, ensuring products and expertise are always within quick and easy reach. The statistics speak for themselves: 99.6% on-time delivery means less downtime and less lost production.

Or if you want the products you need, exactly where you need them, ERIKS’ stock management, integrated or on-site solutions – taking ownership of your MRO supply chain – mean stock is always on site and always on time.

Talk is cheap

It’s easy to talk about the great products, great services and great people you’ll find at ERIKS. It’s harder to prove it’s all true.

However, all it takes is one conversation to find out for yourself.

Talk to ERIKS about your product requirements. About a tricky application. About avoiding un-planned maintenance. About saving energy. About any one of the countless challenges you face every day.

ERiKS... making it

SiMPLE to get things DONE

With ERIKS, exceptional service isn’t something you have to search for. It’s there when you need it, wherever you are. From our high-level Technology Centres, to our Regional Hubs in your area, and our Integrated Service Centres on your site, ERIKS exceptional service is at your service.

exceptIonAL SerVIce At EVERY LEVEL

Parts warehouseCarries a significant stock of factory fresh key parts and consumables profiles to the local industry across the full ERIKS product range, these parts, all from leading brands are fully traceable and are backed by continuity of supply.

Product Customisation CellsAble to produce customised assemblies and solutions in moments, these flexible cells respond to orders within moments of receiving the request. Located next to the component parts stores, they can call off, build and test assemblies and systems faster than most companies can acknowledge your enquiry.

EngineeringCovering both mechanical and electrical (LV and HV) disciplines, the facilities have initial inspection and cleaning areas, repair bays staffed by time served specialists with years of expertise supported by machining cells able to produce hard to find or long lead-time components and dedicated equipment to aid the speed and quality of repairs from burnout ovens and balancing machines to winding machines

Demonstration and TrainingA live learning area designed and equipped to help maintenance and supply chain professionals learn about the latest best practice, techniques and innovative products.

Technical Support Our technical specialists can help with everything from a simple parts selection to a full turnkey product and everything between including customisation, subassemblies and application engineering across all nine of our core product areas.

Maintenance EngineeringThe ERIKS maintenance engineering team cover both workshop based facilities and mobile customer site based team as well as technical support functions.

Site ServicesThe ERIKS site services team are on hand to support you install, commission and maintain many parts of your plant, trained to the highest standard and with the latest tools and technologies to keep your equipment performing as you need.

Technology Centre Home of a Product Business Unit (the new name to replace Core Competence Centre or CCC) undertaking product design, innovation and development often in conjunction with key brands and supply partners, building and managing supplier agreements and relationships, engineering turnkey solutions for large projects, developing line side supply for volume manufacturers, supporting and developing technical knowhow for all ERIKS operations.

Regional Hubs Strengthens ERIKS local knowhow operating as a complete and comprehensive business unit supporting local service centres, integrated and onsites along with their own customers with engineering capability, parts customisation, commercial knowhow, application engineering and logistics across the complete ERIKS core product and service offering.

Technical Service Centres Service centres with additional areas of capability such as engineering/repair or customisation in specific product areas such as gasket cutting or hose assembly with the supporting application engineering anchor points. These sites will be located in areas with high demand for specific capabilities required by local industry.

Service Centres Support and service the ERIKS broad customer base calling on specific support from Regional Hubs or Technical service centres as and when required, these teams have the strongest relationship with our customers helping them achieve their specific goals and objectives.

Onsite Service Centre Located on a customer’s site to support the selection and specification of core products with support from technical specialists and the logistics operations of ERIKS.

Integrated Service Centre Located on a customer’s site owning some or all of the indirect supply chain; from specification, purchasing, stores, asset management and technical/application support directly integrated with the customers systems and procedures.

Customer ServiceThe customer service team make sure you are up to date with all activity on the go, from checking a price and availability to a progress report on a new build, repair or requesting a site visit by one of the ERIKS site engineering service crew.

BEARING Technology

Quick reference

ERIKS offers over £5 million of bearing stock available the same day with a further £150 million of stock available next day.

As an authorised distributor for the key global bearing brands, eRIKS has integrated logistic links with all key manufacturers delivering the most reliable supply service.

1

Spherical Roller Bearings 4-5

Deep groove Ball Bearings 6

y-Bearings 7

linear Motion and Actuation 8

Split Roller Bearings 9

Radial Ball Bearings 10

SnT Split Plummer Blocks 11

housed Units 12-13

Tapered Roller Bearings 14

linear Bearings 16

Rotary Bearings 17

cylindrical Roller Bearings 18

Super Precision Bearings 19-21

Self-lube® Bearings 22

housings 23

Ball Busings 24

needle Roller Bearings 25

lubricators 26

condition monitoring 27-28, 32

Bearing Fitting Tools 29

Test and Measurement Tools 29-31

Quick Product Reference

4-8, 28-29 9-14 15-18 19-23

2524 26 30-31

smart technologies

Visit us at www.eriks.co.uk

Bearings

SUPeRIoR PeRFoRMAnce BEARING SolutIoNSAuthorised Distributors for all the top global brands. Stock and logistics excellence with 5 million of stock available same day and 150 million next day. Real bearing know-how

from our Application, Project and Design Engineers.

eRIKS are not just a supplier; we are a leader in condition based monitoring (cM), bearing fitting and gearbox repairs. our bearing engineering ‘know-how’ can produce significant reductions in downtime and maintenance costs while helping you increase productivity. We can help you to positively impact the total cost of your bearings.

2

WHY USE AN AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR?

Short answer, total peace of mind with full manufacture back up, warranty and guaranteed genuine products.

n Full traceabilityn Avoid fake bearingsn Availabilityn Full technical supportn Access to the latest technologies

Product Range

n Ball and Roller Bearingsn Bearing housings, Units and Split Bearingsn Plain Bearings, Bushes and Rod endsn linear Bearingsn linear Actuatorsn Bearing Toolsn lubricants and lubricators

Services

n Fittingn Sealingn lubrication Selection and dDeliveryn Preventative Maintenancen Repair and Refurbishmentn Sub-assemblyn Kittingn Bespoke Bearing and housing Design

INNOVATIVE NEW PRODUCTS

n SKF explorer Upgraden nSK Molded oiln Timken Blue Brute

Specialist Technical CentresKnow-How

TOTAL FAN SOLUTIONS

Industrial fans play a key backstage role in a variety of operations, from delivering process gases to extracting dangerous fumes. But their ‘behind the scenes’ nature means they are often ignored.

So understanding the most common issues they suffer – and how to overcome them – can help you minimise unplanned downtime and maximise equipment productivity.

n Premature failure

n excessive noise

n excessive vibration

n high temperatures

n Poor access, poor maintenance

To discover how we can help you improve reliability and efficiency of these crucial -often overlooked assets - request a copy of our latest Fan Solutions brochure.

BEARING TECHNOLOGY

10 POINT PLAN FOR GETTING THE MOST FROM YOUR BEARINGS

Select the Correct Bearingchoosing the right bearing at the design stage is critical to the safe, consistent, efficient running of your machine. consider all the operating parameters such as space, speed, load direction as well as material, lubrication and shock-load.

Get What you Paid Forcounterfeit bearings are on the rise - and can be difficult to spot - making it more important than ever to deal with authorised sources in the purchasing stage. The implications can be extensive, resulting in catastrophic failure.

Store Bearings CorrectlyKeep bearings in their original, unopened packaging until mounting, to prevent corrosion and ingress of contaminants. Beware of the shelf-life of pre-greased bearings which can range from 3-5 years.

Prepare for InstallationTake care when removing existing bearings as damage to components can significantly delay the fitting and performance of the new ones. check you have the right equipment to hand and select the correct fitting method, before you begin.

Fit and Align16% of premature failures result from incorrect fitting, damage from hammer blows can ruin the bearings, before they even run. Adhere to correct fitting practices and you can help extend the bearing’s service life and reduce costs over time.

3

Correct Sealing ArrangementThe correct seal can reduce premature failures by 14%. even a tiny amount of contamination can adversely affect the bearing operating life - which is why adequate sealing arrangements are key.

Maintain Lubrication Despite the availability of ‘sealed for life’ bearings, 36% of premature bearing failures occur as a result of incorrect lubricant specification or inadequate application.

Monitor Bearing ConditionRegular interval checks for bearings are ideal, even if it’s just visual, temperature and noise checks. condition monitoring techniques such as vibration analysis can be used to determine bearing status, enabling companies to address any issues early on and before any downtime occurs.

Plan for Replacement no matter how much you care for your bearings, they will need to be replaced at some point, condition monitoring can help you to plan for that replacement. ensuring you can plan for the right people, components and tools to be available when you need them.

Upgrade for Savings

When it comes to replacement, don’t just settle for like-for-like; consider upgrades to sealing, materials or different fittings - all of which can help you improve performance further.


4


BE

AR

ING

S

Spherical Roller Bearings and Housings

Open bearing Sealed bearing

competitor bearings

l10m SKF rating life

l10 Basic rating life

SKF explorer

Bearing life

5


BE

AR

ING

S

SKF Explorer Spherical Roller Bearings

All SKF explorer spherical roller bearings have been upgraded to a new level of performance, featuring a combination of high-quality steel and an improved heat treatment process.

combining the clean and homogenous high-quality steel used in the original SKF explorer bearings with an improved heat treatment process the upgraded bearings provide longer service life, particularly under difficult operating conditions where bearings are subjected to contamination or poor lubrication.

SKF Spherical Roller Bearings for Vibratory ApplicationsSKF explorer spherical roller bearings for vibrating screens (VA405) are proven to last twice as long as other screen bearings and operate at much cooler temperatures, which helps:

n lower maintenance and repair costs

n Reduce downtime

n Improve safety

SKF explorer spherical bearings (VA406) provide all the same benefits as VA405 bearings, plus they feature a PTFe coated bore which virtually eliminates fretting corrosion between the shaft and the bearing bore. This helps:

n extend maintenance intervals

n Reduce associated labour costs

The SKF Three-Barrier SolutionFor highly contaminated environments, SKF recommends the SKF Three-barrier solution, as contaminants must pass through three barriers to reach the bearing. The SKF Three-barrier solution extends bearing service life without the use of large quantities of grease to purge contamination.

n Sealed SKF explorer spherical roller bearings

n SKF split block housings

n Standard SKF l or S-type seals for Snl housings

n SKF lggB2 biodegradable or lgeP2 as the barrier grease

11 22 33

SKF Housing KitsPlace a single SKF housing Kit order and receive one package containing a high-quality SKF explorer bearing, housing and all of the components needed to create a high performing bearing system.

Sealed SKF Explorer Spherical Roller BearingsThe sealed bearings can significantly increase bearing service life in contaminated environments. The bearings are pre-lubricated with a specially formulated grease and sealed with highly effective contact seals.

In many applications, these bearings can be considered lubricated for the life of the bearing. By eliminating or extending relubrication intervals, these bearings can significantly reduce the cost to purchase, apply and dispose of grease. Reduced maintenance costs will, in many cases, substantially reduce the total cost of ownership of an application.

half the friction, twice the speed with a new design that results in up to 50% less seal friction, SKF’s small sealed spherical roller bearings reduce operating temperatures by as much as 20 °c.

NEW

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Length (mm)

22205e 25 52 18

22210e 50 90 23

22215e 75 130 31


BS2-2205-2RS/VT143 25 52 18

BS2-2210-2RS/VT143 50 90 28

BS2-2215-2RS/VT143 75 130 38


22310 e/VA405 50 110 40

22315 eJA/VA405 75 160 55

22320 eJA/VA405 100 215 73


22310 e/VA405 50 110 40

22315 eJA/VA405 75 160 55

22320 eJA/VA405 100 215 73

Part No Bearing Housing SealSe 22211 TA 22211 e Se 211 TSn 211 A

Se 22511 Tl/c3 22211 eK/c3 Se 511-609 TSn 511 l

Se 22213 TA 22213 e Se 213 TSn 213 A

6


BE

AR

ING

S

Deep Groove Ball Bearings and Y-bearing units

Deep Groove Ball BearingsThese bearings are simple in design, non-separable, suitable for high and very high speeds and are robust in operation, requiring little maintenance. Because deep groove ball bearings are the most widely used bearing type, they are available from SKF in many designs, variants and sizes.

SKF Explorer Bearings

SKF explorer deep groove ball bearings are designed to run cooler, smoother, quieter and longer than standard design deep groove ball bearings

The performance of these bearings has been substantially improved by optimising the internal geometry and surface finish of all contact surfaces, redesigning the cage, combining the extremely clean and homogenous steel with a unique heat treatment and improving the quality and uniformity of the balls.

SKF Energy Efficient BearingsShielded and sealed SKF e2 deep groove ball bearings cut bearing friction losses by 30–50% compared to SKF explorer bearings.

compared to bearings from other manufacturers, SKF e2 bearings can reduce friction losses even more. Installing these bearings during your next round of repairs provides a valuable opportunity to save energy.

Corrosion resistant bearings

These bearings are manufactured to withstand tough application requirements and to be the first choice when moisture, corrosive or abrasive materials are present. Applications include food and beverage, pharmaceutical, chemical and hydrocarbon processing or medical which require components that can provide high operational reliability and long service life.

Shielded E2 Bearings

INSOCOAT Bearings

These bearings have an electrically insulating coating on the external surfaces of the outer ring or the inner ring. They are a very cost-effective solution compared with other methods of protecting bearings against damage and eventual failure due to the passage of electric current through their rolling contacts.

SKF Deep Groove Ball Bearings and Y-Bearing Units

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)6000 10 26 8

6001 12 28 8

6002 15 32 9

6004 20 42 12

6005 25 47 12

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)e2.625-2Z 5 16 5

e2.6000-2Z 10 26 8

e2.6004-2Z 20 42 12

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)e2.626-2RSh 6 19 6

e2.6000-2RSh 10 26 8

e2.6002-2RSh 15 32 9

Sealed E2 Bearings

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) Width (mm)

6314/c3Vl0241 70 150 35

6216/c3Vl0241 80 140 26

6220/c3Vl0241 100 180 34


W 605 5 14 5

W 6000 10 26 8

W 6002 15 32 9

7


BE

AR

ING

SSKF Y-Bearing Units

These are ready-to-mount and ready-to-use units equipped with a superior sealing system. This system provides reliable protection against moisture and contaminants, plus exceptional lubricant retention.

The assortment is extensive and includes a wide range of housing designs and materials, and a variety of y-bearings with locking mechanisms and seals suited to different requirements. housing types include y-bearing plummer block units, flanged y-bearing units and y-bearing take-up units. housing materials include composite material, grey cast iron, sheet steel and stainless steel.

SKF Energy Efficient Y-Bearing Unitshelping to reduce total cost of ownership, these lightweight, cost-effective and ready-to-mount units are particularly well suited for applications where high speeds, moderate loads, reliability and minimal maintenance are all key parameters. The units can be optimised for specific applications and conditions, helping customers reduce energy use and total cost of ownership.

SKF Food Line Y-Bearing UnitsThese units offer a maintenance-free solution that enables increased productivity, coupled with reduced costs. once installed, the units require no re-lubrication. They feature a maintenance-free, stainless steel bearing insert that is fitted with a very efficient multiple-lip seal and a rotating flinger on both sides to keep the lubricant in, and harsh washdown solutions out, even under high pressure washing.

SKF Agricultural Y-Bearing UnitsDeveloped specifically for agricultural applications, these units are designed to withstand the toughest operating conditions, reduce downtime and reduce environmental impact.

Suitable for normal and demanding applications, they are re-lubrication-free and feature a robust, five-lip seal design, an advanced, truly concentric locking method, and optional corrosion protection.

SKF High Temperature Y-Bearing UnitsThese units incorporate graphite-based lubricants that continuously lubricate the bearing, eliminating the use of grease.

Ideal for industries such as metals and food and beverage, these bearings are designed for re-lubrication-free operation at temperatures up to 350 °c.

Part No ID (mm) Width (mm)Sy 15 TF 15 32

Sy 20 TF 20 32

Sy 25 TF 25 36

Part No ID (mm) Width (mm)

SyK 20 Fe 20 32

SyK 25 Fe 25 32

SyK 30 Fe 30 40


SyWK 20 yTh 20 32

SyWK 25 yTh 25 32

SyWK 30 yTh 30 40


ySPAg 205 25 52

ySPAg 206 30 62

ySPAg 207 35 72


Sy 20 TF/VA201 20 32

Sy 30 TF/VA201 30 40

Sy 40 TF/VA201 40 48


8


BE

AR

ING

S

CAHB and CAT Actuators for Quick DeliveryAvailable for delivery in just five working days this initiative is designed to help speed up machine build, modification and repairs, while reducing stockholding.

Typical applications include medical, factory automation, food and beverage, and off-highway.

SKF Roller Profile Rail Guide LLU SeriesSpecifically designed for machine tool applications where high accuracy, high system rigidity, low heat generation and low noise and vibration levels are prerequisites.

n Full ISo interchangeability n high load rating at compact design n outstanding running smoothness

n longer service life n Reduced maintenance

Linear Motion and Actuation

Linear Ball BearingsDelivers advantages over competitor’s solutions, and is considered a benchmark among linear guidance system users. SKF technology innovations, product quality, wide range availability, reliability and service life all contribute to efficient and cost-effective solutions.

LBC D-series

n Full ISo interchangeability n Self-aligning capability n optimised cage design n Factory pre-lubrication n corrosion-resistant design n Food grade lubrication option

CASM Electric Cylinders with Brushless DC MotorsWhen compared to pneumatics, the investment cost will be paid back in a short time period due to the tremendous energy savings.

Simply define the cylinder’s operating parameters by using SKF Drive Assistant software and benefit from variable speed, high positioning accuracy, high force and a long lifetime.

NEW NEW

SKF Linear Motion and Actuation Technology


lBcR 12 D 12 22 32

lBcR 16 D 16 26 36

lBcR 20 D 20 32 45

Without Seals


lBcR 12 D-2lS 12 22 32

lBcR 16 D-2lS 16 26 36

lBcR 20 D-2lS 20 32 45

With 2 Double Lip Seals

SKF Profile Rail Guide LLT SeriesAvailable in a wide range of sizes, carriages and accessories as well as in various preload and accuracy classes, which facilitates the adaptation to individual application demands.

n Improved service life and reliability n Ready-to-mount due to factory pre-lubrication n high flexibility in application design n Interchangeability n Simplified stock management

Part No Rail Width (mm)

llThc 15 SA T0 P5 15




llUhS 25 A 70

llUhS 35 A 100

llUhS 45 A 120

9


BE

AR

ING

S

TIMKEN Split Roller Bearings

Removable support caps and housing halvespermit quick visual inspection of bearing components during scheduled maintenance.

Innovative cage clipis fixed to the cage and prevents loss during assembly and disassembly.

Machined brass cageis standard to accommodate higher speeds and temperatures.

Profiled rolling elementsreduce damaging edge stress to increase bearing life and reliability.

Eight seal styles,including Kevlar® packing seal and aluminum triple labyrinth, handle any operating environment.

ASTM 48A - Grade 40/BS EN1561:1997 - Grade 250 cast ironfor strength and durability.

Spherical housing outside diameterallows for +/- 1.5 degrees misalignment.

Engineered to perform

SPLIT CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARINGS

Revolvo Split Cylindrical Bearings are designed to help increase operational life and reduce maintenance expense.

• Capable of handling higher speeds,temperature and acceleration from ahighly engineered machined brass cage.

• Longer life due to a robust designfeaturing double webs and thicksections of high grade cast iron.

• Improved performance provided by profiledrolling elements that reduce damagingedge stress.

• Ability to closely match application loadrequirements with engineered bearingconfigurations.

• Able to handle a range of operatingenvironments with available selectionof eight seal designs.

• Available in application appropriatehousing styles.

© 2016 The Timken Company. Timken® is a registered trademark of The Timken Company.

The Timken team applies their know-how to improve the reliability and performance of machinery in diverse markets worldwide. The company designs, makes and markets high-performance mechanical components, including bearings, belts, gears, chain and related mechanical power transmission products and services.

CALL ON TIMKENFor your nearest Timken sales engineer, visit www.timken.com


10


BE

AR

ING

S

Timken radial ball bearings consist of an inner and outer ring with a cage containing a complement of precision balls.

The standard conrad-type bearing has a deep groove construction capable of handling radial and axial loads from either direction in versatile designs that permit relatively high-speed operation.

Series Base Open Open C3 2 Rubber Seals 2 Rubber Seals 2 Metal Sheilds 2 Metal Shields C3 2RS 2RS C3 ZZ ZZ C36000 Series 6000 6000-TIMKen 6000c3-TIMKen 60002RS-TIMKen 60002RSc3-TIMKen 6000ZZ-TIMKen 6000ZZc3-TIMKen 6001 6001-TIMKen 6001c3-TIMKen 60012RS-TIMKen 60012RSc3-TIMKen 6001ZZ-TIMKen 6001ZZc3-TIMKen 6002 6002-TIMKen 6002c3-TIMKen 60022RS-TIMKen 60022RSc3-TIMKen 6002ZZ-TIMKen 6002ZZc3-TIMKen 6003 6003-TIMKen 6003c3-TIMKen 60032RS-TIMKen 60032RSc3-TIMKen 6003ZZ-TIMKen 6003ZZc3-TIMKen 6004 6004-TIMKen 6004c3-TIMKen 60042RS-TIMKen 60042RSc3-TIMKen 6004ZZ-TIMKen 6004ZZc3-TIMKen 6005 6005-TIMKen 6005c3-TIMKen 60052RS-TIMKen 60052RSc3-TIMKen 6005ZZ-TIMKen 6005ZZc3-TIMKen 6006 6006-TIMKen 6006c3-TIMKen 60062RS-TIMKen 60062RSc3-TIMKen 6006ZZ-TIMKen 6006ZZc3-TIMKen 6007 6007-TIMKen 6007c3-TIMKen 60072RS-TIMKen 60072RSc3-TIMKen 6007ZZ-TIMKen 6007ZZc3-TIMKen 6008 6008-TIMKen 6008c3-TIMKen 60082RS-TIMKen 60082RSc3-TIMKen 6008ZZ-TIMKen 6008ZZc3-TIMKen 6009 6009-TIMKen 6009c3-TIMKen 60092RS-TIMKen 60092RSc3-TIMKen 6009ZZ-TIMKen 6009ZZc3-TIMKen 6010 6010-TIMKen 6010c3-TIMKen 60102RS-TIMKen 60102RSc3-TIMKen 6010ZZ-TIMKen 6010ZZc3-TIMKen 6011 6011-TIMKen 6011c3-TIMKen 60112RS-TIMKen 60112RSc3-TIMKen 6011ZZ-TIMKen 6011ZZc3-TIMKen 6012 6012-TIMKen 6012c3-TIMKen 60122RS-TIMKen 60122RSc3-TIMKen 6012ZZ-TIMKen 6012ZZc3-TIMKen 6013 - - 60132RS-TIMKen 60132RSc3-TIMKen - - 6014 - - 60142RS-TIMKen 60142RSc3-TIMKen - - 6015 - - 60152RS-TIMKen 60152RSc3-TIMKen - - 6016 - - 60162RS-TIMKen 60162RSc3-TIMKen - - 6017 - - - 60172RSc3-TIMKen - -6200 Series 6200 6200-TIMKen 6200c3-TIMKen 62002RS-TIMKen 62002RSc3-TIMKen 6200ZZ-TIMKen 6200ZZc3-TIMKen 6201 6201-TIMKen 6201c3-TIMKen 62012RS-TIMKen - 6201ZZ-TIMKen 6201ZZc3-TIMKen 6202 6202-TIMKen 6202c3-TIMKen 62022RS-TIMKen 62022RSc3-TIMKen 6202ZZ-TIMKen 6202ZZc3-TIMKen 6203 6203-TIMKen 6203c3-TIMKen 62032RS-TIMKen 62032RSc3-TIMKen 6203ZZ-TIMKen 6203ZZc3-TIMKen 6204 6204-TIMKen 6204c3-TIMKen 62042RS-TIMKen 62042RSc3-TIMKen 6204ZZ-TIMKen 6204ZZc3-TIMKen 6205 6205-TIMKen 6205c3-TIMKen 62052RS-TIMKen 62052RSc3-TIMKen 6205ZZ-TIMKen 6205ZZc3-TIMKen 6206 6206-TIMKen 6206c3-TIMKen 62062RS-TIMKen 62062RSc3-TIMKen 6206ZZ-TIMKen 6206ZZc3-TIMKen 6207 6207-TIMKen 6207c3-TIMKen 62072RS-TIMKen 62072RSc3-TIMKen 6207ZZ-TIMKen 6207ZZc3-TIMKen 6208 6208-TIMKen 6208c3-TIMKen 62082RS-TIMKen 62082RSc3-TIMKen 6208ZZ-TIMKen 6208ZZc3-TIMKen 6209 6209-TIMKen 6209c3-TIMKen 62092RS-TIMKen 62092RSc3-TIMKen 6209ZZ-TIMKen 6209ZZc3-TIMKen 6210 6210-TIMKen 6210c3-TIMKen 62102RS-TIMKen 62102RSc3-TIMKen 6210ZZ-TIMKen 6210ZZc3-TIMKen 6211 6211-TIMKen 6211c3-TIMKen 62112RS-TIMKen 62112RSc3-TIMKen 6211ZZ-TIMKen 6211ZZc3-TIMKen 6212 6212-TIMKen 6212c3-TIMKen 62122RS-TIMKen 62122RSc3-TIMKen 6212ZZ-TIMKen 6212ZZc3-TIMKen 6213 - - 62132RS-TIMKen 62132RSc3-TIMKen - -6300 Series 6300 6300-TIMKen 6300c3-TIMKen 63002RS-TIMKen 63002RSc3-TIMKen 6300ZZ-TIMKen 6300ZZc3-TIMKen 6301 6301-TIMKen 6301c3-TIMKen 63012RS-TIMKen 63012RSc3-TIMKen 6301ZZ-TIMKen 6301ZZc3-TIMKen 6302 6302-TIMKen 6302c3-TIMKen 63022RS-TIMKen 63022RSc3-TIMKen 6302ZZ-TIMKen 6302ZZc3-TIMKen 6303 6303-TIMKen 6303c3-TIMKen 63032RS-TIMKen 63032RSc3-TIMKen 6303ZZ-TIMKen 6303ZZc3-TIMKen 6304 6304-TIMKen 6304c3-TIMKen 63042RS-TIMKen 63042RSc3-TIMKen 6304ZZ-TIMKen 6304ZZc3-TIMKen 6305 6305-TIMKen 6305c3-TIMKen 63052RS-TIMKen 63052RSc3-TIMKen 6305ZZ-TIMKen 6305ZZc3-TIMKen 6306 6306-TIMKen 6306c3-TIMKen 63062RS-TIMKen 63062RSc3-TIMKen 6306ZZ-TIMKen 6306ZZc3-TIMKen 6307 6307-TIMKen 6307c3-TIMKen 63072RS-TIMKen 63072RSc3-TIMKen 6307ZZ-TIMKen 6307ZZc3-TIMKen 6308 6308-TIMKen 6308c3-TIMKen 63082RS-TIMKen 63082RSc3-TIMKen 6308ZZ-TIMKen 6308ZZc3-TIMKen 6309 6309-TIMKen 6309c3-TIMKen 63092RS-TIMKen 63092RSc3-TIMKen 6309ZZ-TIMKen 6309ZZc3-TIMKen 6310 6310-TIMKen 6310c3-TIMKen 63102RS-TIMKen 63102RSc3-TIMKen 6310ZZ-TIMKen 6310ZZc3-TIMKen 6311 6311-TIMKen 6311c3-TIMKen 63112RS-TIMKen 63112RSc3-TIMKen 6311ZZ-TIMKen 6311ZZc3-TIMKen 6312 6312-TIMKen 6312c3-TIMKen 63122RS-TIMKen 63122RSc3-TIMKen 6312ZZ-TIMKen 6312ZZc3-TIMKenMiniature 607 - - 6072RS-TIMKen 6072RSc3-TIMKen 607ZZ-TIMKen 607ZZc3-TIMKen 608 608-TIMKen - 6082RS-TIMKen 6082RSc3-TIMKen 608ZZ-TIMKen 608ZZc3-TIMKen 609 - - 6092RS-TIMKen 6092RSc3-TIMKen 609ZZ-TIMKen 609ZZc3-TIMKen 626 626-TIMKen - 6262RS-TIMKen 6262RSc3-TIMKen 626ZZ-TIMKen 626ZZc3-TIMKen 627 627-TIMKen - 6272RS-TIMKen 6272RSc3-TIMKen 627ZZ-TIMKen - 628 - - - - 628ZZ-TIMKen - 629 629-TIMKen - 6292RS-TIMKen 6292RSc3-TIMKen 629ZZ-TIMKen -

Radial Ball Bearings

Radial Ball Bearings and Plummer Blocks

11


BE

AR

ING

S

SNT Split Plummer Blocks

Features n Split construction for convenient assembly and disassembly. n Units include pry-tool slots for quick and easy installation. n centre marks to simplify alignment and dimples for positioning pins and four-bolt mounting.

n Seal grooves allow for various sealing options. n The design allows for simplified bearing inspection, service and replacement.

Applications n conveyors n Ball Millls

Design and ConstructionTimken offers split plummer block housings that can be built with either tapered bore bearings with adapters for mounting on straight shafts or cylindrical bore bearings for assembly on shouldered shafts.

Timken uses a system of dowelling caps and bases together at an early stage of manufacturing, so that they remain a single unit during machining. They are not interchangeable as separate parts and become precisely mated components, helping to ensure a precise fit. Timken supplies plummer block housings for mounting with two or four bolts.

Split-block housings

Provide proper support with precision-fit matched cap-and-base with dowel pins. Simplifies alignment and installation of heavy housings. convenient pry-tool slots for easy cap removal speeds bearing inspection and replacement.

Timken® spherical roller bearings

Increase reliability with a high-performance bearing that runs cooler for longer bearing life.

Locating rings

Provide flexibility to fix or float the bearing.

Optional end caps

Avoid damage to bearing and housing. easy to install and remove.

Cast-iron

Rugged cast-iron is well-suited for harsh industrial applications. Available in steel or ductile iron.

Seal options

Protect the bearing with double-lip, labyrinth, V-ring and taconite sealing options.

Tapered adapter

For straight bore mounting secure each bearing onto the shaft.

Standard metric mounting dimensions

ease installation with same dimensions as industry norms for bolt holes, centre heights and shaft diameters. conforms to ISo 113:1999.

Sizes n 20–400mm shafts

n casters n Rolling mills n heavy movable structures

Timken’s capabilities in engineering and manufacturing heavy-duty plummer blocks help ensure high performance from their products

12


BE

AR

ING

S

Housed Units

Spherical Roller Bearing Steel Cage (EJ)

Size Range

25mm bore up to 400mm outside diameter

Design

• Internal geometry and surface finishes optimised to maximise bearing performance and lower running temperature

Industries & Applications

• Continuous casters• Gear drives• Cement• Aggregate• Mining and construction• Oil and gas• Pumps and compressors• Air handling units• Cranes, lifts and hoists

SNT Plummer BlocksSpherical Roller Bearing Brass Cage (EM, EMB)

Size Range

30mm to 1500mm bore size

Design

• EM type feature precision-machined, roller-riding brass cages and are designed for harsh industrial environments

• EMB type feature precision-machined land-riding one-piece brass cages, and are designed for applications requiring a larger bore size


EM • Continuous casters• Vibratory screens• Gear drivesEMB• Continuous casters• Gear drives• Cement and aggregate• Mining & construction• Oil & gas• Pumps & Compressors

Size Range

20mm to 380mm bore size

Design

• Durable cast-iron housing and robust sealing options to keep lubrication in and contamination out

• Separate, matched caps and bases ease installation

• Simply remove the cap using a pry-tool slot for bearing inspection, service and replacement


• Gear drives• Cement• Aggregate• Mining and construction• Oil and gas• Pumping and

compressors• Air handling units

Size Range

Available in sizes up to 900mm

Design

• Adapter sleeves are used with a nut and locking device to simplify mounting a tapered bore bearing on a straight shaft using a pull-type fit

• Withdrawal sleeves feature a push-type mounting arrangement and a locking device to secure a bearing to a shaft


• Continuous casters• Gear drives• Cement• Aggregate• Mining and construction• Oil and gas• Air handling units

Spherical Roller Bearing Accessories

Designed for the toughest conditions Tough bearings for tough jobs from Timken...

13


BE

AR

ING

S

Size Range

1.3/8 to 11.13/16 11" with special shaft sizes available up to 39.3/8" and beyond

Design

• Rugged cast-iron or cast-steel housings with high capacity spherical roller bearings to meet the toughest demands of heavy industry

• Split construction allows for easy assembly and disassembly

• Multiple sealing options protect against contamination


• Conveyors• Mining applications• Pulp and paper mills• Rolling mills

SAF Pillow Blocks Spherical Roller Bearing Solid-Block Housed Units

Size Range

Shafts from 35 to 400mm (1.7/16" to 15.3/4")

Design

• Made with cast-steel housings and Timken high-performance spherical roller bearings, these are the only spherical roller bearing housed units to offer steel solid-block housings as standard

• Can run on misaligned shafts up to ±1.5° without a reduction in life expectancy


• Metal mills• Aggregate and cement• Mining• Power generation• Pulp and paper• Material conveying• Sugar mills• Agriculture• Waste management• Waste waste treatment• HVAC, fans & blowers• Cranes, Lifts and hoists

Type E Tapered Roller Bearing Housed Units

Revolvo Split Roller Bearing

Size Range

Shafts from 35 to 125mm bore size

Design

• Timken Type E tapered roller bearing housed units feature industry-leading premium tapered roller bearings, high-performance seals, e-coated housings and powerful locking collars

• Available as: Pillow blocks, Flange units, Take-up units


• Material-handling• Processing equipment• Air-handling equipment• Mixers• Washers• Shredders• Mills• Vibrating equipment• Ovens and furnaces

Size Range

35mm to 600mm (larger in special design)

Design

• Split-to-the-shaft design enables the bearing to be fitted without requiring access to the shaft ends, can be built around the shaft. Huge savings in unnecessary downtime as there is no need to remove other drive components


• Metal mills• Aggregate and cement• Mining• Power generation• Pulp and paper• Material conveying• Sugar mills• Agriculture• Waste management• Waste waste treatment• HVAC, fans & blowers• Cranes, Lifts and hoists

Formally QM Blue-Brute


14


BE

AR

ING

S

Tapered Roller Bearings

Timken offers the most extensive line of tapered roller bearings available anywhere in the world.

Tapered roller bearings are uniquely designed to manage both thrust and radial loads on rotating shafts and in housings.

Available in single-, double- and four-row configurations, customised geometries and engineered surfaces can be applied to these bearings to further enhance performance in demanding applications.

Single-Row Tapered Roller BearingsThe most basic and widely used tapered bearing, usually fitted as one of an opposing pair.

Double-Row Tapered Roller BearingsWith double cups and two single cones, these are available in a variety of configurations.

Four-Row Tapered Roller Bearingscombine the inherent high-load, radial/thrust capacity and direct/indirect mounting variables of tapered roller bearings into assemblies of maximum load rating in minimum space.

Part No Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width30202-TIMKen 15mm 35mm 11.75mm

30203-TIMKen 17mm 40mm 13.25mm








30211-TIMKen 55mm 100mm 22.75mm

30212-TIMKen 60mm 110mm 23.75mm

30213-TIMKen 65mm 120mm 24.75mm

30214-TIMKen 70mm 125mm 26.25mm

Part No Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width30218-TIMKen 90mm 160mm 32.5mm










31310-TIMKen 50mm 110mm 29.25mm


31313-TIMKen 65mm 140mm 36mm

Part No Inside Outside Diameter Diameter Width32004-TIMKen 20mm 42mm 15mm












Here’s just our best sellers. Don’t forget we

have 100s of other sizes –

call us with your needs!

Tapered Roller BearingsThousands of

products available to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K

15


BE

AR

ING

S

Mobility for Tomorrow

Future trends are clear - increasingly intelligent bearings and mechatronics systems require the Products and Maintenance Management solutions of Tomorrow.

Yet Schaeffler provides those revolutionary solutions Today ...

Products which are ever-more efficient, safer and quieter; keeping pace with the demands of heavy industry, renewable energy, automotive and rail transport applications.

And Condition Monitoring which remotely evaluates real-load data to extend maintenance intervals safely leading to greater cost savings.

Mobility for Tomorrow ... it’s here today


16


BE

AR

ING

S

Linear Bearings

n compact Series (Kh..) Ø6 to Ø50

n light Series (Kn..) Ø12 to Ø50

n Machined Series (KB..) Ø12 to Ø50

n Permaglide® Plain Series (PAB..) Ø12 to Ø50

n Shafts have metric dimensions and are manufactured to tolerance class h6

n Made from quenched and tempered steel with a surface hardness of 59 to 65 hRc

n corrosion-resistant version available

n can be machined to customer specification

n Shafts have metric dimensions and are manufactured to tolerance class h6 or h7 depending on size

n Made from quenched and tempered steel with a surface hardness of 59 to 65 hRc

n corrosion-resistant version available

n can be machined to customer specification

n hollow section carriage made from anodized, profiled aluminium

n comprises carriage plate, four bolts, four track rollers, two end covers and eight T-nuts

n Preset clearance, no adjustment required

n lFS guideways supplied single piece or multi piece

n can be installed in any combination with all guideways lFS

n other carriages available (lFl.., lFDl.., lFKl.. etc)

n Four-row linear recirculating ball bearing and guideway assembly

n Wide range of carriage types

n For applications with long unlimited stroke lengths

n Moderate and high loads, moderate and high rigidity

n guideways supplied in single or multi piece lengths

n high speed version (10m/s) also available

n Wide range of accessories available

n Also available in 6 row design KUSe

Part No Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) lFcl25 30.5 80 110

lFcl42 38.1 116 150

lFcl86 48.4 190 335


KUVe15B-InA 15

KUVe20B-InA 20

KUVe25B-InA 25

KUVe30B-InA 30

KUVe35B-InA 35

KUVe45B-InA 45

KUVe55B-InA 55

Max Single Piece Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)ShAFT-4MM 4 2500

ShAFT-5MM 5 3600

ShAFT-6MM 6 4000

ShAFT-8MM 8 4000

ShAFT-10MM 10 6000

ShAFT-12MM 12 6000

ShAFT-14MM 14 6000

ShAFT-15MM 15 6000

ShAFT-16MM 16 6000

ShAFT-18MM 18 6000

Max Single Piece Part No OD (mm) Length (mm)ShAFT-20MM 20 6000

ShAFT-24MM 24 6000

ShAFT-25MM 25 6000

ShAFT-30MM 30 6000

ShAFT-32MM 32 6000

ShAFT-40MM 40 6000

ShAFT-50MM 50 6000

ShAFT-60MM 60 6000

ShAFT-80MM 80 6000

Max Single Piece


Wh12-InA 4 12 6000

Wh16-InA 7 16 6000

Wh20-InA 14 20 6000

Wh25-InA 15.5 25 6000

Wh30-InA 18.2 30 6000

Wh40-InA 27 40 6000

Wh50-InA 29 50 6000

Wh60-InA 36 60 6000

Wh60-InA 56 80 6000

Hollow Shafts

Other Series

n Segmented design with high load capacity

n compensation of misalignment up to ±40 angular minutes

n Available with gap seals: series KS, KSo

n Available with contact seals: series KS..PP, KSo..PP

n Available with open outer ring: series KSo, KSo..PP

n Available with housings

n Available in corrosion-resistant version

KS Series

Part No ID (mm) OD (mm) LengthKn12B-InA 12 22 32

Kn16B-InA 16 26 36

Kn20B-InA 20 32 45

Kn25B-InA 25 40 58

Kn30B-InA 30 47 68

Kn40B-InA 40 62 80

Kn50B-InA 50 75 100


KS12-InA 12 22 32

KS16-InA 16 26 36

KS20-InA 20 32 45

KS25-InA 25 40 58

KS30-InA 30 47 68

KS40-InA 40 62 80

KS50-InA 50 75 100

Solid Shafts

Track Roller Guidance Systems (LFCL)

Ball Monorail Guidance Systems (KUVE)

Shaft Guidance Systems

Linear Bearings

17


BE

AR

ING

S

Rotary Bearings

Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings (HK)

Cylindrical Roller Bearings – Full Complement (SL)

n Thin walled caged needle roller bearing assembly

n Produced to DIn 618-1 / ISo 3 245

n Size range 3 to 60 mm bore

n can be used with InA IR or lR inner rings

n Press fit in housing, no further axial location required

n can be combined with axial needle roller bearings of series AXW….

n can be supplied with: integral seals, special lubricants, anti-corrosion protection, and closed end

n Machined series needle roller bearings, light range

n Available sizes 5mm to 100mm

n Sizes > 7mm supplied with oil hole and lubrication groove

n can be supplied with corrotect® anti-corrosion coating

n can be supplied with special bearing greases

n other ground series bearings include: nA 48.. (DIn 617/ISo 1 206) 110mm to 380mm, nA 49.. (DIn 617/ISo 1 206) 10mm to 140mm, nKIS.. 15mm to 65mm, nA.. RS single sealed 10mm to 50mm, nA.. 2RS double sealed 10mm to 50mm, nAo without ribs 6mm to 90mm

n cylindrical roller bearing – double row full complement

n highest dynamic and static basic load ratings due to the maximum number of rolling elements

n Support radial forces as well as limited axial forces in both directions

n outer ring axially split and held together with retaining clips

n Dimension series according to DIn 5 412-9

n other designs include: Sl18 48.. dimension series according to DIn 5 412-9, non locating series Sl02.. semi locating series Sl18 50.., single row semi locating series Sl18 18.., Sl18 22.., Sl18 29.., Sl18 30.., Sl19 23... single row semi locating with spacing elements ZSl19 23.., single row semi locating with disc cage lSl19 23..,


hK0408-InA 4 8 8

hK0609-InA 6 10 9

hK0810-InA 8 12 10

hK1010-InA 10 14 10

hK1012-InA 10 14 12

hK1210-InA 12 16 10

hK1212-InA 12 18 12


hK1612-InA 16 22 12

hK1622-InA 16 22 22

hK2020-InA 20 26 20

hK2030-InA 20 26 30

hK2210-InA 22 28 10

hK2520-InA 25 32 20

hK3026-InA 30 37 26


hK3520-InA 35 42 20

hK4012-InA 40 47 12

hK4020-InA 40 47 20

hK4516-InA 45 52 16

hK5020-InA 50 58 20

hK5025-InA 50 58 25


nKI5/12-InA 5 15 12

nKI7/12-InA 7 17 12

nKI10/16-InA 10 22 16

nKI12/16-InA 12 24 16

nKI15/16-InA 15 27 16

nKI17/20-InA 17 29 20

nKI20/16-InA 20 32 16


nKI20/20-InA 20 32 20

nKI22/16-InA 22 34 16

nKI22/20-InA 22 34 20

nKI25/20-InA 25 38 20

nKI25/30-InA 25 38 30

nKI28/30-InA 28 42 30

nKI30/20-InA 30 45 20


nKI35/20-InA 35 50 20

nKI40/30-InA 40 55 30

nKI45/35-InA 45 62 35

nKI50/35-InA 50 68 35

nKI60/35-InA 60 82 35

nKI75/25-InA 75 105 25


Sl014912-InA 60 85 25

Sl014914-InA 70 100 30

Sl014916-InA 80 110 30

Sl014918-InA 90 125 35

Sl014920-InA 100 140 40

Sl014922-InA 110 150 40

Sl014924-InA 120 165 45


Sl014926-InA 130 180 50

Sl014928-InA 140 190 50

Sl014930-InA 150 210 60

Sl014932-InA 160 220 60

Sl014934-InA 170 230 60

Sl014936-InA 180 250 69

Sl014940-InA 200 280 80


Sl014944-InA 220 300 80

Sl014952-InA 260 360 100

Sl014960-InA 300 420 118

Sl014964-InA 320 440 118

Sl014972-InA 360 480 118

Sl014980-InA 400 540 140

Machined Needle Roller Bearings With Inner Ring (NKI)

Rotary Bearings

18


BE

AR

ING

S

FAG Bearings

FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with non-locating polyamide cage

n n and nU prefixes

n Supports radial forces only

n Size range 15mm up to 148mm bore

n Brass cage version available

n cages can be supplied in other materials, available on application

n Available in c3 and c4 clearances

n Support axial and radial forces

n handles angular misalignment

n Size range 20mm up to 900mm

n Available in steel, brass and polyamide cages

n Available in tapered bore – suffix K

n can be supplied sealed and greased, available on application

n Supports high axial forces in one direction and radial loads


n contact angle of 40°

n Available in sealed version - suffix 2RS

n Universally matched bearings - please request the amount of sets you require not the number of single bearings

FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearing with semi-locating polyamide cage

n nJ and nUP prefixes

n Supports high radial force and axial force in one direction

n guides shaft in one direction


n Brass cage available from 120mm bore

n cages can be supplied in other materials, available on application

n Available in c3 and c4 clearance

Part No Bore OD Width (mm) (mm) (mm)

n 202-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 15 35 11

n 203-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 17 40 12

n 204-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 20 47 14

nU 202-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 15 35 11

nU 203-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 17 40 12

nU 204-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 20 47 14


22205-e1-Xl-FAg 25 52 18

22206-e1-Xl-FAg 30 62 20

22207-e1-Xl-FAg 35 72 23


7200-B-Xl-TVP-FAg 10 30 9

7201-B-Xl-TVP-FAg 12 32 10

7202-B-Xl-TVP-FAg 15 35 11


nJ 202-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 15 35 11

nJ 203-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 17 40 12

nJ 204-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 20 47 14

nUP 203-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 17 40 12

nUP 204-e-Xl-TVP2-FAg 20 47 14

FAG Cylindrical Roller Bearings with Cage

FAG Spherical Roller Bearings

FAG Angular Contact Ball Bearings – Single Row

Cylindrical Bearings

Varying modifications available:S With lubrication groove and hole;e1 Increased capacity design;T41A For oscillating load with restricted diameter tolerances c4;T41D T41A with layer of chromium on bore;TVPB Solid window cage made from glass fibre and reinforced polyamide etc.

19


BE

AR

ING

S

NSK AIP Programme

NSK sets many things in motion – for example in the industrial gearbox industry. As a leading global manufacturer of rolling bearings, NSK combines 100 years of success and a total quality approach.

THREE LETTERS. TOTAL QUALITY.

www.nskeurope.com

NSK_Ad_Image_IndustrialGearboxes_180x232_E.indd 1 16.05.17 11:18

20


BE

AR

ING

S

Super Precision Ball Bearings

NSK is the world leader in the manufacture of deep groove ball bearings, with manufacturing plants globally and in particular Europe. NSK invests heavily into continued research and development to ensure the needs of our customers are adhered to now and in the future.

Suitable for a wide variety of applications including gearbox’s, washing machines, vacuum cleaners, electric motors, pumps, compressors, computers, conveyors and even skate boards.

NSK’s deep groove ball bearings offer the following:-

Deep Groove Ball Bearings

n Made from Z Steel which increases the bearing life by up to 80%

n Precision steel balls, coined cage pockets and both raceways super finished delivering ultra-quiet operation

n Superior quality grade lubricants in a variety of different temperature ranges resulting in low starting torque and extended service life

n A range of radial internal clearance grades including the unique cM (standard clearance to electric motor specification) and the popular c3

n Available in bore sizes from 1mm up to 800mm

n Available in a variety of enclosures, including the patented labyrinth DDU rubber seal offering superb sealed for life features, DDW light-contact seals, VV non-contact and ZZ metal shields seals as shown below:-

NSK Seals and shields

DU Seal (Full Contact) n Maximum Sealing Protection

V Seal (Non-Contact) n low Torque n high Speed limit n contaminant Protection

Z Shield (Metal Shield) n low Torque n high Temperature limit n high Speed limit

DW Seal (Light Contact) n excellent contaminant Protection n 1/3 less Drag than Full contact Seal

21


BE

AR

ING

SNSK Cylindrical Roller Bearings are available with a patented high strength cage design in pressed steel, machined brass or polyamide.

Cylindrical Roller Bearings

n nSK offers a complete range in both metric and imperial sizes ranging from ½” to 1320mm bore sizes

n cage material in pressed steel, machined brass and polyamide throughout the range

n eM series combines the strength and technology of previous brass cage design into a one piece brass roller-guided cage resulting in a higher load carrying capacity, improved oil flow and quieter operation

n eW series with the press steel cage enables higher limiting speeds, low noise and superior cage strength

n Available in a variety of configurations, enabling users to customise for specific applications as shown right:-

For more arduous applications, they can also be supplied in a range of advanced special materials. These bearings offer low noise and heat generation, and - by virtue of the line contact between rolling elements and raceways, have high radial load capacity and are suited for high-speed applications.

REQUEST A COPY

NSK and ERIKS have been partners for many years. By dealing with ERIKS, an Authorised NSK Distribution Partner, you get access to full NSK technical back-up and excellent stock availability delivered via ERIKS’ 60+ nationwide Distribution and Engineering Service Centres.

For more information request your copy of the dual branded ERIKS and NSK brochure on Super Precision Bearings.

22


BE

AR

ING

S

Self-Lube® Bearings

RHP Self-Lube® housed bearing units offer flexibility, with the capability of accommodating moderate misalignment and can be adapted to a huge number of applications using a range of inserts, housings, sealing and lubrication solutions as shown below.

Self Lube® Bearings

Sealing ArrangementsMoulded nitrile lip bonded to strong seal pressing secured in the bearing outer ring.

Suitable for a large range of applications.

example part number is 1020-20g

The flinger seal has a nitrile moulded lip bonded to a steel former, which is pressed onto the bearing inner ring.

extra seal gives added protection compared to standard seal to extend the bearing life in arduous conditions without any loss in speed capability.

example part number is 1020-20gFS

Triple lip seal consists of a one piece nitrile moulding with three sealing lips bonded to a steel pressing.

Recommended where there is a high degree of contamination with a restriction in speed rating

example part number is T1020-20g

Locking Typeslocking arrangements consists of two knurled-cup point set screws fitted in the extended inner ring which can be tightened down onto the shaft.

This simple locking system is suitable for most applications except where vibration is an issue.

example part number is SF25

consists of an eccentric diameter formed on the extended inner ring of the bearing which engages an eccentric diameter in the bore of the separate collar. This collar is then locked into position on the shaft with a knurled-cup point set screw.

often used when vibration is an issue.

example part number is SF25ec or SF25Dec

locking arrangement consists of a standard taper adaptor sleeve, locknut and lock washer.

Recommend where a positive concentric lock is required, heavy vibration and/or shock load is present

example part number is MSF10205-25K

Grease Types

n Standard - high quality mineral oil based grease suitable for high load, medium speed applications. Temperature range: -20° to +110°c

n HLT - high quality grease with temperature resistant silicone seals suitable for high and low ranges. Temperature range -40°c to +180°c

n Silver-Lube - approved for food grade grease to nSF h1 standard. Temperature range: -20°c to +90°c

n Molded-Oil ™ - optimum lubrication held in a solid polyolefin matrix and sealed for life. Temperature range: -15°c to +80°c

23


BE

AR

ING

S

Housings

Housings

Standard Housings - Cast Iron

Features Benefits

High grade cast iron Elimination of housing defects and premature failures

Designed for exceptional strength High strength in all mounting orientations

Extensive range of housing types available

Offering comprehensive solutions for a variety of applications

Well established and proven design Provides end user with confidence in critical applications

Special Housings - Silver-Lube® Corrosion Resistant Housings

Features Benefits

Housings manufactured in PBT thermoplastic resin

Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth and aggregation of food particles

Stainless steel grease nipple and bolt hole liners

Corrosion resistant, ideal for frequent washdowns

Plastic end covers available Additional protection for the bearing and an aid to safety requirements

Stainless steel inserts have aluminium complex, high temperature, approved food grade grease as standard

Suitable for food applications

Available in PNP, PSF, PSFT and PST style housings from 20mm to 40mm bore sizes

Housing types available are the most used styles in this industry

Special Housings - Life-Lube® Bearing Units

Features Benefits

Housings manufactured in PBT thermoplastic resin

Smooth surface resists fungicidal growth and aggregation of food particles

Fully interchangeable with RHP Self-Lube® units

Corrosion resistant and resistant to chemical attach

Molded-Oil ™ insert manufactured in Martensitic stainless steel with solid lubrication

Lubrication will not wash out during frequent washdowns

Molded-Oil ™ inserts available from 20mm to 50mm bore sizes

No need to re-lubricate and easy to retrofit

24


BE

AR

ING

S

Thomson Imperial Precision Steel Linear Ball Bushing Bearings

n All steel construction for maximum system rigidity

n Available in 14 bore sizes and 9 configurations

n Steady state travel speeds of up to 10ft/s and accelerations of up to 450ft/s2 without the use of derating factors

n operating temperature of up to 600°F

n Available in self-aligning pillow block housing for ease of installation and use

n coefficient of friction as low as 0.001

Part No ID OD LengthA4812-Tho 1/4 1/2 3/4

A81014-Tho 3/8 5/8 7/8

A81420-Tho 1/2 7/8 1. 1/4

A101824-Tho 5/8 1. 1/8 1. 1/2

A122026-Tho 3/4 1. 1/4 1. 5/8

A162536-Tho 1 1. 9/16 2. 1/4

A203242-Tho 1. 1/4 2 2. 5/8

A243848-Tho 1. 1/2 2. 3/8 3

A324864-Tho 2 3 4

A406080-Tho 2. 1/2 3. 3/4 5

A487296-Tho 3 4. 1/2 6

A6496128-Tho 4 6 8

Thomson Imperial Super Ball Bushing Linear Bearings

n Self aligning capability of up to 0.5 degrees compensating for inaccuracies in base flatness or carriage machining

n Travel speeds of up to 10ft/s without a reduction in load capacity

n lightweight, wear resistant, engineered-polymer retainers and outer sleeves that reduce inertia and noise

n Radially floating bearing plates. When installed in an adjustable housing the Super Ball bushing bearing may be adjusted to a specific diametrical fit-up for accurate and repeatable movement

n coefficient of friction as low as 0.001

Part No ID OD LengthSUPeR4-Tho 1/4 1/2 3/4

SUPeR10-Tho 5/8 1. 1/8 1. 1/2

SUPeR12-Tho 3/4 1. 1/4 1. 5/8

SUPeR20-Tho 1. 1/4 2 2. 5/8

SUPeR24-Tho 1. 1/2 2. 3/8 3

Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications

Closed Type without seals for End Supported Applications

Ball Bushings

Ball Bushings

25


BE

AR

ING

S

Needle Roller Bearings

Part No Shaft DiameterMJ36-1-Koyo 3/16"

MJ65-1-Koyo 3/8"

MJ1210-1-Koyo 3/4"

MJ2412-1-Koyo 1.1/2"

MJ2812-1-Koyo 1.3/4"

MJ3216-1-Koyo 2"

HK SERIES – Caged-Open ends

B SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends

KR Series – Caged Stud Type – Metric

M SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end

BK SERIES – Caged-Closed end

HK.RS SERIES – Caged-Single Seal

J SERIES – Caged-Open ends

MJ SERIES – Caged-Closed end

HK.2RS SERIES – Caged-Double Seal

DL SERIES – Full Complement-Open ends

JT SERIES – Caged-Single seal

JTT SERIES – Caged-Double Seal

Part No Shaft DiameterhK0408-Koyo 4mm

hK1010-Koyo 10mm

hK1522-Koyo 15mm

hK3016-Koyo 30mm

hK4020-Koyo 40mm

hK4520-Koyo 45mm

Part No Shaft DiameterS24-Koyo 1/8"

S66-Koyo 3/8"

S85-Koyo 1/2"

S1210-Koyo 3/4"

S328-Koyo 2"

S5612-Koyo 3.1/2"

Crowned outer Cylindrical outer Outside Diameter Standard Sealed Standard SealedKR16-Koyo KR16PP-Koyo KR16X-Koyo KR16PPX-Koyo 16mm

KR19-Koyo KR19PP-Koyo KR19X-Koyo KR19PPX-Koyo 19mm





Part No Shaft DiameterM85-1-Koyo 1/2"

M146-1-Koyo 7/8"

M167-1-Koyo 1"

M208-1-Koyo 1.1/4"

M328-1-Koyo 2"

M4420-1-Koyo 2.3/4"

Part No Shaft DiameterBK0408-Koyo 4mm

BK1010-Koyo 10mm

BK1522-Koyo 15mm

BK3016-Koyo 30mm

BK4020-Koyo 40mm

BK4520-Koyo 45mm

Part No Shaft DiameterhK0810RS-Koyo 8mm

hK1414RS-Koyo 14mm

hK2018RS-Koyo 20mm

hK2414RS-Koyo 24mm

hK3518RS-Koyo 35mm

hK5022RS-Koyo 50mm

Part No Shaft DiameterSce36-Koyo 3/16"

Sce68-Koyo 3/8"

Sce126-Koyo 3/4"

Sce2412-Koyo 1.1/2"

Sce3216-Koyo 2"

Sce4412-Koyo 2.3/4"

Part No Shaft DiameterhK12162RS-Koyo 12mm

hK14162RS-Koyo 14mm

hK20202RS-Koyo 20mm

hK25162RS-Koyo 25mm

hK35202RS-Koyo 35mm

hK50242RS-Koyo 50mm

Part No Shaft DiameterDl610-Koyo 6mm

Dl1210-Koyo 12mm

Dl2016-Koyo 20mm

Dl3520-Koyo 35mm

Dl5012-Koyo 50mm

Dl5520-Koyo 55mm

Part No Shaft DiameterSce56P-Koyo 5/16"

Sce109P-Koyo 5/8"

Sce1613P-Koyo 1"

Sce2421P-Koyo 1.1/2"

Part No Shaft DiameterSce57PP-Koyo 5/16"

Sce1010PP-Koyo 5/8"

Sce1614PP-Koyo 1"

Sce2018PP-Koyo 1.1/4"

Part No Shaft DiameterDlF610-Koyo 6mm

DlF1210-Koyo 12mm

DlF2016-Koyo 20mm

DlF3520-Koyo 35mm

DlF5012-Koyo 50mm

DlF5520-Koyo 55mm

Koyo Metric Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings

Koyo Inch Drawn Cup Needle Roller Bearings

Koyo Cam Follower – Stud type – Metric

DLF SERIES – Full Complement-Closed end

Needle Roller Bearings

26


BE

AR

ING

S

Automatic Lubricators, Bearing Tools and Ball Bushings

Part NoSIMAFT33

Part No SIMABP61

Part NoSIMASP50

Single-point automatic lubricatorSimalube is a gas powered single point automatic lubricator filled with 30, 60, 125 or 250 ml of grease or oil. The patented hydrogen producing dry cells drive a piston to dispense lubricant at a consistent rate of between 1 and 12 months, which is adjustable in operation. gas production is initiated by turning the adjustment disk on the top with a hex key or Allen key.

n 1 to 12 month dispense time n Infinitely adjustable during operation n Patented gas producing dry cell technology means no liquid or dangerous chemicals, no toxic waste

n ATeX approval to Zone 2

n Works in any orientation even upside down

n grease or oil filled (oil filled units have a non-return valve)

n Suitable for the lubrication of rotary bearings, linear bearings, chain, open gears, sprockets etc

Part No Description Size Temp range Base oil Thickener/ DIN 51502 SoapSIMASl24-125 Multi purpose grease with eP, nlgI 2 125 –30°c to +140°c Mineral oil li/comp. KP2n-30

SIMASl10-125 Food industry grease, nSF h1 approved, nlgI 2 125 –30°c to +140°c Synthetic Al/comp. KPhc2n-30

SIMASl01-125 Water resistant grease, nlgI 2 125 –30°c to +120°c Mineral oil li/ca KP2K-30

SIMASl14-125 chain oil 125 –10°c to +90°c Mineral oil cglP68

SIMASl15-125 high temperature chain oil 125 –30°c to +250°c Synthetic cglPe220-320

SIMASl18-125 Food industry oil, nSF h1 approved 125 –15°c to +150°c Synthetic clPhc220

For other sizes change suffix 125 to relevant size. i.e.. SIMASl10-125 becomes SIMASl10-60

Simatool Kits

Bearing Puller BP 61

Seal Puller SP 50

Perfect for installing and removing bearings and seals!

Available individually as well as accessories or spare parts, these high-quality tool components are supplied in a compact case with liner, allowing all tool components to be neatly stored. A comprehensive user manual, containing data tables and illustrations is also provided.

Part No SIMAIh025-VolcAno/115V

SIMAIh025-VolcAno/230V

Simatherm IH 025 VolcanoThe Simatherm IH 025 Volcano marks the start of a new era in the field of portable induction heaters. The patented technology enables outstanding heating performance from an extremely light structure. You can use it to heat roller bearings with an inner diameter as small as 20mm up to an outer diameter of 160mm and a weight of up to 10kg. To do this, simply place the work piece onto the Volcano’s cone shaped heating surface.

n Portable, compact and very light (3.5kg) n A bearing weighing 5kg can be heated to 110°c in under four minutes n Silent in operation n no support yoke required – simply place the work piece on the device n Predictive temperature control (PTc) for automatic temperature monitoring

Bearing Fitting Tool FT 33

27


BE

AR

ING

S

CALL: 0845 006 6000to contact your local workshop

IS YOUR CONDITION MONITORING MONITORED?

ENGINEERING & SITE SERVICES

STEPS TO SUCCESS

n Step 1 Consultation

n Step 2 Recommendation

n Step 3 Supply, installation & commissioning

n Step 4 Reporting and training

n Step 5 On-going support

Condition Monitoring is only as good as the data it collects. Ensuring maximum plant uptime demands permanent data monitoring. ERIKS’ cloud-hosted solution uses the latest telemetary coupled with site diagnostic solutions ensuring that equipment status is available at your fingertips:

n View machine performance online with Machine WebWatch

n Receive SMS or email alerts of triggered alarms for faster reaction, and less downtime

n Analyse or alter configurations without going on-site – save time and money

n Cloud-based database of maintenance routines, information, inspection routes

Automatic Lubricators, Bearing Tools and Ball Bushings

28


BE

AR

ING

S

SKF Bearing Life Cycle

29


BE

AR

ING

S

Bearing Tools and Condition Monitoring

SKF Drive-up MethodThis fitting method is unique to SKF and delivers accurate axial drive-up of spherical roller and cARB bearings mounted on tapered seatings. Incorporates the use of an SKF hMV ..e hydraulic nut fitted with a dial indicator, and a high accuracy digital pressure gauge mounted on the selected pump.

The SKF QuickCollect sensor is an easy to use, bluetooth enabled, handheld sensor that connects to apps on your smart phone or tablet. Combining vibration and temperature sensing, overall data can be viewed on the spot in real time or pushed to the cloud for future analysis. The sensor is ideal for service, reliability, operations, or maintenance personnel as part of a walk around data collection program.

Hydraulic Nuts HMV ..E seriesMounting bearings on tapered seatings can be a difficult and time-consuming job. Using a hydraulic nut facilitates easy and quick application of the high drive-up forces required. The time taken to dismount bearings mounted on either adapter or withdrawal sleeves is also greatly reduced.

Hydraulic puller sets TMMA ..H /SET seriesSet consists of a hydraulically assisted SKF easyPull together with a tri-section pulling plate, TMMS series, and a puller protection blanket facilitate an easy, safe and virtually damage-free dismounting. The set is especially suitable for dismounting roller bearings, and other components such as pulleys and flywheels.

SKF Oil Injection Set THKI series

The ThKI is used for the mounting and dismounting of pressure joints of all sizes and applications such as rolling bearings, couplings and gears. The set consists of a stand-mounted oil injector complete with a high pressure pipe, pressure gauge and a range of connection nipples.

SKF Hydraulic Techniques for Mounting and Dismounting Bearings

SKF QuickCollect SensorMachine monitoring made easy

Benefits

n gets you started quickly n can be used with minimum training and experience n Identify developing rotating machinery issues before they become problems

SKF designation

CMDT 390-K-SL

n connect directly to expert advice when you need it n expand functionality via apps to grow and compliment your existing maintenance program

n Suitable for use in hazardous environments (ATeX Zone 1, class 1, Div 1)

Measurement displays Measurements taken by the sensor are shown on your mobile device, which displays velocity, acceleration, and temperature. Each reading displays a current overall measurement, including alarm status, minimum and maximum values, and alert and danger thresholds.

NEW

30


BE

AR

ING

S

Test, Measurement and E-Series

Illuminated voltage detection

Versatile moisture meter

Easily manoeuvrable videoscope

The new FLIR Test and Measurement Range

FLIR Systems has broadened the scope of its product range, applying its hallmark quality design and build to a brand new range of test and measurement tools.

Three electrical meters all feature large and clear LCD displays and bright dual-LED work lights to illuminate dimly lit work areas. They include Bluetooth® connectivity to Android™ mobile devices running the latest FLIR Tools Mobile® app. They can be connected wirelessly to Meterlink® enabled FLIR thermal imaging cameras so that electrical readings can be embedded into IR images in real-time.

Streamlined VFD troubleshooting

Simplify power and VFD analysis

Multifunctional clamp meter

The FLIR DM93 is a rugged digital multimeter with advanced variable frequency drive (VFD) filtering that allows accurate analysis of non-sinusoidal waveforms and noisy signals found in VFD-controlled equipment. A special mode to eliminate ghost readings and automatic data recording to detect intermittent glitches are also standard features.

The FLIR CM83 is an industrial-grade power clamp meter with power analysis and advanced VFD filtering for testing three-phase systems and VFD-controlled equipment. Other features include a harmonics mode to find noise from different electrical sources; ‘phase rotation’ to confirm phase orientation of three-phase systems and ‘inrush current’ to detect start-up transients.

Combining the capabilities of a true RMS multimeter and clamp meter with a non-contact IR thermometer and Type K thermocouple is the new FLIR CM78. Ideal for use on industrial equipment and complex machinery, this new instrument enables users to capture accurate AC/DC readings up to 1000A or 1000V.

The FLIR VP52, is a compact, non-contact voltage detector with a powerful LED work light and dual-LED convenience light at the probe tip. Other features include vibration feedback and multi-coloured LED alarms. High/low sensitivity modes for testing industrial equipment low voltage systems and tamper-proof outlets are also standard.

The FLIR MR77 moisture meter features a pinless sensor and an external pin probe that capture moisture readings up to 19mm below the surface of various building materials. This rugged instrument also includes a field-replaceable temperature/humidity sensor, spot IR thermometer and laser pointer.

The FLIR VS70, videoscope is designed for industrial environments. It features intuitive handset controls that enable the user to guide the probe into tight areas to deliver clear video images to a large 5.7" colour LCD display. It provides 180° and 90° camera views and SD card storage of video, image and audio files. Voice comments can also be captured via the product’s headset.

31


BE

AR

ING

S

ERIKS_catalogue.indd 1 4/5/13 3:02 PM

FLIR E-Series

Lightweight design, heavyweight performers

The FLIR E-Series are small and lightweight thermal imaging cameras designed for those needing higher resolution and more features and for whom documentation of findings are important.

The cameras are ideal for predictive maintenance and planned inspections of electrical and mechanical systems to ensure they operate at maximum efficiency and safety with minimal energy consumption.

n Up to 320 x 240 pixels resolutionn compact and lightweightn extremely ruggedn high quality visual cameran Thumbnail image galleryn ±2% accuracyn lcD touchscreenn Built-in leD light

n long-life batteryn laser Pointern Picture-in-Picture (PiP)n Thermal fusion*n Instant reports*n Text and voice annotations*n Interchangeable lenses* Features dependant on camera model, please

check technical specifications for more details.


Mechanical check-up of an electrical motor using the FlIR e-Series


Motor bearing problem


Inspecting a transformer using the Fusion Picture-in-Picture function

large 3.5" touchscreenconnect to smartphone or tablet via Wi-Fi, using the FlIR Tools mobile app (Apple ioS and Android) for processing and sharing results as well as for remote control.

Images used are for illustration purposes only

For further details contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000 or visit eriks.co.uk

n AdviceaboutthecorrectmaintenancestrategyandcameraselectionisavailablefromtheERIKSConditionMonitoringBusinessUnit

n TrainingisessentialandavailablefromERIKS

TO HELP...

32


CONDITION MONITORING

Condition Monitoring is only as good as the data taken and it takes a skilled engineer to interpret the results accurately.

ERIKS is proud of its team of condition monitoring experts across the UK who specialise in analysis of electromechanical machinery.


FUNCTIONS:

n Experts in electromechanical machines/rotating equipment

n Accurate analysis of machine data in a form you can understand

n Heat energy surveys with cost saving information

n Flexible local staff to fit with your schedules

n Machine protection by: – Periodic portable monitoring – Linking to PLC/SCADA or internet

WHY ERIKS:

n ISO 18436 certified personnel

n Certified maintenance partner of SKF

n Improved uptime of client’s plant

n Reduced energy consumption

n Safer working environment

POWER TRANSMISSION

Quick reference

ERIKS’ understanding of the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle, and the results it has to produce, enables us to engineer a solution you can rely on - for increased efficiency, extended life, minimum maintenance and maximum productivity.

33

Quick reference

Classic Vee Belts 36

High Performance Wedge Belts 37

Emergency Belts 38-39

Wedge Belts 40-41

Ribbed Belts 42

Tensioners 43

Timing Belts 44-45, 48

Pulleys 46-47

Shaft Fixings 49-51

Couplings 52-55

Roller Chain and Sprockets 56-57

Adapter Chain 58

Performance Special Chain 60-63

Chain Accessories 64

Electric Motors 65, 68-69

Drives and Rollers 66-67

Total Cost of Ownership 70

Inverters 71-73

Speed Reducer 74

Gearboxes 75-77

Vibration Solutions 78


MATERIAL EVOLUTIONfor energy savings

and longer chain life

After 20+ years of success in running dry,the NG™ material has been improved.

The NG™ evo material can double the wear life of your chains and modular plastic belts compared to commonly applied plastic materials.*

helping to meet sustainability goals.**

RegalPTS.com/SystemPlast

TM

68

36-47, 49-53, 56-58, 69-77

54-55, 59

54 48

66-67

66

65

60-64

78


Power Transmission

SUPERIOR PERFORMAnCE POWER TRANSMISSIONTrue reliability is more than simply continuous operation. It’s a continuous level of performance, minimal energy consumption and a predictable life span.

We understand the environment in which a transmission system must work, the stresses it has to handle and the results it has to produce, but above all we understand how each part of your drive system is intrinsically linked.

34

POWER TRANSMISSION TEchNOlOgy

Whatever the dilemma you face, the chances are we can provide you an alternative solution to increase efficiency, and extend product life.

70% of belts are fitted to worn

pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of the

energy input

Power Transmissions

n Friction belts and pulleysn Synchronous belts and pulleysn Chain and sprocketsn Conveyor chainn Couplingsn Shaft fixingsn Materials handling chain & belts

Drives

n Gearboxes, new and repairn Geared motorsn Electric motors, new and repairn Invertersn Starters and controllersn Automation


IMPROVINg yOUR TOTAl cOST OF OWNERShIP

Our knowledge and passion for technology make us more than simply a supplier of drives and transmission products, ERIKS has the Power Transmission know-how when and where you need it.

n Unmatched know-how and experience from our in-house technical experts

n Solutions and advice for both MRO and OEM requirements

n Complete project management from initial drive selection through to installation and commissioning

n Failure diagnosis, offering advice so you don’t risk the same failure repeating itself

n Rapid gearbox assembly, built to order from stock across the Fenner range

n Product customisation

n Total cost of ownership advice, ensuring you get the best

POWER TRANSMISSION

DRIVE DESIgN AND UPgRADE

When a drive fails or is coming to the end of its working life a number of choices can be made.

A repair or like-for-like replacement is not always feasible or the best solution so when you need options for improving your process and extending the life of your machinery ERIKS can work with you to upgrade or re-design you drive system.

n Upgrade to modern technologyn 3D CAD modelling capability n Fabrication and re-engineering

servicesn Whole drive train packaged solutionsn Drop-in replacementsn Extended warranty optionsn Turnkey solutionsBenefits

n Minimal down time to your applicationn Extraction, installation and

commissioning servicesn Optimised total cost of ownershipn Lower running costsn Extended lifecyclen Full product lifecycle support

cONDITION MONITORINg

Unexpected downtime and costly repairs can have a negative impact on your bottom line.

Most Condition Monitoring reports only give you a diagnosis. But the comprehensive capabilities and holistic point of view of ERIKS mean a Condition Monitoring report gives you the cure too.

The Condition Monitoring Team collects, stores, compares and analyses key variables from your machines, enabling you to assess their health. Then - if failures or deviations from the norm are detected - ERIKS’ know-how comes into play, to diagnose the cause and prescribe the cure.

Services Include:

n Vibration Analysisn Thermographic analysisn Oil debris and condition analysisn Endoscope inspectionn Internet based asset monitoring protection device

35


36


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

high Strength Wedge Belts

Belt Section

Pitch Length (mm)

Fenner Brand

SPB 2240 -FENSections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8Vlength: 487–12500mmRelative power 100%

Vee Belts offer a versatile and economical low maintenance drive which is standardised throughout the world and Fenner Classic Vee Belts are fully approved to all international standards allowing for optimised drives for compact size and economy.

Increased Performance, More Power, longer lifeBut did you know that a simple upgrade to the Fenner range of Ultra PlUS wrapped wedge belts will transmit significantly more power than the classical vee product and run in the same pulleys!

Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belts are available in a large range of lengths, and conform to all the relevant ISO, BS, DIn and RMA standards.

So why not upgrade your drives today to wedge belts – increase your drives capacity and efficiency.

classic Vee Belts...Ever considered Trading Up?

For any belt drive, the pulleys can be adjusted closer together to allow removal or installation of the belt. Equally, the pulleys can be adjusted further apart to allow the belt to be tensioned correctly. These two adjustments are referred to as “Installation Allowance”, and “Take Up Allowance”.

For Example

You may be looking for a SPZ1 012 belt, the standard size available is SPZ 1010, so what next?

You will see from the table below that there is 20mm installation allowance and a 20mm take-up allowance.

So in conclusion...

The 2mm difference in belt size will make no difference whatsoever, and a standard off-the-shelf product will do the job perfectly, and you won’t be paying a premium.

Size Matters...What Size Wedge Belts are You Buying?

Wedge Belt Lengths

mm

SectionsAvailable

InstallationAllowance

SPZ


SPA


SPB


SPC

Take upAllowance

Upto 630 SPZ 20mm 5mm630 - 800 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 10mm800 - 1000 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 15mm1000 - 1250 SPZ/SPA 20mm 25mm 20mm

1250 - 1600 SPZ/SPA/SPB 20mm 25mm 30mm 25mm1600 - 2000 SPZ/SPA/SPB 20mm 25mm 30mm 30mm2000 - 2500 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 20mm 25mm 30mm 50mm 40mm2500 - 3150 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 20mm 25mm 30mm 50mm 50mm3150 - 4000 SPZ/SPA/SPB/SPC 20mm 25mm 30mm 50mm 60mm4000 - 5000 SPA/SPB/SPC 25mm 30mm 50mm 70mm5000 - 6300 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 85mm6300 - 8000 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 105mm8000 - 10000 SPB/SPC 30mm 50mm 140mm10000 - 12500 SPC 50mm 175mm

Installation and Take Up Allowances for Fenner Wedge Belts

how many times have you asked for an “odd” sized belt that we just don’t have in stock? But are you aware that there is a solution just sitting on the shelf.

37


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Ultra PlUS 150 Wedge Belts

n Greater reliability and working life

n Increased power ratings potentially reducing the number of belts required and grooves on a pulley

n Increased durability in harsh environments due to the asymmetric weave jacket

n Length stability, minimal stretch and elongation

Fenner Ultra PlUS 150 drive belts are specifically designed for applications where rugged durability is paramount, combining the highest level of performance with the longest possible service life.

www.fptgroup.com

n Waste compactors

n Shredders

n Crushers

n Heavy duty conveyors

n Bucket elevators

Ideal for heavy duty applications

n 50% more power - High tensile aramid cords transmit more power than standard wrapped wedge belts

n Unsurpassed strength - Fibre reinforced polychloroprene rubber supports the cords and ensures unsurpassed rigidity

n 96% energy efficient - asymmetrical weave outer jacket produces belt length stability second to none, guaranteeing unbeatable efficiency.

Why use Fenner Ultra PlUS 150?

n Woodworking machinery

n Quarry plant

n Saw mills

n Compressors

n Calendars

Sections: USPB, USPClength: 1600–12500mmRelative power 150%

Belt Section Pitch Length (mm) Belt Type Fenner Brand

SPc 7500 UlTRA150 -FEN

Downtime crushed with Ultra PlUS 150

A large quarry based in the Midlands was experiencing problems with regular failures of vee belts belts on their crusher drives.

The belts were subjected to very high impact and shock loads, and as a consequence the belts were stretching unevenly resulting in belt slippage and premature failures.

The Fenner Ultra PLUS 150 belts was the perfect solution, due to the high tensile aramid cords and the robust rubber construction which ensured there was virtually no stretch, whilst delivering a significantly high power rating.

The quarry has since decided to standardise on Fenner Ultra PLUS 150 across the plant where possible, helping reduce inventory costs and keeping downtime costs to a minimum.

38


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Emergency Belting

Fenner Drive Alignment LaserProduct Ref: FEN/A/230L0000

Belt Efficiency KitProduct Ref: FEN_BELT_MAINT_KIT

70% of belt drives are estimated to be operating inefficiently and are in imminent danger of failing.

By taking a proactive stance to belt drive maintenance and looking at the condition of the belt and pulley set then you can bring both peace of mind and productivity improvements. It’s as easy as 1, 2, 3.

1 check Pulley conditionThe drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check the condition of your pulleys – 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of your energy input.

The Fenner groove gauge can quickly help you assess the health of your pulleys.

2 Select the correct Drive Solution

3 Simple Steps to Increase Productivity

Pulley Condition Worn Belt

New BeltUltra PLUS

Upgrade Quattro PLUS

Upgrade Ultra PLUS 150

Worn pulley Imminent Failure > 1 year > 1½ years > 2 years

New Pulley Premature Failure > 3 years > 3½ years > 4 years

3 Install correctly

Correct installation once you have carefully selected your belt drive components is paramount to the longevity and efficiency of your belt drive. We are able to offer you a range of installation tools to help you maximise productivity and uptime.

Worn Pulley

New Pulley

Have you seen...Our Fenner belt efficiency kit?

get the most from your wedge belt drives with the Fenner Belt Efficiency Kit.

The kit contains all the tools necessary to help achieve optimum performance:

n Belt tension indicator n Pulley groove gauge n Guide to wedge belt efficiency

Product code: 230K0000

39


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner QuickFix

The Fenner QuickFix belt is incredibly versatile, featuring a dual groove profile so that one belt fits both V and wedge belts profiles.

n Quick and simple to install n Available in four different width profiles; SPZ, SPA,

SPB & SPC n Comes five metre roll enabling the maintenance

teams to cut it to the desired length

Fenner QuickFix enables you to reduce stock inventory considerably, requiring just two five metres boxes of each section size, to cover all eventualities for both new and old systems and for both wedge belt and V belt profiles – saving both time and money.

www.fptgroup.com

n Hospitals

n Airports

n Facilities Management Companies

n Universities

n Shopping malls and retail parks

n Distribution Centres

n Anyone with a large number of belt drives

Perfect for use in the following:

n Dual groove profile - means one belt fits both Vee and wedge belts

n Jointed belting - ensures minimum strip down when installing

n Any length - Can be made to any length within minutes

n Reduces potential downtime - quick and simple to install keeping downtime to an absolute minimum

Why use Fenner QuickFix Belts?

A Quick Fix for Breakdowns

A well-known Facilities Management company were experiencing call out difficulties from customers who were experiencing breakdowns on their HVAC units.

Engineers would arrive on-site, only to find they could not complete the task due to the lack of belts being stocked.

The Fenner QuickFix emergency belt was the ideal solution. Available in four profiles: SPZ, SPA, SPB & SPC in 5 metre boxes meant any size belt could be accommodated and fitted without the need of strip down of machinery.

In addition this gave the engineer time to reorder the Fenner rubber belts which could be fitted once they arrived.

Service levels for the FM company increased significantly following a relatively low investment the Fenner QuickFix belt range - which is now carried by all the engineers - with the confidence that any breakdown calls can be quickly fixed.

Part Number: SPZ - 283Z1111SPA - 283A1111SPB - 283B1111SPc - 283c1111

Thousands of products available

to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K

40


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Wedge Belts

Quattro PlUS Wedge Belts

n ‘One Shot’ tensioning with no matching n Meets industry standards for static conductivity and non-ignition

properties n Highest efficiency drive for low running costs n Working temperature range –40°C to 80°C

This cRE belt transmits up to 4 times the power of conventional Vee belts. The increase in cross sectional rigidity provided by the fibre-reinforced polychloroprene contributes significantly to the performance advantages.

www.fptgroup.com

n HVAC

n Waste compactors

n Shredders

n Crushers

n Heavy duty conveyors

Ideal for all applications

Why use Fenner Quattro PlUS?

n Bucket elevators

n Woodworking machinery

n Quarry plant

n Saw mills

n Compressors

Sections: QXPZ, QXPA, QXPB, QXPClength: 630–5000mmRelative power 130%

Airport Efficiency Increased

ERIKS were contacted by a local airport were interested in improving efficiency throughout the airport, and in particular on their air handling units. The existing belts and pulleys were badly worn and not performing the their optimum efficiency.

The Power Transmission Engineers suggested redesigning the drive, with the introduction of Fenner Quattro PLUS wedge belts combined with new pulleys, which would provide a drive that operated at 96% efficiency.

Fenner Quattro PLUS CRE wedge belts can significantly reduce energy consumption when used in conjunction with variable speed drives. They can also vastly improve production and process speeds in their own right, by reducing slip and giving increased performance from the driven machine.

Six months down the line the airport has confirmed that the new drive has increased efficiency by 10% and are now looking at similar solutions on other applications around the airport.

Belt Section

Pitch Length (mm)

Belt Type Fenner Brand

SPA 1400 FOZ-Q -FEN

n 4 times the power - Transmits for times the power of conventional vee belts, allowing for a more compact drive envelope

n Absorbs greater shock loadings - providing a more robust drive solution

n Superior anti-static - to ISO 1813, heat and oil resistant

n greater length stability - minimal stretch and elongation

41


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner Ultra PlUS Wedge belts are precision built ( ) allowing extended life, offering superior anti-static, heat and oil resistant properties.

n Ideal for use in single or multi-belt drives n One shot tensioning for fit and forget applications n Will not self-ignite under severe slip/stall conditions

Ultra PlUS Wedge Belts

Belt Section

Pitch Length (mm)

Fenner Brand

SPB 2240 -FEN

Sections: SPZ, SPA, SPB, SPC, 8Vlength: 487–12500mmRelative power 100%

The Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belt has stood the test of time, and once again proved its mettle when ERIKS were contacted by a large university.

The local ERIKS Application Engineer was asked to do a feasibility study on a set of Air Handling Units (AHU’s).

Fenner cogged Raw Edge (cRE) Wedge Belts excel in high ratio compact applications by combining flexibility with structural stability. They offer all the advantages of Fenner Power PlUS including:

n Special compounds improve flexibility and strength n Higher running efficiency than wrapped belts n Precision built ( ) allowing excellent length matching

cRE Wedge Belts

Sections: XPZ, XPA, XPB, XPC, length: 630–5000mmRelative power 110%

Belt Section

Pitch Length (mm)

Belt Type Fenner Brand

SPA 1400 cRE -FEN

ERIKS were tasked to devise a plan to upgrade 12 AHU drives which supplied air into the canteens, lecture rooms etc.

The incumbent drives were old and inefficient - some consisting of classical vee belts, along with a with a variety different makes - and pulleys that had not been changed for over 10 years.

The AHU’s were fitted with Fenner Ultra PLUS wedge belts and new pulleys, which helped improve the drive efficiency, reduced running costs, and provided a reliable solution for the university.

University Upgrade with Ultra PlUS

42


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Ribbed Belts and Tensioners

Width Profile

& Pitch

Fenner Brand

16 T5- 1500 -FENBelt Length

Length Pitch Fenner

Brand

695 Pl 8 -FE N

1765 Pl 8 -FE N

no of

Ribs

Imperial

Metric

Fenner PolyDrive PlUS ribbed belts are an ideal solution for compact drives in household appliances and heavy machinery.

The ribbed belts enable economic solutions even under difficult drive conditions, such as large transmission ratios, high belt speeds, small pulley diameters and back idler pulleys.

n High belt speeds up to 60m/s n Designed for high transmission ratiosn High power outputn Low vibration, efficient beltn Long service lifen Fully approved to all international standardsn Static conductivity to ISO 1813

PolyDrive PlUS Ribbed Belts

Why use Fenner PowerFlex PU Belting?

Manufactured in thermoplastic polyurethane, that gives superior wear and abrasion resistance

n High Power Transmission

n The Steel Cord gives good running characteristics and high traction loads.

n Low noise running

n Free Maintenance

n Low pretension

n Constant length

TThe Fenner PowerFlex metric timing belt is manufactured from a high-grade polyurethane material, reinforced with helically wound zinc coated steel tension member, allowing high breaking load and extremely low elongation.

With excellent dimensional stability, consistent length and thickness, it makes it ideal for use in processing and packaging industries along with any clean areas where contamination would be an issue.

n Also available in OPEN LENGTHS n non-standard widths cut from stocked sleeves n Steel Cord winding in S and Z profile allow high breaking load and extremely

low elongation. n Ozone and temperature resistance (-25 °C / +80 °C) n Oil, grease and gasoline resistance

PowerFlex PU Belting

43


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Tensioners

The new range of Fenner tensioners have been designed to help maximise drive efficiency whilst extending your drive lifecycle.

Range includes Tension Arms in Cast iron & Stainless Steel – Standard & Front Mount – with a Boomerang version.

Fixtures include Simplex, Duplex & Triplex idler sprockets, Chain Riders & Rollers, with supporting brackets to complement the range.

Why choose Fenner Tensioners?

n Increases chain and belt life n noise and vibration damping n Absorbs shock loads n Maintenance free n Safe in operation n Self-adjusting n Progressive spring characteristics n Operating angle -30° to 30° n Resistant to temperature -40° to 80°C

www.fptgroup.com

Tensioner Simplex Duplex Triplex

Pitch No Teeth Size Standard Tensioner Idler Sprocket Idler Sprocket Idler Sprocket

3/8” 15 FT2 186B0002 186S1001 186D2001 186T3001

3/8” 15 FT3 186B0003 186S1001 186D2001 186T3001

1/2” 15 FT4 186B0004 186S1002 186D2002 186T3002

5/8” 15 FT5 186B0005 186S1003 186D2003 186T3003

5/8” 15 FT5 186B0005 - - 186T3004

3/4” 15 FT5 186B0005 186S1004 186D2004 -

3/4” 15 FT6 186B0006 186S1005 186D2005 186T3005

1” 13 FT6 186B0006 186S1006 186D2006 186T3006

1.1/4” 13 FT7 186B0007 186S1007 186D2007 186T3007

1.1/4” 13 FT8 186B0008 186S1007 186D2007 186T3007

1.1/2” 11 FT7 186B0007 186S1008 186D2008 186T3008

1.1/2” 11 FT8 186B0008 186S1008 186D2008 186T3008

44


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Timing Belts

Upgrade form chain Drives to Fenner Torque Drive PlUS 3 It’s as easy as 1, 2, Free!

www.fptgroup.com

Torque Drive PlUS 3

The state-of-the-art Torque Drive PlUS 3 works with standard hTD pulleys tp provide the ultimate combination of power capacity, low noise and high accuracy in a belt drive.

n The highest power rating in the range

n Enhanced compounding and glass fibre cord excel in highly dynamic applications

n Ultra compact and cost effective

n Quiet operation even at high speeds

n Replaces HTD belts to extend life and increase load capability

Widths: 20–170mmPitches: 8, 14mmRelative power 150%

Pitch (mm)

Length (mm)

Width (mm)

Fenner Brand

14MXP- 3150- 55 -FEN

Determine your drive requirements to replace existing chain, or determine requirements for new Fenner Torque Drive PLUS 3 synchronous belt drive.

Use the Fenner Drive Design Selector: http://selectors.fptgroup.com

n Free from the noise associated with chain drives

n Free from maintenance; no wear elongation, no need for regular adjustment

n Free from lubrication costs and oil contamination of machine or product

n Free from the space limitations associated with traditional synchronous belt drives

n Free extended service life, Fenner TDP3 synchronous belts offer up to twice the normal service life compared to roller chain drives

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

Chain Drive* Fenner TDP3

Wor

king

Life

in H

ours

Approx.9420 hours

Approx.20,000 hours

Typical operating life, chain drive versus synchronous drive

*chain drive: 2.2kW 3:1 reduc-tion chain drive using 122 pitches ½” BS chain using 19 tooth driver and 57 tooth driven sprockets at 510mm centre distance.

Fenner Torque Drive PlUS 3 Drive versus chain Drive

n Same size, and space envelope n Lighter and quieter n Greater power rating n Up to twice the service life

45


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner HTD belts have a curvilinear tooth form giving a more uniform distribution of shear stresses within the teeth. This also provides a more uniform transition of tooth loads to the tensile members in the belt which significantly improves upon classical timing belts.

n Ultra compact and cost-effective drives

n Runs optimally on standard HTD pulleys

n Minimum backlash for precise positioning

n non-standard widths cut to size from stock sleeve

n ISO 13050 (International Standards Organisation)

hTD Timing Belts

Widths: 9–170mmPitches: 3, 5, 8, 14mmRelative power 100%

Can’t Find The Right Size...Try Our Belt Cutting Service

In-house Belt cutting Service

If you can’t find the correct size belt, give your local ERIKS Service Centre a ring and they will be able to call upon our in-house belt cutting service, based at the Power Transmission Technology Centre in Dudley.

We stock a wide range of Timing Belts and Multi Vee Belts in sleeve from which can be cut to any width required.

Profiles include:-

n Classic Timing Belt XL, L , H & XH

n HTD Timing 5mm, 8mm & 14mm

n Torque Drive PLUS 3 5mm, 8mm & 14mm

n PU metric 5, AT5. T10 & AT10

n Multi V rib PM, PL, PJ & PK

Length (mm)

Pitch (mm)

Width (mm)

Fenner Brand

1040 -8M 30 -FEN

46


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Vee, Wedge and Timing Pulleys

Belt Section

Pitch Dia. (mm)

No. of Grooves

Fenner Brand

S P A 5 0 0 X 5 - F E N

Available in:

Z, SPZ, XPZ, QXPZ from 56–630mm pitch dia.

A, SPA, XPA, QXPA from 80–800mm pitch dia.

B, SPB, XPB, QXPB, USPB from 112–1000mm dia.

c, SPc, XPc, QXPc, USPc from 200–1250mm pitch dia.

Vee and Wedge Taper lock® PulleysStatically balanced to grade g6.3 for high accuracy

www.fptgroup.com

Why choose Fenner Friction Pulleys

Available with pilot bore fixings or using Taper lock® shaft fixings system for ultimate versatility.

n Manufactured to ISO standards n Surface treated to reduce corrosion n Specials available

Superior material specification and design allows guaranteed Superior performance at rim speeds up to 40m/s. Designed for use with both Vee and Wedge section belts.

n Dual duty grooves to ISO 4183, dual duty pulleys accept both wedge and vee belts

n High grade cast iron used for construction

n All pulleys are statically balanced

n Rim speeds to a maximum of 40m/s

n Special designs available

Save Energy, Improve Efficiency...

Your belt drive stands or falls by the accuracy of its installation, so don’t forget to check the condition of your pulleys. 50% of new belts are fitted to worn pulleys, which can waste up to 10% of your energy input.

n Worn pulleys waste up to 10% of energy input

n Check yours now with the Fenner pulley groove gauge

Request your free pulley groove gauge today!http://knowhow.eriks.co.uk/fenner-groove-gauge-request Worn Pulley New Pulley

47


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner timing pulleys are manufactured from steel and high grade cast iron (GG25), tolerate shock loadings and can achieve rim speeds of up to 40m/s.

n Available in both Classical Timing and HTD profiles n Meet ISO 13050 and ISO 5296 standards n High grade cast iron used for construction n Precision machined grooves protect and maximise belt life while reducing

noise emissions n Special designs and sizes are available n Maximum rim speed up to 40m/s n Available with standard Taper Lock® fitting

Timing Pulleys

Have you seen...Our On-Line Drive Design Assistants

Boost your drive efficiency

Optimising your drive at the design stage can contribute significantly to the operating life, reliability and overall efficiency of your application.

With this in mind, we developed easy-to-use Fenner Select® on-line drive design assistants, providing engineers with a structured, detailed approach to achieving optimum drive performance.

The family of on-line drive design assistants include:

n Friction belt drives

n Synchronous belt drives

n Chain drives

No of Teeth

Pitch Size (mm)

Belt Width (mm)

Fenner Brand

4 0 - 8 M 2 0 - F E N

Visit http://selectors.fptgroup.comand check out this invaluable, FREE resource!

48


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Timing Belts and Shaft Fixings

cONTI® Synchrochain carbonheavy Duty Timing Belt

Conti® Synchrochain Carbon utilises state-of-the-art materials with unparalleled smart production techniques which result in one of the most versatile and technically outstanding products on the market today. Whether your key driver is maximum production out, minimum drive size or total cost of ownership – Conti® Synchrochain Carbon is the solution!

n Higher power capacity n Almost zero tension loss (initial) n Excellent length stability n Reduced belt width n Reduced noise n Increased service life n Reduced system costs and drive envelope

Specially treated fabric

Polyurethane teeth

Tension member Aramide cord with S/Z twists wound in pairs

Polyurethane backing

cONTI® Synchrochainheavy Duty Timing Belt

The newly developed CTD profile ensures faultless meshing and hence smooth running at high speeds. At the same time it prevents a jump-over at high torques.

So the Conti Synchrochain is well able to cope with a wide range of requirements. It is suitable for new drive designs and at the same time also compatible for use in existing systems. Available in pitches CTD8M and CTD14M. Details of pitch, lengths and widths can be obtained on request.

Properties: n Temperature range, depending on application, from –40°C to +80°C n Suitable for tropical climates n Resistant to aging and ozone n Withstands reverse flexing n Resistant to oils, grease and fuel n Conditionally resistant to acid and lye n Raw materials and production are silicone free

Timing Belts from cONTI®

cONTI® SilentSyncSelf-tracking Timing Belt

Conti SilentSync is a self-tracking timing belt made for very quiet and reduced vibration operation, making it an excellent choice for horizontal drives

Properties: n Temperature range from –40°C to +85°C n Electrically conductive to ISO 9563 n Very low noise n Low vibration n Resistant to ageing and ozone n Conditionally oil-resistant n Maintenance-free

Synthetic rubber backing

Specially treated fabric

Synthetic rubber feet

Aramide tension member

49


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner Taper lock® Bushes

Exclusively for use with Taper Lock bored pulleys, sprockets and couplings, easy to install, off-the-shelf solution.

Offering a full range of both metric and imperial sizes as well as a full range of weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub adaptors.

Available for shafts 9 to 125mm diameter - up to 7,400Nm transmission

n Quick and easy to install or remove

n Unique 4-hole design to reduce vibration for balanced assemblies

n Removes the need for re-boring with a full range of both metric and imperial bores

n Manufactured from high grade, close-grain grey iron or steel

Fenlock™ cone clamping Elements

Fenner Trantorque gTR

Fast and accurate, single fastener shaft locking. Ideal for quick change parts or assemblies.

It offers a mechanical shrink-fit eliminating the problems of fretting corrosion, backlash and key wallowing.

Trantorque Mini available for 5 to 16mm shafts (up to 50Nm transmission). Trantorque gTR available for 15 to 75mm shafts (up to 2000Nm transmission)

n Precise radial and axial adjustments on shafts

n Self-centering, requires no location diameter to retain concentricity

n Offers a mechanical shrink-fit eliminating backlash

n Can be used directly over empty keyways to repair a worn or damaged connection

Extreme duty, high torque transmission shaft fixing. The ultimate solution for arduous equipment where reliability is essential.

Offering simple installation, increased shaft strength and high torque transmission capacity.

Available for shaft sizes 6 to 900mm diameter - transmission of up to 1,650kNm

n Accommodates infinite axial and radial positioning

n Can be installed and removed multiple times

n Enclosed design eliminates ingress of contaminants

n Offers high torque transmission capacity

Tension member Aramide cord with S/Z twists wound in pairs

Which Shaft Fixing is Right for your Application?

Simplepage 50

Standardpage 51

Solutionspage 51

50


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Taper lock Bushes, Trantorque Bushes and Fenlock cone clamping Elements

Bolt-on Hub

B F 2 5 - F E N

Bush Size Keyway KM for Metric PM for Plain

Fenner BrandConstant

2517 KM -ADAPTOR -FEN Wh 25 hUBS -FEN

Adaptorsn For use with parallel bore

eliminating the cost of drilling, tapping and taper boring

n Keyed version also available for heavy duty applications

n Taper bored to receive 4-hole Taper Lock® bush sizes 1008 to 4040

Bolt-on hubsn A convenient means to secure fan rotors,

steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers etc to a shaft

n Welding not necessary


Weld-on hubsn Manufactured from steel to provide

convenient means to secure fan rotors, steel pulleys, plate sprockets, impellers etc to a shaft

n Shouldered outer diameter allows for easy location


Bush Size (1st & 2nd

digits of bush size)

Fenner Brand Weld-on Hub

Bush Size (1st & 2nd

digits of bush size)

Fenner BrandConstant

Taper lock® Bushes

Easy on, easy off - the simplest and quickest shaft fixing

www.fptgroup.com

Machined to exacting tolerances in cast iron and steel, the Fenner Taper Lock® four hole bush has been tried and tested in over 40 million applications. It is the most successful shaft fixing in the market place today with a full range of both metric and imperial sizes as well as a full range of weld-on hubs, bolt-on hubs and hub adaptors.

n no costly re-boring n High grade, close grain grey iron (GG25) material n Tolerates shock loading n Accommodates wide shaft diameter limits +0.05mm (0.002”)

to 0.125mm (0.005”) n Perfect for use with V-pulleys, timing and HTD pulleys,

sprockets, shaft couplings, hubs and adaptors

Metric Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 16mm–125mm

Imperial Range: 1008–5050 Bore Diameter 3/8"–5"

Bush Size Bore Size Fenner Brand

1 6 1 0 X 3 8 - F E N

2 5 1 7 X1.5/8 - F E N

Metric

Imperial

Simple

51


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

n Eliminate Keys, Keyways, Setscrews

Eliminate costly matching with inexpensive Trantorque GTR mounts. They grip like a shrink-fit on shaft and bore, and resist shocks and torque reversals better than keyways. Single-nut design, self-centres accurately, locks or unlocks with the twist of a wrench.

n Infinite, Precise Radial Adjustment

The positive lock and release action permits exact initial positioning with easy readjustment at a later date.

n Use Smaller Shafts

Eliminate the weak spot in shafts and hubs caused by machining keyways. This, plus the rigidising effect, permits smaller and less expensive shafts and bearings with equal strength and stiffness.

n Retrofit and Repair

Can be used directly over empty keyways to repair a worn or damaged connection. Both metric and imperial units are available.

n Mount hubless Devices

Trantorque GTR mounts are unique in their ability to mount thin hubless devices. They need not be completely within the bore.

This permits mounting plate sprockets, hubless gears, disc brakes, etc. – often at substantial savings to the user or OEM.

FenLock™ cone clamping elements provide a wide and versatile range of keyless shaft/hub assemblies.

n Simple installation/dissemblyn Resistance to alternating torquesn Increased shaft strengthn High torque transmission capacityn no backlashn Axial and angular adjustment capabilityn no fretting corrosion

To Help...

When ordering shaft fixings, consider the following: n Shaft dimension n Keyway details n Transmitted torque n Hub details (diameter, length, material)

TranTorque gTR Bushes & Fenlock cone clamping Elements

Standard

Solutions

FlK 200 Medium High Torque, non self-centering

FlK110 Medium/High Torque, self centering, fewer screws

FlK130 High torque, self-centering

FlK131 High torque, self-centering larger dia. location collar

FlK603 Medium/high torque, self centering, shrink disc device

Conatct your local ERIKS service centre for details on the full range available.

52


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenaflex Tyre, Rigid, hRc and Jaw couplings

Fenaflex couplings

less stress, more flexibility

These highly elastic lubrication-free couplings tolerate large amounts of misalignment in all planes as well as offering simple installation and inspection without disrupting the drive. The Fenaflex® coupling also has excellent shock absorbing properties while reducing vibration and torsional oscillations.

n Accepts misalignment simultaneously in all planes n Highly resilient to absorb shock loads n Lubrication-free n Sample visual inspection to aid maintenance n ATEX approved variant n Simple installation without moving coupled machines n Taper Lock® and pilot bore flanges n Pump spacer and flywheel fixing variants

Rigid couplings Taper Lock® Rigid couplings provide a convenient method of rigidly connecting shafts. Taper Lock® bushes permit easier and quicker fixing to the shafts with the firmness of a shrunk-on fit.

n Peripheral speeds of up to 33m/s available n Vertical assemblies possible in FF design n Taper Lock® fixing as standard n 8 sizes in the range

couplingsAvailable in Taper Lock® or pilot bore flanges. Taper Lock® have a massive torque capacity and are available with a fire resistant, anti-static tyre.

Pump Spacer VariantSpacer variant available for pump drives to allow disassembly of pump shaft without disturbing the prime mover, minimising downtime.

Flywheel VariantFlywheel coupling version available for standard SAE flywheel fixings and elements available in different dynamic stiffness’s to accommodate a wide range of engine and driven machine parameters.

53


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Why Choose HRC...

When looking for a value for money coupling, OEMs have specified the hRc since its launch in the 1970s.

hRc couplings

Exceptional performance, exceptional value

Permitting quick and easy installation by means of Taper Lock® bushes, and offering quick alignment, the semi-elastic general purpose HRC coupling is ideal for use with electric motors.

n Offers the simplest, most straightforward fitting available

n Ease of alignment and fitting using straight edge and machined outside diameters

n Fail-safe design due to interacting dog design

n Accommodates incidental misalignment

n Exceptional performance at low cost

n Power ratings are matched to standard motor sizes

n Standard and FRAS elements available

n Flywheel fixing variant available

n Pilot bore design also available

Jaw couplingsA low-cost general purpose solution to absorb incidental misalignment, shockloads and

small amplitude vibrations.

n Ease of alignment n Fail-safe shaft connection n Range of element materials available including; nitrile, urethane and hytrel n Pump spacer variant available n Design powers up to 42.2kW available at 1440rpm

Much copied, the original Fenner HRC product outlasts its competitors due to subtle design differences such as, higher levels of surface finish on the drive dogs and having flexible elements manufactured in the UK to extremely high specifications.

Its high grade rugged cast iron construction is a must for heavy duty industries such as mining and quarrying so it’s no surprise this coupling is the crusher and screen manufacturers choice every time.

54


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Rexnord and Falk couplingsDisc CouplingsCouplings

Rexnord® Thomas® XTSR Disc Couplings

• Over 20 sizes• Up to 430 mm bore capacity• Up to 283,000 Nm torque capacity• Speed ratings up to 20,000 rpm• Allows for visual inspection and easy

replacement of disc packs and center members• Features zero backlash, low-restoring forces,

and electrically-insulated designs• Meets API 671 or API 610 specifications when

specified• ATEX certified

Rexnord Addax® Composite Disc Couplings

• 13 sizes• Up to 130 mm bore capacity• Up to 4,090 Nm torque capacity• High-performance composite spacer with

custom spacer lengths, up to 6,985 mm• Up to 500 hp• Corrosion-resistant center member, flex

element, hub, and hardware lower the cost of ownership and extend service life

• Patented unitized flex elements provide 1 degree of misalignment per element and eliminate fretting

• Ships in less than 24 hours if required

Lubricated Couplings

Falk® Steelflex® Grid Couplings

• 25 sizes• 11 models including high-speed, spacer,

flywheel, brake and controlled torque• Up to 508 mm bore capacity• Up to 932,126 Nm torque capacity• Up to 10,000 rpm• Five-year heavy-duty warranty when lubricated

with Long Term Grease (LTG)

Falk Lifelign® Gear Couplings

• 28 sizes• 13 models for general purpose, high-speed

and high-torque applications• Up to 1,067 mm bore capacity• Up to 8,185,763 Nm torque capacity• Large flex hubs accommodate high-torque

applications in space-limited installations• Three-year, heavy-duty warranty

Disc CouplingsCouplings





















Disc CouplingsCouplings





















Disc couplings

lubricated couplings

Rexnord® Thomas® XTSR Disc couplings n Over 20 sizes n Up to 430 mm bore capacity n Up to 283,000 nm torque capacity n Speed ratings up to 20,000 rpm n Allows for visual inspection and easy replacement of disc packs and center members n Features zero backlash, low-restoring forces, and electrically-insulated designs n Meets API 671 or API 610 specifications when specified n ATEX certified

Rexnord Addax® composite Disc couplings n 13 sizes n Up to 130 mm bore capacity n Up to 4,090 nm torque capacity n High-performance composite spacer with custom spacer lengths, up to 6,985 mm n Up to 500 hp n Corrosion-resistant center member, flex element, hub, and hardware lower the cost of

ownership and extend service life n Patented unitized flex elements provide 1 degree of misalignment per element and eliminate

fretting n Ships in less than 24 hours if required

Falk® Steelflex® grid couplings n 25 sizes n 11 models including high-speed, spacer, flywheel, brake and controlled torque n Up to 508 mm bore capacity n Up to 932,126 nm torque capacity n Up to 10,000 rpm n Five-year heavy-duty warranty when lubricated with Long Term Grease (LTG)

Falk lifelign® gear couplings n 28 sizes n 13 models for general purpose, high-speed and high-torque applications n Up to 1,067 mm bore capacity n Up to 8,185,763 nm torque capacity n Large flex hubs accommodate high-torque applications in space-limited installations n Three-year, heavy-duty warranty

55


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Couplings

Elastomeric Couplings

Falk Wrapflex® Elastomeric Couplings

• 12 sizes• Up to 184 mm bore capacity• Up to 15,027 Nm torque capacity• Up to 4,500 rpm• Patented hub and flex element design ensure

long life• Close-coupled and spacer designs available to

accommodate shaft spacing• Polyurethane element has excellent wear

and chemical resistance and an operating temperature range of -40°C to 95°C

• ATEX certified

Rexnord Viva® Elastomeric Couplings

• 12 Viva sizes• Up to 165 mm bore capacity• Up to 6,270 Nm torque capacity• Up to 4,300 rpm• Split-in-half flex element design for efficient

installation and replacement• Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range

of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm• Non-lubricated and low-maintenance• Viva model features patented “V” notch

design which provides uniform failure area for overload protection

• ATEX certified

Torque Management Products

Rexnord Autogard® Torque Limiters

• Protect equipment from damaging torque spikes and inertias

• Instant and complete disengagement of the drive when overloaded

• Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque setting

• Reduced downtime due to quick and easy reset• Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset

options• Torque ranges from 1Nm to 1,000,000 Nm +

PT Drive Components

Couplings







• ATEX certified






• ATEX certified








PT Drive Components

Couplings







• ATEX certified






• ATEX certified








PT Drive Components

Elastomeric couplings

Torque limiters

Falk Wrapflex® Elastomeric couplings n 12 sizes n Up to 184 mm bore capacity n Up to 15,027 nm torque capacity n Up to 4,500 rpm n Patented hub and flex element design ensure long life n Close-coupled and spacer designs available to accommodate shaft spacing n Polyurethane element has excellent wear and chemical resistance and an operating

temperature range of -40°C to 95°C n ATEX certified

Rexnord Viva® Elastomeric couplings n 12 Viva sizes n Up to 165 mm bore capacity n Up to 6,270 nm torque capacity n Up to 4,300 rpm n Split-in-half flex element design for efficient installation and replacement n Mounting hole patterns allow for a wide range of shaft gaps: from 6 to 300 mm n non-lubricated and low-maintenance n Viva model features patented “V” notch design which provides uniform failure area for overload

protection n ATEX certified

Rexnord Autogard® Torque limiters n Protect equipment from damaging torque spikes and inertias n Instant and complete disengagement of the drive when overloaded n Adjustable, accurate, and repeatable torque setting n Reduced downtime due to quick and easy reset n Rapid-reset, remote-reset, synchronous-reset options n Torque ranges from 1nm to 1,000,000 nm + n PT Drive Components

56


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Sprockets Fenner sprockets are available with either Taper Lock or pilot bored fixings and are precision manufactured from fine grade steel. Sprockets are available in simplex, duplex and triplex forms for sizes 05B to 20B.

n Surface treated to reduce corrosion n Short-reach bushes on selected sizes - compact hubs n Hardened teeth on Taper Lock sprockets

Roller chain and Sprockets

Fenner PlUS Roller chain

high Performance chain

Fenner PLUS chain has been designed to provide the optimum combination of tensile strength, wear resistance and fatigue life.

Increased fatigue resistance

n Shot peening of roller and side plates gives increased fatigue resistance

n Ball swaged side plate holes improve finish and combat fatigue failure

n Deep waisted side plates increase effective cross section lowering fatigue

Fit and forget reliability

n Preloaded to bed in all component parts n Final 100% quality check enabling you to simply fit and

forget

OKS Chain and Drive Spray

Product Ref: OKS3751-500ML

Also available

Sprocket Reworking ServiceThe ERIKS Power Transmission Technology centre is pleased to offer you a new in-house sprocket reworking service.

n Stocking 3/8” to 3/4” pitch simplex in preferred tooth numbers**

n Bored to H7 tolerance n B.S. keyway/grubscrew n Can be machined to drawing

number of teeth

Pitch (Inches)

Fixing Form Fenner Brand

5/8 D- 27T- Tl -FEN

57


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

lubrication Free chain

The greener cleaner Option

Fenner PlUS lubrication-Free roller chain utilises sintered bush chain technology which negates the need to pre-lubricate the chain for storage or running.

The porous bush is lightly impregnated with oil which gives the same performance characteristics as lubricated chain without the need for periodical applications of lubricant whilst the chain is in use.

This reduces risk to personnel as they don’t have to climb into machines to lubricate product and reduces waste oil products having to be recycled safely and legally.

Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain is an ideal solution for situations where lubrication is difficult or contamination and fire are serious potential problems.

n Built-in lubrication – Fenner PLUS lubrication-free chain has been specially manufactured to exacting standards and features its own built-in lubrication

n Using sintered bushes impregnated with oil, Fenner lubrication-free chain can operate at up to 2.5m/sec, which is more than twice that of composite bush chains

Dramatically Reduced Downtime

ERIKS were contacted by a large pet food manufacturer, as they were experiencing problems with the roller chains on their pet food conveyors.

The chains were failing after just six months of use, and were also contaminated with debris attracted by excess oil which had been applied to

the products. Following a site visit and after a lengthy technical discussion it was recommended that Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain would be the best solution. not only would this negate the need for costly and time consuming maintenance procedures, it would save the customer the expense of recycling the oil based lubricant after use.

100 metres were subsequently trialled, and a year later are still performing! The end user is delighted not only with the enhanced performance, but also with the lube-free benefits using this product resulting in an environmentally friendly factory. All conveyor lines have been and will continue to be fitted with Fenner PLUS lubrication-free roller chain.

58


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Adapted chain

EXTENDED PINS

K1 K2 M1 M2

163 164 563 564Circlip Type Plain Duplex Pin

Fenner PlUS Adapted chain Fenner PLUS adapted chain builds on the heritage and engineering experience of the Fenner product range by optimising the benefits of performance enhancing features which work together to give Fenner PLUS chain the optimum combination of tensile strength, wear resistance and fatigue life.

n Enhanced performance in hostile environments

n Solid rollers manufactured to achieve high surface hardness

n Shot peened plates for increased fatigue resistance and extended chain life

3 Simple Steps to an Adapted Solution

Determine your adapted chain requirement using our simple adapted chain enquiry form and pass to your

ERIKS representative

Our engineering team will assess and quote for your requirements

We will assemble and deliver your adapted chain swiftly and efficiently so that you can enjoy the market

leading benefits of Fenner PLUS adapted chain3

Everything you Need

n Carbon and stainless steel variants n British (BS) and American (AnSI) standard

specification n Simplex and duplex n K and M attachments n Extended pin variants n Hollow pin variants n Matched lengths available

48 Hour Adapted Chain

Service

59


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

When the Industry Moves, Rexnord is the Preferred Choice.

www.rexnord.com

When it comes to providing highly engineered products that improve productivity and efficiency for industrial applications worldwide, Rexnord is the most reliable in the industry.

From durable products like plastic bottles, to a more delicate product like a bag of chips, Rexnord works to ensure the sustainability of your product through production and distribution. Our commitment to customer satisfaction and superior value extends to every area of our business.

60


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Renold Performance chain

www.renold.com/synergy

To find out how Renold Synergy canenhance your productivity, call us on;Tel: +44 (0)161 498 4600

Email: [email protected]

• Unbeatable wear and fatigue resistance

• Withstands shockloadings better than anyother standard chain

• Reduced initial wear

• Productivity improveswith Renold Synergy

Renold Synergy is the only high performance transmission chain on the market

LASTS 3 TIMESLONGER IN WEAR THAN

YOUR CURRENT CHAIN OR YOUR NEXT CHAIN IS FREE

3XXXX Renold Synergy Ad 210x280 v1_Layout 1 25/07/2012 10:43 Page 1

www.renold.com/attachmentchain

Contact ERIKS, your Renold

authorised distributor

on 0845 006 6000

Attachment Chain from Renold.

Attachment chain requires excellent service; prompt quoting, rapid availability and quick delivery.

39269 Renold ERIKS A4 ATTACHMENT Advert.indd 1 30/04/2013 09:56

61


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Synergy chain

If lubrication’s a problem – here’s the solution! Designed around unique Renold technology, these chains set a new benchmark for chain performance with little or no lubrication. Offering real improvements in working life, thanks to outstanding wear and fatigue resistance, the range covers both small and large pitch sizes and is dimensionally interchangeable with standard chains. Using food industry-approved lubricant within the sintered bush, they have an ISO standard pin diameter, and therefore standard attachments on the outer links.

n Large and small pitch sizes n no lubrication normally required n Totally dry to the touch n nickel-plated plates n Excellent corrosion resistance

n Unique food industry-approved roller coating

n Dimensionally interchangeable with standard chain

n ISO standard pin diameter

Part No ISO Ref Pitch (inch) Box Qty (ft)110438-10FT-REn 06B-1 3/8 10

110446-10FT-REn 08B-1 1/2 10

110456-10FT-REn 10B-1 5/8 10

110466-10FT-REn 12B-1 3/4 10

110488-10FT-REn 16B-1 1 10

Syno chain

The only true high performance roller chain on the market! This isn’t our verdict, but that of engineers around the world, who consistently report that these superb products offer excellent wear and fatigue resistance, and exceptional working life.

Its performance which results from years of research and development to deliver a product which is quite simply the most reliable of its kind.

n Backed by the Synergy Wear Life Guarantee n Unbeatable wear resistance delivers maximum productivity n Special platinum-coloured connecting link for easy

identification and fast disconnect n Unique end-softened pins for quick and easy cutting

to length – without damaging the rest of the chain n High resistance to shock loading


110046-25FT-REn 08B-1 1/2 25

110056-25FT-REn 10B-1 5/8 25

110066-25FT-REn 12B-1 3/4 25

110088-10FT-REn 16B-1 1 10

110106-10FT-REn 20B-1 1.1/4 10

110127-10FT-REn 24B-1 1.1/2 10

114038-25FT-REn 06B-2 3/8 25

114046-25FT-REn 08B-2 1/2 25

114056-25FT-REn 10B-2 5/8 25

114066-25FT-REn 12B-2 3/4 25

114088-10FT-REn 16B-2 1 10

114106-10FT-REn 20B-2 1.1/4 10

114127-10FT-REn 24B-2 1.1/2 10

116038-25FT-REn 06B-3 3/8 25

116046-25FT-REn 08B-3 1/2 25

116056-25FT-REn 10B-3 5/8 25

116066-25FT-REn 12B-3 3/4 25

116088-10FT-REn 16B-3 1 10

116106-10FT-REn 20B-3 1.1/4 10

116127-10FT-REn 24B-3 1.1/2 10

The biggest single innovation in power transmission

technology since Renold invented the bush roller

chain

Wear resistance and performance

without equal

62


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Renold Special chain




on 0845 006 6000







on 0845 006 6000




63


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Renold Hydro-Service chain delivers superior corrosion resistance, lasting as much as 30 times longer than standard carbon steel in applications that have to deal with water or salt spray.

Renold Stainless Steel chain should be slected when resistance to chemical action is critical. Ideal for use in food processing.

Renold Sovereign

Renold Stainless Steel

Renold hydro-Service


110856-25FT-REn 10B-1 5/8 25

110866-25FT-REn 12B-1 3/4 25

110888-10FT-REn 16B-1 1 10


185302-10FT-REn 06B-1 3/8 10

181707-10FT-REn 08B-1 1/2 10

180280-10FT-REn 10B-1 5/8 10

185634-10FT-REn 12B-1 3/4 10

187900-10FT-REn 16B-1 1 10

Part No ISO Ref Pitch (inch) Box Qty (ft) 530038-10FT-REn 06B-1 3/8 10

530046-10FT-REn 08B-1 1/2 10

530056-10FT-REn 10B-1 5/8 10

530066-10FT-REn 12B-1 3/4 10

530088-10FT-REn 16B-1 1 10

530106-10FT-REn 20B-1 1.1/4 10

530127-10FT-REn 24B-1 1.1/2 10


114856-25FT-REn 10B-2 5/8 25

114866-25FT-REn 12B-2 3/4 25

114888-10FT-REn 16B-2 1 10

Part No ISO Ref Pitch (inch) Box Qty (ft)185122-10FT-REn 06B-2 3/8 10185125-10FT-REn 08B-2 1/2 10185126-10FT-REn 10B-2 5/8 10185127-10FT-REn 12B-2 3/4 10185128-10FT-REn 16B-2 1 10

Part No ISO Ref Pitch (inch) Box Qty (ft) 534038-10FT-REn 06B-2 3/8 10

534046-10FT-REn 08B-2 1/2 10

534056-10FT-REn 10B-2 5/8 10

534066-10FT-REn 12B-2 3/4 10

534088-10FT-REn 16B-2 1 10

534106-10FT-REn 20B-2 1.1/4 10

534127-10FT-REn 24B-2 1.1/2 10

Renold Sovereign is the perfect solution for abrasive environments where dirt and dust ingress is commonplace. Renold Sovereign offers up to 4 times longer wear life, reduces pin wear, and is suitable for high speed or heavy load applications.

64


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Accessories, Drives and Rollers

chain Pin ExtractorDo you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless, it takes just seconds and there’s no mess.

Chain Wear GuideYou can use a simple wear guide to identify when your chain has reached the point when it needs to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and improve maintenance.

www.chainwearguide.com

Chain Pin ExtractorDo you have to grind chain to cut it? Renold makes cutting chain easy. Using the Renold Chain Pin Extractor cutting chain is effortless, it takes just seconds and there’s no mess.

www.renoldpinextractor.com

Renold Chain SelectorThe new Chain Selector from Renold has been launched, making it even easier to specify the right transmission chain for the job. You can quickly and easily generate a selection, alter parameters to include environmental factors like corrosion or lubrication and even allow for applications with shock loads.

www.renoldchainselector.com

Renold Klik-Top polymer block chainRenold Klik-Top polymer block chain is a modern alternative to conventional polymer block chain. If you need to remove a Klik-Top block it’s easy, no need to disassemble the chain. Renold: making life easier!

www.kliktopchain.com

39249 Renold ERIKS Advertorial F.indd 1 30/04/2013 09:53

chain Wear guideYou can use a simple wear guide to identify when your chain has reached the point when it needs to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and improve maintenance.










Renold chain SelectorThe new Chain Selector from Renold has been launched, making it even easier to specify the right transmission chain for the job. You can quickly and easily generate a selection, alter parameters to include environmental factors like corrosion or lubrication and even allow for applications with shock loads. www.renoldchainselector.com










Renold Klik-Top Polymer Block chainYou can use a simple wear guide to identify when your chain has reached the point when it needs to be replaced. Running a worn chain will reduce efficiency, accelerate the wearing of sprocket teeth and increase operational noise. The Renold Chain Wear Guide helps you to measure chain extension and improve maintenance.

65


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Premiun efficiency IE3 and Super Premium efficiency IE4

Lower total operational costs

Energy saving

Versatile, robust design

Reduced noise

W22 IE3 Premium Efficiency and IE4 Super Premium Efficiency- cast Iron Range High efficiency and low cost of ownership throughout the entire motor lifetime have been the basis for the W22 development.

Available with outputs from 0.12 to 500kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.

W21 - Aluminium Range

Offering improved thermal dissipation with a lower overall weight than cast iron, the aluminium frame is suitable for most industrial environments.

Available with outputs from 0.12 to 11kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.

High efficiency IE2 and Premium Efficiency IE3

Multi-mounting

Class F insulation system

IP55 protection

Suitable for inverter duty applications

W22X IE3 Premium Efficiency and IE4 Super Premium Efficiency - Flameproof Range

Although not yet included within the EU MEPS, the W22X is available at both IE3 Premium efficiency and IE4 Super Premium efficiency rating

Available with outputs from 0.12 to 1,600 kW in either 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole speeds.

Premium efficiency IE3 and Super Premium efficiency IE4

Low total operational costs

EXd rated for explosive atmospheres

Suitable for Zones 1 and 2 ; Zone 21 and 22 certified

IIC group certified

WEg IE3 and IE4: equipping you to meet tomorrow’s industrial challengesWith changing statutory standards and rising energy costs, efficient motor performance will be one of your biggest priorities. As a world-leader in the design and manufacture of industrial motors, our focus is not only on helping you to meet new IE3 standards, but to exceed them, with our new W22 IE4 range, giving greater savings with WEg quality.


66


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

86

PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Drives and Rollers

Workshops offering repair or replacementAttention

T H E H E A R T O F C O N V E Y O R T E C H N O L O G Y

D R I V E S A N D R O L L E R S

The Interroll Group is one of the world's leadingmanufacturers of key products for unit loadhandling systems, internal logistics andautomation.Interroll UK has recently strengthened its positionto offer customers an all embracing drive solutionthat includes professional consulting services, aproduct portfolio for drum drive technology andconveying components, with the assurance of adedicated repair and servicing departmentgeared to promptly respond to your needs.

• Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia.• Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia• Drives for all makes of modular belts • Zone Controlled RollerDrives • Gravity Rollers• Fixed & Friction Drive Rollers• 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller• Tapered Rollers• Conveyor Wheels • Omniwheels & Ball Transfer Units• Roller Tracks• Pallet Drives / Rollers

DRIVE FOR THE NEXT GENERATION_Layout 1 26/05/2017 11:14 Page 1

Interroll Drives and Rollers

67


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

86

PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Drives and Rollers

Workshops offering repair or replacementAttention

T H E H E A R T O F C O N V E Y O R T E C H N O L O G Y

D R I V E S A N D R O L L E R S

The Interroll Group is one of the world's leadingmanufacturers of key products for unit loadhandling systems, internal logistics andautomation.Interroll UK has recently strengthened its positionto offer customers an all embracing drive solutionthat includes professional consulting services, aproduct portfolio for drum drive technology andconveying components, with the assurance of adedicated repair and servicing departmentgeared to promptly respond to your needs.

• Motorised Drums 80mm - 217mm Dia.• Synchronous Drum Motors 82mm -113mm Dia• Drives for all makes of modular belts • Zone Controlled RollerDrives • Gravity Rollers• Fixed & Friction Drive Rollers• 50mm Dia Magnetic Speed Controller• Tapered Rollers• Conveyor Wheels • Omniwheels & Ball Transfer Units• Roller Tracks• Pallet Drives / Rollers

DRIVE FOR THE NEXT GENERATION_Layout 1 26/05/2017 11:14 Page 1

Interroll Drum MotorsDrive for the next generation

The new generation of Drum Motors with fully modular synchronous and asynchronous design are engineered for high performance and longevity, and to meet stringent hygiene requirements.

n Modular platform strategy available with an 80-mm diameter n Easier to plan and implement user-specific material-handling solutions n Stronger shafts and ball bearings guarantee a long service life n Robust planetary gears make it possible to transfer high levels of torque to conveyor

belts efficiently and quietly n A greater speed range achieve throughput requirements precisely n Short and reliable delivery times n Offer high energy efficiencies compared to alternative drive systems, cutting

operating costs further

Ultra-hygienic belt drive

n new generation Drum Motors with protection class IP69K, meet the highest hygiene requirements

n Makes cleaning the facility much faster and easier n Reducs the risk of product contamination in the food processing area n The PTFE-sealing allows a high pressure cleaning with chemicals according to

ECOLAB Specifications

Pioneering drive solutions

In pioneering drive solutions for modular plastic belt conveyors Interroll utilises a range of purpose designed, food quality FDA approved profiled rubber and PU lagging, and stainless steel or polymeric sprockets. To provide maximum flexibility of speed and control, all Interroll Drum Motors can be connected with most types of frequency inverters.

continuous Development & growthAn important element of Interroll’s Group strategy is its commitment to developing and refining intelligent products that allow our customers to save space, energy and delivers a fast return on investment.

n Magnetic Speed controller MSc 50 - the new patented Interroll MSC 50 provides the optimal technical solution for controlling descending product speeds on gravity conveyors with materials weighing from 0.5 kg to a maximum of 35 kg.

n Interroll RollerDrive - a 24 VDC brushless motor integrated in a conveyor roller provides the most energy efficient all-purpose drive employed with controllers in automated conveyor technology.

Interroll Drum Motors are available with a wide range of voltages, powers, speeds, high torque motors, accessories and many other options.


68


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

W Flameproof RangeBrook Crompton’s flameproof motors are designated Ex db (eb) flameproof and are designed for operation in Zone 1 hazardous areas. They comply with all relevant national and international standards. They are of a rugged cast iron construction to withstand an internal explosion.

Outputs range from 0.37kW to 200kW with smaller or larger outputs on request.

Standard motors are suitable for applications classified T4, in addition, T5 and T6 can be supplied, although this may involve reduced outputs.

Special build options: n Ex db eb IIB or IIC n Group I mining n Special shaft dimensions n Special voltage

n Low starting torque n Offshore n Roller bearing n plus many more

Special build options: n Multi-speed n Encoder n Force ventilated (IC416) n Brake/brake kit friendly

(aluminium range, frames 63-132 only)

n Special shaft/special flange dimensions

n Special paint

n Special voltage n Roller bearing n Low starting torque n Marine n Hoist/crane duty n Fumex (smoke extraction) n plus many more

W Range The Brook Crompton W motor range is a high quality, high variant product with outputs from 0.07kW to 400kW in frame sizes 80 to 355L (for cast iron range) and WU-DA63S to WU-DA180L (aluminium range). They are suitable for use within a diverse range of applications from food and drink, china clay production to water and sewage.

From roller table drives to refrigeration. Many applications often have adverse operating conditions including repeated starting and occasional overloading; the ‘W’ range is well suited to these situations. A virtual “go anywhere” motor that has a full three year guarantee.

Some of the benefits of aluminium over cast iron, include, high resistance to corrosion and atmospheric attack (except chlorine, salt-laden or sulphuric acid) and the fact that aluminium is approximately one third the weight of cast iron.

The clear choice for the UK

Multi-Mount...

By simply changing the position of the feet, the user is able to obtain right, left or top mounted terminal box positions and by removing the standard endshield you can change it for a flange or face version.

Brook crompton Motors

69


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

FM:3 Series MotorsPremium Efficiency (IE3) Motors

Built to exacting standards the FM:3 range offers a rugged, feature packed design delivering an energy efficient, robust solution.

Designed to give the user both operational excellence and a lower Total Cost of Ownership throughout its life cycle.

n 60 to 315 frame all multi-mount design n All motors fitted with thermistors terminated in the terminal box n High quality 63 series bearings from major European

manufacturers n Re-greaseable bearings on 180 frame and above with

button type grease nipple n Drive end bearings fixed n Two external earth fixings on all frames n Spring lip seals standard on both drive end and none drive end n B14 and B5 flanges are fitted with lip seals for use on wet

gearboxes n Large Terminal box with two cable entries n Symmetrical design allowing the terminal box to be moved

towards the fan cowl n Two lifting eye bolts that are moveable

Options Available

n Electro-mechanical Brake Kits n Encoders for speed and positional feedback n Force Ventilation Fan kits for wide speed range operation

with inverter control n Rain Canopies for vertical, shaft down mounting n Bearing changes to suit different applications and moutning

arrangements

Efficiency Built-In as Standard

A large building products manufacturer recognised the demand electric motors put on their electrical energy consumption and set about taking steps to tackle the issue.

Total cost of ownership has now become the deciding factor for their choice of electric motors and the Fenner FM:3 IE3 range ticks all the boxes when it comes to energy efficiency and TCO.

On a 37kW motor installation that had failed it was calculated that the existing EFF2 machine would consume over 1.84 million kW hours over a 10 year period which equated to 988 tonnes of CO2 emissions.

The same application fitted with a Fenner IE3 motor would use 1.76 million kW hours, a saving of 80,000 kW hours and therefore a significant reduction in running

cost over it’s life cycle with the Fenner IE3 motor also reducing CO2 emissions by 43 tonnes to 945.

With the added benefit of qualification for the UK Enhanced Capital Allowance scheme and the realization of the scrap value of the existing motor the payback period for choosing Fenner IE3 over lower efficiency options was less than 6 months.

IEC 60034-30 International Efficiency Code

EFF1

EFF2

EFF3

IE4

IE3

IE2

IE1

0.75 - 375kW >1000v2, 4 & 6 pole

Efficiency Standards

Electric Motors

70


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N


VISIT: ERIKS.CO.UK

REPAIR OR REPLACE?CALCULATING THE COST

When a motor fails, the priority is to get production back online – and that is always ERIKS’ priority too.

But either at the time of failure or later, ERIKS know-how and the ERIKS Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) online calculator can help you decide whether you have more options for a longer-term, added value solution

TOTAL COST OF OWNERSHIP

The calculator uses basic data about your current motor and application:

n Existing motor efficiency grade n Motor power and speed n Annual operation hours n Motor running load n Type of failure

From this the Total Cost of Ownership tool calculates a number of factors including:

n Annual running cost n Carbon footprint (CO2 tonnes/annum)

n Energy usage (kWh)

It then extrapolates these figures to provide the cost – over any term from one year to twenty – of repairing and running the existing motor, and of replacing it with a minimum efficiency, or premium efficiency motor.

The calculation even takes into account the Enhanced Capital Allowance claim value and the end-of-life scrap value, to give you a set of figures to help you make a fully-informed repair, replace or upgrade decision.

71


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Inverters

Optional LED or OLED (IP55 & IP66)

DIN Rail Mount(IP20)

Cable Management

High QualityLong-life Fans

ConvenientHelp Card

PluggableTerminals

+

QD:Neo Invertersconstant Torque 0.75kW - 200kW

Fenner QD:Neo offers the perfect combination of high performance and ease of use, providing a solid solution for even the most demanding applications.

Fenner QD:neo is suitable for use with both standard induction and permanent magnet motors.

high Performance

n Sensorless Vector Control:

n Up to 200% torque from 0 speed ensures reliable starting and accurate speed control

n PM Motor Control future proof:

n Can be upgraded to the latest high efficiency permanent magnet motors

n I/O & Communications: Fenner QD:neo supports a wide range of machine control systems interfaces

Key Features

n Just 14 basic parameters

n Pluggable control terminals

n Internal RFI filter complies with the latest EMC standards

n Up to 32kHz Output Switching Frequency gives ultra quiet motor operation

n Integral Brake Transistor

n Modbus and CAnopen as standard

n IP20, IP55 & IP66 enclosures

n Bluetooth compatible Q-Stick for fast, accurate repeat programming

Applications

n Cranes

n Compressors

n Winding

n Mixers

n Packaging

n Conveyors

n Hoists

n Extruders

n Crushers

n Cutting

Safe Torque Off Function

The Fenner QD:Neo features a safe torque off function, as standard, to allow simple integration into machine critical safety circuits.

n Faster shut down and reset procedures reduce system maintenance time

n Better safety standard compared to mechanical solution

n Better motor connection, single cable with no interruption

72


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

72 Inverters

Optional LED or OLED (IP55 & IP66)

Spin Start Hand Auto

Belt Break Detection

Bluetooth Q:Stick Programming

+

High QualityLong-life Fans

QD:Flow InvertersVariable Torque 0.75kW - 200kW

The Fenner QD:Flow sets a new standard for dedicated fan and pump control whilst retaining the ease of use you come to expect from Fenner inverters.

Fenner QD:Flow has an innovative design, combined with robust performance to provide powerful flow control and reliability in a compact drive.

Designed for hVAc

n Energy optimisation n Energy monitoring n Built in pump cascade control n Multiple fan operation n Resonance avoidance

Key Features

n 14 basic parameters n Internal RFI filter n Belt brake detection n Anti-ragging function n Fire-mode n Spin start n Bypass mode n BACnet and Modbus RTU as

standard n Maintenance interval timer n Multi-language OLED display n Intelligent standby

Dedicated to optimising efficiency

The Fenner QD:Flow has been designed to optimise efficiency in pumping and hVAc systems.

n Multiple fan operation n Fire override mode n Stairwell pressurisation

n PID Control

Applications

n Industrial

n Domestic

n Airports

n Hospitals

n Kitchens

n Offices

n Hotels

n Conference Centres

n Swimming Pools

n Additional Buildings

73


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

QD:Evo InvertersEasy to Use 0.37kW - 11.0kW

The Fenner QD:Evo is a value packed basic drive ideally suited for low power applications that require “best in class” purchase value.

Operating from a small space-saving envelope the QD:Evo is fast to set up, simple to use and suitable for most applications.

high Performance

n Easy to install

n Simple keypad control

n 50°C ambient rating for hot, tough applications

n Free lifetime technical support

n Energy optimisng function

Key Features

n Simple commissioning, 12 basic parameter settings, default settings suitable for most applications

n Internal RFI filter for full EMC compliance

n Modbus RTU allows easy integration with your control and monitoring systems

n Compact enclosures help minimise your space requirements

n Brake chopper on sizes 2 & 3, dynamic and compact options with heatsink mounted resistor.

n High overload capacity, 150% overload for 60 seconds and 170% overload for 2 seconds

Applications

n Cranes

n Compressors

n Winding

n Mixers

n Packaging

n Conveyors

n Hoists

n Extruders

n Crushers

n Cutting

Q-Stick for fast programming

For fast, accurate repeat programming.

n Upload/download buttons allow for fast copying of parameters between drives

n Infra-red and bluetooth communications capability provides remote control convenience

n Can be programmed by PDA/smart phone

Q:StickProgramming

DIN Rail Mount(IP20)

Optional BrakingResistor

EMC & VaristorDisconnect

ConvenientHelp Card

Need Sah to check

74


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Taper-grip™ BushesThe unique Taper-Grip bush locking system allows Fenner SMSRs to be secured to the driven shaft overcoming the difficulties that can be experienced with other methods of mounting – particularly in corrosive environments.

Transmits 300% more torque and accommodates shaft tolerance to h11.

n Resistant to fretting corrosion n Allows easy removal of gear unit n Wide selection of metric and

imperial bush sizes available n Requires no key

SMSR PowerPlUSShaft Mounted Speed ReducerPrecision gearing with increased face width allows the Power PLUS range of SMSR units to operate within smaller gear cases than many of its rivals. The modular cases design allows the unit to be mounted in a number of ways.

n Compact design – reduced gear case size

n Modular case design, variety of mounting options

n Easy-fit, up-rated Taper-Grip bush option

n Easy fit backstops available

n Comprehensive output speeds available with a simple Fenner belt drive.

n Extended manufacturer’s warranty

n Quick and simple upgrade

n new extra sizes in the range

n Quicker installation and removal, no keyways

n Flange mounting holes machined on both faces as standard

n Full mounting flexibility for any application

Available in

n Power ratings up to 250kW/ 44,000nm

n Ratio range; 5:1, 13:1 and 25:1

The Fenner SMSR excels in harsh environments such as quarries and as such is used extensively across a wide range of applications in arduous environments worldwide.

The UK’s leading shaft mounted drive gives you a 50% increase in power-to-weight ratio for a compact drive solution.

50% Better, 100% Fenner

Speed Reducers and Gearboxes

75


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner cycloBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size Shaft ø Shaft length Footprint Shaft height606 14 (k6) 30 60 x 120 80

607 20 (k6) 40 60 x 120 80

608 25 (k6) 50 75 x 120 90

609 25 (k6) 50 90 x 150 100

610 30 (k6) 60 90 x 150 100

611 35 (k6) 70 90 x 150 120

612 35 (k6) 70 115 x 190 120

613 50 (k6) 100 145 x 290 150

614 50 (k6) 100 145 x 290 150

616 60 (h6) 90 150 x 370 160

614 70 (h6) 90 275 x 380 200

618 80 (h6) 110 320 x 420 220

619 95 (h6) 135 380 x 480 250

Fenner Series WBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size centres Standard Base to Footprint Flange bore centre options740 25 11 35 34 x 45 75

741 30 14 40 44 x 54 80

742 40 18 50 60 x 70 110

742 40 18 50 60 x 70 120

742 40 18 50 60 x 70 140

743 50 25 60 70 x 80 125

743 50 25 60 70 x 80 145

743 50 25 60 70 x 80 160

744 63 25 72 85 x 100 160

744 63 25 72 85 x 100 180

744 63 25 72 85 x 100 200

745 75 28 86 90 x 120 160

745 75 28 86 90 x 120 200

746 90 35 103 100 x 140 200

746 90 35 103 100 x 140 210

746 90 35 103 100 x 140 250

747 105 42 127.5 115 x 170 280

749 130 45 147.5 120 x 200 320

A modern modular designed aluminium worm box available in a vast range of sizes and ratios for cost-effective solutions.

n Dimensionally interchangeable with the market leaders n Versatile mounting n Excellent mechanical strength whilst being especially

lightweight n Accepts standard IEC electric motors

The revolutionary design of the Cyclo discs offers smooth and silent operation and excellent resistance to overloads. Extremely high ratios can be achieved within a very small envelope offering high efficiency in a very compact package.

n High overload capacity up to 500% and high efficiency, even at high reduction ratios

n Compact size and reduced noise level n High reliability with 2 years warranty n Exceptional life compared to other types of gearing

CycloCyclodial Gearbox

Series WWorm Gearbox

Fenner gearboxes

76


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

76

Fenner Series MBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size Shaft ø Shaft length Footprint Shaft height860 20 (k6) 40 110 x 110 75

801 25 (k6) 50 130 x 110 90

861 25 (k6) 50 130 x 110 90

802 30 (k6) 60 165 x 135 115

862 35 (k6) 70 165 x 135 115

803 35 (k6) 70 195 x 150 130

863 40 (k6) 80 205 x 170 140

864 50 (k6) 100 260 x 215 180

865 60 (m6) 120 310 x 250 225

866 70 (m6) 140 370 x 290 250

867 90 (m6) 170 410 x 340 265

Fenner Series cBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size Standard Alternate Shaft Footprint* Flange bore bore height* ø870 20 H7 NA 80 90 x 63 120/160

871 30 H7 25 H7 100 100 x 80 160

872 35 H7 30 H7 110 110 x 100 200

873 45 H7 40 H7 130 130 x 130 200

874 60 H7 50 H7 180 150 x 100 250

875 70 H7 60 H7 225 200 x 120 350

876 90 H7 70 H7 280 250 x 135 450

877 100 H7 80 H7 335 300 x 150 450

Modern design techniques and high quality components enable the Fenner® Series C helical worm gear unit to outperform any other Gearbox in terms of lowest cost/nm. The Series C right angle range provides a highly efficient and compact solution to meet most requirements.

n Right angled n Up to 10,000nm n 8:1 to 60,000:1 ratios n Foot, flange or shaft mounting n DryFit, sealed gear-head n Standard IEC motor connection

*These dimensions include additional mounting feet not supplied with the standard unit but

available as an accessory on sizes 870, 871, 872 and 873.

The innovative Fenner® Series M Coaxial Gearbox is the culmination of many years of expertise. Designed to be utilised in a wide variety of situations it combines high load carrying capacity with high efficiency and reliability and is manufactured using the highest quality materials and components.

n In-Line n Up to 11,000nm n 5:1 to 16,200:1 ratios n Foot or flange mounting n DryFit, sealed gear-head n Standard IEC motor connection

Series MCoaxial Gearbox

Series CHelical Worm

Gearbox

Fenner gearboxes

gearboxes

77


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

Fenner Series KBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size Shaft ø Shaft length Footprint Shaft height890 30 180 110 x 100 100

891 35 200 130 x 120 112

892 40 250 130 x 130 132

893 40 250 120 x 140 140

894 50 300 150 x 165 180

895 60 350 180 x 180 212

896 70 450 240 x 240 265

897 80 450 280 x 270 315

898 100 450 350 x 330 375

Fenner Series FBasic dimensions (All dimensions are in mm)

Size Bore ø Shaft* Off-set Torque Flange restraint options780 25 – 96 ø15 – 140mm* 160

781 30 25 x 47 121 ø15 – 158mm* 160

782 35 30 x 56 121 ø15 – 170mm* 160

783 40 35 x 66 144 ø15 – 198mm* 250

784 40 40 x 76 165 ø15 – 218mm* 250

785 50 50 x 95 200 ø24 – 278mm* 300

786 60 60 x 114 243 ø24 – 346mm* 350

787 70 70 x 135 274 ø27 – 395mm* 450

788 80 90 x 172 332 ø27 – 485mm* 450

789 90 90 x 170 385 ø26 – 485mm* 550

790 100 110 x 210 414 ø33 – 550mm* 650

The newly improved Fenner® Series F range is primarily designed as a shaft mounted unit incorporating an integral torque reaction bracket. This compact range of parallel shaft mounted geared motors and speed reducers offer high efficiency and interchangeability with other leading brands.

n Parallel off-set n Up to 16,500nm n 4.5:1 to 5,700:1 ratios n Flange or shaft mounting n DryFit, sealed gear-head n Standard IEC motor connection

The Series K range incorporates all Fenner’s core design features in a highly efficient yet flexible bevel helical drive. With high load carrying capabilities and increased efficiency over worm units, the right angled Series K range is proven to save energy and reduce running costs.

n Right angled n Up to 12,300nm n 8:1 to 36,000:1 ratios n Foot, flange or shaft mounting n DryFit, sealed gear-head n Standard IEC motor connection

Series FHelical Gearbox

Series KHelical Bevel

Gearbox

* From centre

78


PO

WE

R

TRA

NS

MIS

SIO

N

MVSS Stainless Steel Electric Vibrator

MVCC DC Electric Vibrator it lole in

all neac Vibrator VHE5 Eternal Hydralic Vibrator

rbine neac Vibrator Vibrators wit in centres to sit alternae aes

MVSI-R olised Alini Electric Vibrator

neac Vibrator

VIBRATECHNIQUES LTD 20 Cecil asley ay, Sorea Airport, Sorea by Sea, est Ssse. N43 5

elepone: 01274 430977 a: 01273 430978 Eail: [email protected] eb: www.ibtec.co

T U

78 Vibration Solutions

FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROLWhy should you partner with ERIKS? One compelling reason is that we offer you fast, cost-effective access to an extensive range of world-leading brands. But this is far from all.

Our exceptional product know-how, coupled with our range of in-house application engineers, means that we are ideally positioned to provide solutions based on a true understanding of your needs. Solutions which make a real difference to your business.

PneumaticsCompact Cylinders 83Push-in Fittings 84-85Air Preparation 86-87Valves 88-91Cylinders and Actuators 93Suction Cups 95Safety Valves 96-97Vacuum Pumps 98

HydraulicsHydraulics Course 100Lifeguard Sleeves 101Self Assembly Starter Kits 102High Pressure Hoses and Couplings 103-104Hose Assemblies and Components 105Components and Fittings 106-108EMB Fittings 108Adaptors 109-110Hydraulic Accessories 111-112Oil Transfer Units 113Ball Valves 114Bladder Accumulators 115Hydraulic Valves and Cylinders 116-119Repair, Replace Solutions 120-122

FiltrationFluid Filters 124-125Water Filters 125-126Panel and Bag Filter 128-129Fluid Level Gauges 130-131Filtration Solutions 133

Industrial HosesCommodity Hose and Clips 136-137Metal Hose 138-139Camlocks and Bellows 140-141Rubber Hose 142Steam Hose 143Food and Beverage Hose 144Chemical and Pharmaceutical Hose 145Industrial Hose Reels and Cable Reels 146


126-127 89-9182-88 100-105, 108

130-131 113,124-125

95, 98

133 138-139, 142-144 146

92-94 115-119

106-107, 120 96-97 128-129

79

Quick reference

Visit us at eriks-techdirect.co.uk

80

FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROLERIKS technical expertise and product knowledge, together with strong partnerships with the leading names in Fluid Power, Transfer and Control means we can offer you the right solution for your application, regardless of manufacturer or brand.

We also take a holistic approach to your problems, which looks beyond the products to the process, the application and the project as a whole. The result is the most cost-effective, most reliable solution.

Compressed Air Savings Programme

A systematic approach to compressed air management could result in significant cost savings - up to 70%

� Compressed air audits � Design, build and installation � On-site oil sampling and analysis � Commodity management � Hydraulic repairs � Hose assemblies


FLUID POWER, TRANSFER AND CONTROL

81

PNEUMATICS

As the UK’s largest distributor of pneumatic products, we stock a comprehensive range, and real-time visibility, from the world’s leading manufacturers.

Our application know-how means we can supply complete solutions, giving us the ability to configure parts and provide modular assembled products – enabling cost effective customisation to your requirements.

� Control valves and actuators

� Air preparation equipment

� Push-in and compression fittings

� Compression fittings

� Quick Release Couplings

HYDRAULICS

At ERIKS we have the skills and services to help you ensure your hydraulic systems and equipment are always running at optimum efficiency.


INDUSTRIAL HOSE

As one of the UK’s leading Industrial Hose specialists, our technical Know-how is relied upon to solve a wide range of challenges that our customers face across all industries.

Our team of in-house technical specialists can provide you with support to help you select the correct hose specification for your application.

� Wide range of hoses from Metallic to Silicone

� Bellows and fittings

� Pre-manufactured assemblies

� Hose testing and management

� Hose tagging

Whatever you’re looking for, from a single product, through repair and refurbishment services, to end-to-end system design, build and commissioning, you’ll find our ability to meet your needs is second to none..

� Directional Control Valves, Compression Fitting and Adaptors

� Hose, Couplings and Crimpers

� OE Kitting Solutions

� 2-3 Way Ball Valves

FILTRATION

Whether you need clean compressed air to separate oil from water, or remove solid particulate from a chemical or other fluid, ERIKS has the solution. And if we don’t we’ll design one.

� Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration

� Dust and fume control

� Purifier equipment

� Monitoring equipment

YOUR FLUID

POWER SOLUTION

Call us today on: 0845 006 6000www.eriks.co.uk/flexion

YOUR FLUID POWER

SOLUTION FOR:

· HYDRAULICS· PNEUMATICS

· CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS· ENGINEERED SYSTEMS

· CONTAMINATION MONITORING

FLEXION DELIVERS A WIDE RANGE OF FLUID POWER

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES THAT OFFER VALUE TO DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE

ENGINEERS, BOTH IN TERMS OF PERFORMANCE AND COST

THE FLEXION RANGE GIVES YOU:

• Access to proven Fluid Power solutions and customisation• Dedicated Fluid Power application and technical support• Engineering products that exceed international standards• Effectiveproductdevelopmentthroughsharedknowledge• ProventrackrecordinprovidingFluidPowersolutions

Untitled-1 1 16/06/2015 12:07:18

Flexion


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

83Compact Cylinders

Compact Cylinders

16mm BorePart No Stroke (mm)EPC16-5CFDA-FX 5

EPC16-10CFDA-FX 10

EPC16-10CFDA-FX 15

EPC16-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC16-25CFDA-FX 25


EPC20-10CFDA-FX 10

EPC20-15CFDA-FX 15

EPC20-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC20-25CFDA-FX 25


EPC25-10CFDA-FX 10

EPC25-15CFDA-FX 15

EPC25-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC25-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC25-30CFDA-FX 30

EPC25-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC25-50CFDA-FX 50


EPC32-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC32-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC32-30CFDA-FX 30

EPC32-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC32-50CFDA-FX 50


EPC40-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC40-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC40-30CFDA-FX 30

EPC40-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC40-50CFDA-FX 50


EPC50-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC50-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC50-30CFDA-FX 30

EPC50-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC50-50CFDA-FX 50


EPC63-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC63-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC63-30CFDA-FX 30

EPC63-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC63-50CFDA-FX 50


EPC80-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC80-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC80-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC80-50CFDA-FX 50

EPC80-80CFDA-FX 80

EPC80-100CFDA-FX 100


EPC100-20CFDA-FX 20

EPC100-25CFDA-FX 25

EPC100-40CFDA-FX 40

EPC100-50CFDA-FX 50

EPC100-80CFDA-FX 80

EPC100-100CFDA-FX 100

ConstantERIKS Pneumatic

Cylinder

ConstantC – Compact

F – Female Piston Rod ThreadDA – Double Acting

16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100

Bore Size (mm)

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 80, 100

Stroke (mm)

Max Stroke 100

FLEXION™ Compact cylinders conform to UNITOP standards (16mm bore), or ISO 21287 (20mm–100mm).

The profile of the body is designed to use the same sensors as the existing cylinders in the FLEXION™ range, simplifying stock requirements.

32mm to 100mm bore cylinders have the same fixing centres as the ISO 15552 range of cylinders, making the cylinder mounting accessories interchangeable.

Equipped with elastomer cushions to increase cylinder life and reduce noise levels, the FLEXION™ compact cylinder is the ideal choice of actuator where space is limited, with overall body lengths up to 60% shorter than an ISO 15552 equivalent.

EPC CFDA FX- -

Constant Constant

ConstantFLEXION

Brand

FLEXION™ ISO 21287COMPACT CYLINDERS16-100MM BORE


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

84

FLEXION™ Stainless steel fittings are manufactured to the highest quality standards to ensure they provide you with increased performance and extended reliability when used in aggressive environments or when in contact with corrosive fluids.

Typical industry applications include: chemical, food, printing, marine and pharmaceutical industries.

Push-in Fittings

n Simple and quick to install

n Flexible space-saving design

n Wide range to suit all applications

n Compatible with all other leading systems

n Tubing can be freely rotated, even after installation

n All taper threads are pre-coated with PTFE

Push-in Fittings

Male Stud Taper

Code Tube OD Thread Size

SSPC4-M5-FX 4 M5

SSPC4-G01-FX 4 G1/8

SSPC6-G01-FX 6 G1/8

SSPC6-G02-FX 6 G1/4

SSPC8-G01-FX 8 G1/8

SSPC8-G02-FX 8 G1/4

SSPC10-G02-FX 10 G1/4

SSPC10-G03-FX 10 G3/8

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPC4-01-FX 4 R1/8

SSPC4-02-FX 4 R1/4

SSPC6-01-FX 6 R1/8

SSPC6-02-FX 6 R1/4

SSPC8-01-FX 8 R1/8

SSPC8-02-FX 8 R1/4

SSPC10-02-FX 10 R1/4

SSPC10-03-FX 10 R3/8

SSPC12-03-FX 12 R3/8

SSPC12-04-FX 12 R1/2

Male Stud Parallel

Technical Data Tube sizes 4 - 12mm

Threads 1/8” - 1/2”, BSPT

Max Pressure 15 bar

Vacuum Up to 750mmHg

Temp Range -20°C to +150°C

Materials:

Body: Stainless Steel AISI 316

Seal: Viton (FPM)

Grab Ring: Stainless Steel Release

Release Collet: Stainless Steel AISI 316

FLEXION™ STAINLESS STEEL PUSH-IN FITTINGS


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

85

Male Swivel Elbow Parallel

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPL4-M5-FX 4 M5

SSPL4-G01-FX 4 G1/8

SSPL6-G01-FX 6 G1/8

SSPL6-G02-FX 6 G1/4

SSPL8-G01-FX 8 G1/8

SSPL8-G02-FX 8 G1/4

SSPL10-G02-FX 10 G1/4

SSPL10-G03-FX 10 G3/8

Male Swivel Elbow Taper

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPLN4-G01-FX 4 G1/8

SSPLN6-G01-FX 6 G1/8





Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPL4-01-FX 4 R1/8

SSPL6-01-FX 6 R1/8

SSPL6-02-FX 6 R1/4

SSPL8-01-FX 8 R1/8

SSPL8-02-FX 8 R1/4

SSPL10-02-FX 10 R1/4

SSPL10-03-FX 10 R3/8

SSPL12-03-FX 12 R3/8

SSPL12-04-FX 12 R1/2

SSPC12-04-FX 12 R1/2

Male Tee Parallel

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPB4-G01-FX 4 G1/8

SSPB6-G01-FX 6 G1/8

SSPB6-G02-FX 6 G1/4

SSPB8-G01-FX 8 G1/8

SSPB8-G02-FX 8 G1/4

Male Elbow Parallel

Male Tee Taper

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSPB4-01-FX 4 R1/8

SSPB6-01-FX 6 R1/8

SSPB6-02-FX 6 R1/4

SSPB8-01-FX 8 R1/8

SSPB8-02-FX 8 R1/4

SSPB10-02-FX 10 R1/4

SSPB10-03-FX 10 R3/8

Elbow Union

Code Tube ODSSPU4-FX 4

SSPU6-FX 6

SSPU8-FX 8

SSPU10-FX 10

SSPU12-FX 12

Tee

Code Tube Size SSPE4-FX 4

SSPE6-FX 6

SSPE8-FX 8

SSPE10-FX 10

SSPE12-FX 12

Straight Union

Code Tube ODSSPV4-FX 4

SSPV6-FX 6

SSPV8-FX 8

SSPV10-FX 10

SSPV12-FX 12

Bulkhead

Code Tube Size SSPM4-FX 4

SSPM6-FX 6

SSPM8-FX 8

SSPM10-FX 10

SSPM12-FX 12

Flow Regulator

Code Tube OD Stem SizeSSPGJ6-4-FX 4 6

SSPGJ8-6-FX 6 8

SSPGJ10-8-FX 8 10

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSL4-G01-FX 4 G1/8

SSL6-G01-FX 6 G1/8

SSL6-G02-FX 6 G1/4

SSL8-G01-FX 8 G1/8

SSL8-G02-FX 8 G1/4

SSL10-G02-FX 10 G1/4

SSL10-G03-FX 10 G3/8

SSL4-G01B-FX 4 G1/8

Stem Reducer

Code Tube OD Thread SizeSSL6-G01B-FX 6 G1/8

SSL6-G02B-FX 6 G1/4

SSL8-G01B-FX 8 G1/8

SSL8-G02B-FX 8 G1/4

SSL10-G02B-FX 10 G1/4

SSL10-G03B-FX 10 G3/8

Materials:

Body: Stainless Steel AISI 316

Seal: Viton (FPM)

Grab Ring: Stainless Steel Release

Release Collet: Stainless Steel AISI 316


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

86

Air Preparation

Air Preparation

The FLEXION™ range of FRL equipment has been selected to give the optimum price versus performance ratio.

With the bodies manufactured from technopolymers, these units are extremely light, but still offer rugged, robust performance.

As standard, all the bowls have an outer protection, and the bowls themselves are manufactured from polyamide, giving significantly better resistance to crazing than the

more commonly used polycarbonate type.

The FLEXION™ ranges also have the automatic filling lubricator option, refilling the lubricator quickly and easily “on-line” saving time and money.

FLEXION™ AIR PREPARATION

Code Bar DescriptionEPA-R-1/2M-08-FX 8 Bar Modular

Code Description

EPA-L-1/2M-M-FX Modular, Standard Fill

EPA-L-1/2M-A-FX Modular, Automatic Fill

Code Bar DescriptionEPA-F-1/2M-M-FX 20µ Drain Modular, Manual Drain

EPA-F-1/2M-A-FX 20µ Drain Modular, Auto Drain

Code Bar Filtration Description MicronsEPA-FR-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain

EPA-FR-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain

Code Filtration Description MicronsEPA-MF-1/2M-A-FX 0.01µ Modular, Auto Drain

EPA-MF-1/2M-M-FX 0.01µ Modular, Manual Drain

1/2” range Regulator

1/2” range Lubricator

1/2” range Filter

1/2” range Filter Regulator

1/2” range Microfilter


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

87

Code Bar DescriptionEPA-SV-1/2M-FX Lockable, Modular

For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX

Code DescriptionEPA-SS-1/2M Soft Start

Code DescriptionEPA-MTGRING-1/2-RX Neck Mounting Ring

Code DescriptionEPA-CK-1/2M-FX Modular Assembly Unit

Code DescriptionEPA-TO-1/2M-FX Intermediate Take Off Block

Code DescriptionEPA-SVE-1/2M-FX Modular

EPA-SVE-SOL-24VDC-FX Solenoid Operator, 24V DC

EPA-SVE-SOL-110VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 110V AC

EPA-SVE-SOL-230VAC-FX Solenoid Operator, 230V AC

For suitable silencer use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX

1/2” range Manual Shut Off Valve

1/2” range Soft Start

1/2” range Neck Mounting Ring

1/2” range Modular Assembly Unitt

1/2” range Intermediate Take-Off Block

1/2” range Electrical Shut Off Valve

Code Bar Filtration Description MicronsEPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain

EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain

Code Bar Filtration Description MicronsEPA-FRL-1/2M-M-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Manual Drain

EPA-FRL-1/2M-A-FX 8 Bar 20µ Modular, Auto Drain

For suitable silencer for shut off valve use SLNCR-B-STD-1/4-FX

1/2” range Filter Regulator / Lubricator

1/2” range Filter / Regulator / Lubricator with Shut Off Valve


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

88

Product Part No Description Size OperatorEPVP-5/2-ISO1-SP W89A-50541 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot

EPVP-5/2-ISO1-DP W89A-50542 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot

EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CC W89A-50543 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot

EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CE W89A-50544 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot

EPVP-5/3-ISO1-CP W89A-50549 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO1 ISO 1 Pilot / Pilot

EPVS-5/2-ISO1-SS W89A-50550 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid

EPVS-5/2-ISO1-DS W89A-50551 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CC W89A-50552 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CE W89A-50553 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO1-CP W89A-50556 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO1 ISO 1 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVP-5/2-ISO2-SP W89A-50545 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Pilot ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot

EPVP-5/2-ISO2-DP W89A-50546 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Pilot ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot

EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CC W89A-50547 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Closed ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot

EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CE W89A-50548 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Exh ISO2 ISO 2 Pilot / Pilot

EPVS-5/2-ISO2-SS W89A-50555 Pneu Valve 5/2 Single Sol ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid

EPVP-5/3-ISO2-CP W89A-50554 Pneu Valve 5/3 Pilot Centre Press ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/2-ISO2-DS W89A-50557 Pneu Valve 5/2 Double Sol ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CC W89A-50558 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Closed ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CE W89A-50559 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Exh ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid

EPVS-5/3-ISO2-CP W89A-50560 Pneu Valve 5/3 Sol Centre Press ISO2 ISO 2 Solenoid / Solenoid

ManifoldsProduct Part No Description SizeEPV-SBA1S W89A-50575 Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO1 ISO 1

EPV-SBA1C W89A-50568 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO1 ISO 1

EPV-SBA1T W89A-50573 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO1 ISO 1

EPV-SBA2T W89A-50574 Pneu Valve Manfld blanking plate ISO2 ISO 1

EPV-SBA1M W89A-50566 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO1 ISO 1

EPV-SBA1A W89A-50569 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO1 ISO 1

EPV-SBA2S W89A-50576 Pneu Valve Single sub-base ISO2 ISO 2

EPV-SBA2C W89A-50570 Pneu Valve Blank Manfld end plate ISO2 ISO 2

EPV-SBA1A2 W89A-50572 Pneu Valve I/face sub-base ISO1 to ISO2 ISO 2

EPV-SBA2M W89A-50567 Pneu Valve Manfld sub-base ISO2 ISO 2

EPV-SBA2A W89A-50571 Pneu Valve Ported Manfld end plate ISO2 ISO 2

Product Part No Description SizeEPV-C-30MM-24VDC W89A-50561 Pneu Valve 24VDC Coil 30mm ISO 24vdc

EPV-C-30MM-24VAC W89A-50562 Pneu Valve 24VAC Coil 30mm ISO 24vac



Product Part No Description SizeEPV-CSTD-30MM W89A-50565 30mm Din Conn, standard 12vdc - 240vac

EPV-CNL24V-30MM W89A-50577 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 24 V 24vdc

EPV-CNL110V-30MM W89A-50578 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 115 V 110-120vac

EPV-CNL230V-30MM W89A-50579 30mm Din Conn With LED+VDR, 230 V 220-240vac

ISO Valves

The range of FLEXION™ ISO valves conform to the ISO 5599/1 standard, with sizes 1 and 2, solenoid and air pilot operation versions with 5/2 and 5/3 spools available. Fitted with CNOMO standard interface for the solenoid versions, this minimises installation space. They deliver high flow rates and are have a pressure rating of 10bar. The 30mm coils are rated at 2.5 watt for the DC option, and 2.5VA for the AC voltages ensuring these maintain suitability for replacing existing valves.

Valves

FLEXION™ ISO VALVES


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

89Festo’s new robust “star” valve range

Core pneumatics blue star products

Festo core product range covers 80% of your automation tasks

Worldwide: Always in stockSuperb: Festo quality at an attractive priceFast: Next day delivery


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

90

Angled socket; screw terminal Type C, to fit 1/8 valve H 151687

Type B, to fot 1/4 valve H 34431

VUVS Individual Valve RangeRobust valves for challenging environmentsYour first choice for simple, cost-effective pneumatic control

Individual valves VUVS – flexible, modern, robust and durable quality. For up to 100% more flow with higher energy density. Proven technologies and materials. Comprehensive range of accessories. Numerous mounting options and easy operation. That is what today's valves should be!

New: simplicity at an attractive price

VUVS-LK...S

In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC

Port 2,4 Width (mm) 3/2-way valve; NC pneumatic spring

5/2-way valve; single solenoid pneumatic spring

5/2-way valve; double solenoid

5/3-way valve; centre closed

1/8 20 H 8043213 H 8043214 H 8043215 H 575268

1/4 25 - - - H 575525

n Attractive price

n Robust design

n Festo quality

n High flow rate

n 24 hour delivery

n Pressure range up to 8 bar

n IP65 rated with socket

n Many more variants with additional features available

Benefits

Festo Industrial Valves


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

91

Plug cable with sheath to open end, 2.5m length to fit H 566660

M8 cable, 3 pin to open end, 2.5m length to fit H 541338

New: essential

features at an attractive

price

VUVG-LK...S

In-line individual valve; internal pilot air supply; manual override; operating voltage 24V DC

Port 2,4

Width (mm)

2 x 3/2 way valve; NC pneumatic spring

5/2 way valve; single solenoid; pneumatic spring

5/2 way valve; 5/3 way valve double solenoid

5/3 valve, centrefeed

M5 10 H 8042538 H 8042542 H 8042539 H 8042543 H 8042540 H 8042544 H 577346

M7 10 H 8042546 H 8042550 H 8042547 H 8042551 H 8042548 H 8042552 H 574223

G1/8 14 H 8042562 H 8042566 H 8042563 H 8042567 H 8042564 H 8042568 H 574231

VUVG Individual Valve RangeCompact valves for machine automation

Individual valves VUVG – for more power from a smaller design! Price attractive, impressive and installed in a flash. Perfect for all high-speed applications requiring a particularly high flow combined with a compact size, e.g. in small parts assembly and electronics industry or in the food and packaging industry.

n Attractive price

n Compact design

n Festo quality

n High flow rate

n 24 hour delivery

n Pressure range up to 8 bar

n IP65 rated (M8)

n Many more variants with additional features available

Benefits


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

92 IMI Precision Engineering

EngineeringGREAT Solutions

We help moveman’s most marvellous machines

Just imagine what else we could do for you…Visit: www.mostmarvellousmachines.com

Actuators. Valves. Air Preparation. Fittings.

Open. Push. Swing. Twist. Lift. Close. We’re ideas makers. Creators of motion. Applying our imagination to help you keep your machines moving, in everything from industrial automation to rail. Working with you, we help render your vision real. All the time keeping our eyes on swift service and smart support.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

93Cylinders and Actuators

Introducing ISOLineTM

Comprehensive range for the utmost versatilityCylinders and mountings that conform to ISO 15552All sizes supplied magnetic as standardPolyurethane seals ensure efficient low friction operation and long life

Introducing the IMI Norgren Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS)

Our cushioning system will automatically adapt to an application without the need for any adjustment of the cushion screw. This removes the need for specialist knowledge for set-up and simplifies installation. Also, the ACS will adjust to any changes in the application, such as varying loads, which may occur over a cylinder cycle, a working shift or the life of the machine.

This will help to ensure the application always runs efficiently and potentially extend the servicing period of the machine. For extreme applications involving high speeds or heavy loads, a cushion screw is included for manual adjustment if required.

ISOLineTM P-PRA/802000 n Ø32 -125mm n Profile barrel n Clean appearance n Protection against ingress n Flush mounted reed and solid state switches available for

position sensing

ISOLineTM R-RA/802000 n Ø32 -125mm n Robust construction n Suitable for more aggressive environments n Reed and solid state switches available for position sensing n External tie rod construction

Benefits

n Adaptive Cushioning System (ACS) - No cushioning setting required, cylinder auto-adapts to application - Fit & Forget

n Improved performance - Operates at low pressures with very low leakage

n Wide range of applications - Heavy industrial to clean food & beverage to rail and truck

n Modern appearance - Looks great - Smooth end covers contoured to barrel for easy cleaning

n Reduced weight - Lower overall weight of machine - Reduced transport costs

n Additional switch mounting - Great flexibility for machine designers

135

Visit us at eriks-techdirect.co.ukto find your local Service Centre

PNEU

MA

TICS

RANGE TYPE BORE SIZES STROKE LENGTH MOUNTINGS SWITCHES SIMPLE MODs AVAILABLE

Single Acting 32 – 100mm Up to 100mmGenerally Ex Stock M/50 series Ext’d piston rod (/IU),

different rod thread, end caps turnedISO/VDMA ProfilePRA/180000/M Double Acting 32 – 125mm Up to 2,800mm

Double Acting 32 – 320mm Up to 2,800mm Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket Ext’d piston rod (/IU), different rod thread, end caps turnedISO/VDMA Tie Rod

RA/8000/M

Single Acting10 – 25mm

10, 25, 50mm ONLYGenerally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket Ext’d piston rod (/IU),

different rod threadMini ISO RoundlineRM/28000/M & RM/8000/M Double Acting Up to 500mm

Single Acting 8 – 40mm 10, 25, 50mm ONLYGenerally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket NoneNorgren Roundline

RT/57000/M Double Acting 8 – 63mm Up to 500mm

Double Acting 32 – 63mm Up to 300mm Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket NoneNorgren Repairable RoundlineRM/55000/M

Single Acting 12 – 63mm 10, 25, 50mm ONLYGenerally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket NoneNorgren Compact

RM/90000/M Double Acting 12 – 100mm Up to 300mm

Single Acting 20 – 63mm 10, 25, 50mm ONLYGenerally Ex Stock M/50 series NoneISO Compact

RA/190000/M Double Acting 32 – 125mm Up to 500mm

Double Acting 16 – 80mmUp to 8,500mm

depending upon bore size

Generally Ex Stock M/50 series NoneLintraplus RodlessM/146000/M

Double Acting 1.25 – 12"Over 6" ASK Up to 2,800mm Specify at time of enquiry M/50 series (up to 4") None“Standard” Series

RM/900 & M/900/M

Double Acting 2 – 10"Over 4" ASK Up to 2,800mm Specify at time of enquiry N/A NoneHeavy Duty Series

M/1000

Double Acting 10 – 25mm Up to 500mm Generally Ex Stock N/A NoneImperial RoundlineM/6000

Double Acting 32 – 200mm Up to 2,800mm Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket NoneStainless ISOKA/8000/M

Double Acting 10 – 25mm Up to 500mm Generally Ex Stock M/50 series plus bracket NoneStainless Mini ISORoundline KM/8000/M

Double Acting 32 – 100mm Up to 500mm N/A N/A NoneISO/VDMA Guide BlocksQA/8000/51 & QA/8000/61

Reliable, Tried and Trusted Product Ranges IMI Precision Engineering products have been proven over many years and in some of the most harshest and challenging environments. All IMI Precision Engineering products are backed by an industry leading 2-year warranty.

Manufactured to the most exacting standards, the product ranges include names such as IMI Norgren, Pneufit, Enots, IMI Herion, Martonair, IMI Buschjost, Lintra Plus, Excelon, Olympian Plus and Fleetfit.

Profile Tie Rod DescriptionPRA/802032/M/25 RA/802032/M/25 32mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/50 RA/802032/M/50 32mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/80 RA/802032/M/80 32mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/100 RA/802032/M/100 32mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/125 RA/802032/M/125 32mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/160 RA/802032/M/160 32mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802032/M/200 RA/802032/M/200 32mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/25 RA/802040/M/25 40mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/50 RA/802040/M/50 40mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/80 RA/802040/M/80 40mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/100 RA/802040/M/100 40mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/125 RA/802040/M/125 40mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/160 RA/802040/M/160 40mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802040/M/200 RA/802040/M/200 40mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/25 RA/802050/M/25 50mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/500 RA/802050/M/50 50mm diameter, 500mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/MX/60 RA/802050/M/80 50mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/100 RA/802050/M/100 50mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/125 RA/802050/M/125 50mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/160 RA/802050/M/160 50mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802050/M/200 RA/802050/M/200 50mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/25 RA/802063/M/25 63mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/50 RA/802063/M/50 63mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/80 RA/802063/M/80 63mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/100 RA/802063/M/100 63mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/125 RA/802063/M/125 63mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/160 RA/802063/M/160 63mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802063/M/200 RA/802063/M/200 63mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/25 RA/802080/M/25 80mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/50 RA/802080/M/50 80mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/80 RA/802080/M/80 80mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/100 RA/802080/M/100 80mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/125 RA/802080/M/125 80mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/160 RA/802080/M/160 80mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802080/M/200 RA/802080/M/200 80mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/25 RA/802100/M/25 100mm diameter, 25mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/50 RA/802100/M/50 100mm diameter, 50mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/80 RA/802100/M/80 100mm diameter, 80mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/100 RA/802100/M/100 100mm diameter, 100mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/125 RA/802100/M/125 100mm diameter, 125mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/160 RA/802100/M/160 100mm diameter, 160mm stroke, ISO15552PRA/802100/M/200 RA/802100/M/200 100mm diameter, 200mm stroke, ISO15552


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

94

Engineering GREAT Solutions

Introducing Excelon® PlusThe latest generation of Air Preparation equipment

New filter maintenance systemElement assembly is removed with the bowlService much faster and cleaner

Flush mounted integrated gaugeLargest in the industryEasy to readLess vulnerable to damage

Tamper proof options built inPadlock features on both shut-

off valves and regulatorguarantees safe operation of machinesRotating Safety Shut-off Valve

Easy to operate full flow deviceEasy to isolate system with no reduction in performance

Modern appearanceLooks great on customer machines

No compromise on RobustnessMetal construction - where it matters most Quality synonymous with IMI Norgren brand

Reduced weight and size 35% lighter and 20% smaller Maximises machine real estate

Double safety lock on bowlBowl clip with audible click

plus safety detent when pressurised

Impossible to remove the bowl when in use

IMI Precision Engineering


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

95

Vacuum Filters

Plastic filters (shown) are made of durable injection moulded nylon and poly carbonate with a clear sump/opaque head and feature a 1 MPa design pressure.

n Metal filters are of rugged carbon steel constructed with an enamel coating

n Features include a clamp-on cover with an easily removed filter element and a positive seal Buna gasket

n We also offer easily removed replacement elements featuring a polyethylene 10-micron material for plastic filters

n For metal filters, a polyester felt 5-micron paper element with a material end is standard

Piab Suction Cups/AccessoriesIn most applications, suction cups are practical options for reliable and careful handling of most materials.

Piab supplies a diverse line of suction cups that can handle objects of virtually any weight, shape or surface. Our suction cups are available in a wide variety of materials that can withstand extreme temperatures and resist prolonged exposure to ozone and oily surfaces. The cup fittings offer many different thread options for easy mounting. Suction cup diameters are available from 2–300mm.

DURAFLEX®

A highly durable and flexible material with excellent sealing capability providing a high coefficient of friction.

Various hardness, suitable for applications such as the automotive market and packaging industry.

piGRIP®

Modular suction cup allowing you to choose the ideal combination of lip and bellow so lines can handle products at previously unprecedented speeds while realising energy savings.

Available with a range of independent lips, bellows and fittings in sizes from 25–77mm and can be customised for thousands of applications for full operational flexibility. Whereas traditional grippers can only be used for select applications, the piGRIP® can be tailored to individual gripping, lifting and height requirements to handle a variety of products.

piGRIP® can be used with new machines as well as for retrofitting existing systems, which extends use for long-term reliability.

Vacuum Switches

There are three different types of vacuum switches: electric, pneumatic and electronic.

n All switches feature an improved operating range of 5–95 –kPa

n The switches are dust-proof

n They can be connected either normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC)

n The electronic switches have a long lifetime and can be connected to a PLC unit (the PNP model) or the switches can directly regulate a valve (the NPN) model

ValueLine®

The entire Value Line program consists of suction cups and vacuum ejectors. Value Line suction cups are developed for standard/basic applications. The suction cups have a long thin lip and provide good sealing on slightly corrugated surfaces (such as corrugated cardboard). The Value Line vacuum ejectors are available in two different designs, the traditional inline that can be installed directly on the hose close to the point of suction and the T-design that allows exhaust air to be piped away. The T-design is also suitable for clean-room environment.

Typical applications for this product line are case/carton erectors with other examples such as equipment for loading/unloading or sorting sheets into metal forming machines (laser cutting, water jet, punching etc.) and parts removal from injection moulds.

Suction Cups


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

96 SMC Safety Valves

Residual pressure release valve

Residual pressure release valve â Residual pressure

release valve â

Residual pressure release valve ê


Safety limit switch

Safety limit switch

VP542-X536

Soft start-up valve

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve VP544-X538

With Soft Start-up FunctionVP544-X555

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve VG342-X87

Category 2

The detecting function of the main valve position detects a mismatch between the input signal and valve operation.

Category 3,4

When the dual residual pressure release valve is used, if one of the valves fails to operate, the other one releases residual pressure.

Residual pressure release valve

Residual pressure release valve â Residual pressure

release valve â



Safety limit switch

Safety limit switch

VP542-X536

Soft start-up valve

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve VP544-X538

With Soft Start-up FunctionVP544-X555

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve VG342-X87

Series VP/VGMeeting tomorrow’s machine safety standards today

ISO 13849-1 Safety Standard Compliant Valves – Series VP/VGAs the introduction of international machine safety standards continue to accelerate at full throttle, the issue of manufacturing safety is now a critical consideration for all system operators and designers. SMC is committed to help and support equipment manufacturers and end users with the safe design of their equipment and machines in three ways:

n Developing and increasing its range of safety components

n Providing technical support and guidance in the selection process

n Supplying reliability information about its products - B10 and MTTF data


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

97

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2

Throttle Main valve Valve 1 Valve 2

Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve

Soft start-up valve: ONValve 1, Valve 2: ON

Out

put

P2

Time

P1

1/2P1

0

Soft start-up valve : OFFValve 1, Valve 2: ON

P 2 reaches half of P1, and then the main valve of the soft start-up valve turns on.

Start supplying flow ad-justed air with the throt-tle by energizing valve 1 and valve 2.

Output Pressure (P2) vs Time Graph

Safety limit switchMain valve Rod

VP544-X555

Highly reliable construction Safety limit switch can be selected

â The main valve position is detected by transferring the main valve movement directly to the reed safety limit switch with the rod.

ê Long service life: B10d: 10 million times*ô The return spring releases the residual pressure securely regardless of pressure level.* For VP500/700, safety limit switch made by Omron

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2


Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve


Out

put

P2

Time

P1

1/2P1

0






VP544-X555

Conduit (VP series only) and M12 connector (4 pin) types available.

M12 connector with 6 pins is available.

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2


Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve


Out

put

P2Time

P1

1/2P1

0






VP544-X555

Made by Omron Made by Rockwell Automation

With soft start-up function (-X555)

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2


Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve


Out

put

P2

Time

P1

1/2P1

0






VP544-X555

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2


Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve


Out

put

P2Time

P1

1/2P1

0






VP544-X555

2(A)1(P)

P1

P2


Soft start-upvalve

Soft start-up valve


Out

put

P2

Time

P1

1/2P1

0






VP544-X555

n A function to gradually increase the initial pressure of the pneumatic system has been added to the dual residual pressure release valve.

n Fixed orifice and variable throttle are available as a throttle for adjusting the pressure increase. (ø1, ø1.5, ø2)

Standards and Enclosure

Standards and Enclosure

Series CategoryPort size

ThreadFlow rate characteristics

C [dm3/(s·bar)] 1 2 (P A) 5 10 15 20 25

Residual Pressure Release ValveVP542-X536

2

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTResidual Pressure Release ValveVP742-X536

1/2"

Dual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP544-X538

3, 4

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTDual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP744-X538

1/2"

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP544-X555

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTDual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP744-X555

1/2"

Dual Residual Pressure Release ValveVG342-X87

3/4"Rc,G,

NPT

* Only port size 3/4"

Series CategorySafety limit switch

manufacturer

Standards

EnclosureMachinery Directive 2006/42/EC

CE cUL RoHSHarmonized standards

EN ISO13849-1: 2008EN ISO13849-2: 2008

EN ISO4414: 2010

EN983: 1996 + A1: 2008

Residual Pressure Release ValveVP542/742-X536

2OMRON Corporation

IP65Rockwell Automation, Inc.

Dual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP544/744-X538

3, 4OMRON Corporation


Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP544/744-X555





*


26.6

15.1

6.5

5.2

10.3

9.8

8.9

Series CategoryPort size

ThreadFlow rate characteristics

C [dm3/(s·bar)] 1 2 (P A) 5 10 15 20 25

Residual Pressure Release ValveVP542-X536

2

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTResidual Pressure Release ValveVP742-X536

1/2"

Dual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP544-X538

3, 4

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTDual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP744-X538

1/2"

Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP544-X555

3/8"Rc,G,

NPTDual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP744-X555

1/2"


3/4"Rc,G,

NPT

* Only port size 3/4"

Series CategorySafety limit switch

manufacturer

Standards

EnclosureMachinery Directive 2006/42/EC

CE cUL RoHSHarmonized standards

EN ISO13849-1: 2008EN ISO13849-2: 2008

EN ISO4414: 2010

EN983: 1996 + A1: 2008

Residual Pressure Release ValveVP542/742-X536

2OMRON Corporation


Dual Residual Pressure Release ValveVP544/744-X538



Dual Residual Pressure Release Valve with Soft Start-up FunctionVP544/744-X555





*


26.6

15.1

6.5

5.2

10.3

9.8

8.9


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

98 Vacuum Pumps

Piab Vacuum Pumps

piINLINE®

A small lightweight inline ejector that uses the patented COAX® technology.

n 40–50% energy reductions compared to other competing inline vacuum ejectors in corresponding size

n They can be mounted directly on a hose close to the suction cup (or point of suction)

n Easy to retrofit to existing energy wasting in-line vacuum ejectors thanks to generic plug-and-play design

piCOMPACT™

The first manifold mounted and functional ejector system on the market based on the energy-efficient COAX® technology.

Working at a low feed pressure and maximising the utilisation rate of the compressed air, the COAX® ejectors reduce energy consumption by 30–50%.

An increased vacuum flow, excellent product grip, increase pickup speed therefore minimising product damage and reduce waste.

VGS™

A unique product design where DURAFLEX® suction cups are integrated with a COAX® vacuum cartridge.

n The VGS™ makes selection, sizing and installation of vacuum system easier

n The decentralised vacuum system provides benefits of low energy costs, fast response time for increased productivity, complete mounting flexibility and high performance

piCLASSIC

Upgraded with COAX® technology providing up to 22% more energy efficiency.

n Modular design makes for easy cleaning of ejector cartridges and upgrades the performance when needed

n Available with 1–6 COAX® cartridges in 3-stage versions

n Large vacuum capacity in relation to size

n Suitable to replace larger electromechanical pumps

n Mid- and large-size vacuum pump

P6040 Vacuum Pumps

With its smart design, the P6040 offers low and powerful suction in a small package due to COAX® technology.

The pump can be mounted close to the point of suction, resulting in smaller pump requirements with less energy needs.

A natural extension of Piab’s P6010 pumps, the P6040’s operating efficiency is further optimised with integrated control options like Energy Saving (ES), helping companies reduce carbon footprint and improve conservation efforts.

piSAVE optimise

A fully pneumatic device suitable for air-driven ejectors/pumps which automatically regulates the feed pressure to the vacuum pump/ejector to maintain the set vacuum level. Air/energy usage is kept to a minimum.

piSAVE sense

Shuts off the flow of compressed air to the pump when the preset level is reached, and consequently the consumption of compressed air (energy saving) is minimised. Pump size can also be reduced.

99

YOUR COMPLETEHyDRAULIC SOLUTIONSHydraulic systems are critical to most industrial plants. So finding the right partner to help you maintain, repair, refurbish or replace them is also critical.

Fortunately ERIKS has all these capabilities and more, as well as having the widest range of leading- brand products available from a single supplier.

CUSTOMISATION AND ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS

From initial concept and design through to prototype and testing ERIKS are the perfect partner

PRODUCT RANGE n Hose and couplings n Self assembly machinery n Adaptors n Test points n Pressure test kits n Oil transfer units n Ball valves n Fluid level gauges n Hydraulic filters n Directional control valves



FLU

ID P

OW

ER

100FOUNDATION COURSE WORKING SAFELY WITH HYDRAULIC HOSE AND CONNECTORS

Sign up to our one day course covering all the basics of working safely with hydraulic hoses and connectors.Created and run in partnership with the British Fluid Power Association (BFPA).

For ERIKS, safety is one of our business’s core values, we aim to ensure that everyone returns home safely each and every day.

The know-how we have applied to health and safety within our own organisation can also be shared with customers, to help create a zero accident workplace for you too.

And that is primary reason why this foundation course “Working Safely with Hydraulic Hose and Connectors” is now available nationwide from ERIKS.

CALL: 0845 006 6000

In partnership with the

BRITISH FLUID POWER ASSOCIATION

(BFPA)

BOOK YOUR PLACE

TODAy


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

101Lifeguard Sleeve

Gates Lifeguard Sleeve

To reduce constraints, the installer must Consider the risks associated with product failure such as whiplash or fluid ejection hazards.

In line with Industry Standards

LifeGuard sleeving correlates to a variety of industry standards, including ISO 3457 and MSHA’s fire-resistance requirements.

Exceeds the intent of ISO 3457 that requires operator protection within a 1 metre line-of-sight of any hose conveying fluid above 50 bar at +49°C.

Beyond peak performance, Gates hydraulic systems offer you safety. The LifeGuard™ Line-of-Sight Sleeving System is the first true protection in line-of-sight hydraulic applications.

It contains bursts up to 8,000 psi and pinhole leaks up to 4,000 psi at 120°C for up to five minutes. After redirecting the explosive force down the length of the hose, the LifeGuard sleeve disperses the energy and fluids at the hose ends via carefully designed ‘channel’ clamps. The leaked fluid then allows for fast hose failure detection.

Equipment operators working within a 1 metre line-of-sight of a hydraulic system know the potential for problems.

n Personal injuryn Fluid burns and injectionn Fires and explosionsn Electrical shockn Mechanical failure

The double-layer sleeve effectively shields you against these hazards.

No other flexible connection safeguards your operators, equipment and environment like LifeGuard sleeving.

BS EN ISO 4413-2010 demands that new or replacement hoses are assembled and fitted to hydraulic machinery taking into account:

Part No To Suit Pack Size Hose Bore14LG4KxCT37 1/4" 37 mtrs

16LG4KxCT37 3/8" 37 mtrs




32LG4KxCT37 1" 37 mtrs

Collars for the Lifeguard Sleeving 4000

Part No To Suit Hose Bore 6SC-4 1/4"

6PU-4 3/8"

8SC-4 1/2"

Part No To Suit Hose Bore 10SC-4 5/8"

12SC-4 3/4"

16PU-4 1"

LifeGuard Sleeving 4000

n Handles all hydraulic fluids and biodiesel fuel

n Allows fluid to safely escape down the length of the assembly

n Creates noticeable spill for hose failure detection

n Correlates to ISO 3457 and meets MSHA’s flame-resistance requirements

n Safe fitting onto the machine

n Reduce constraints

THERE’S A BETTER WAY TO PROTECT AGAINST

HYDRAULIC HOSE FAILURE


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

102

MC1001 Starter Kit

n MC1001 can crimp up to 1" wire braid

n Dies included ¼", 3/8", ½" and ¾"

n Compact Megacrimp 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼" to ¾"

n Gates Megacrimp one-piece couplings in BSP, JIC, METRIC, ORFS

Save time and money with Gates self-assembly starter kitsPick up either an MC1001, MCX20 or MCX25 self-assembly crimper for just £1 All you have to do is either spend £2,970 on hose and couplings via the starter kit for the MC1001 or spend £5,200 on hose and couplings via the starter kit for the MCX20. The Gates powered crimper is also available if you spend £6,400 on hose and couplings via the MCX25 starter kit.

MCX20 Starter Kit

n MCX20 can crimp up to 1" multi-spiral hose and 1¼" 2-wire hydraulic hose

n Dies included ¼", 3/8", ½", ¾" and 1"

n Compact Megaflex 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼" to 1"

n EFG5K 5000 psi multi-spiral hose in ¾" and 1"

n Gates Megacrimp one-piece couplings in BSP, JIC, METRIC, ORFS

n Gates Globalspiral no-skive couplings in BSP, JIC, METRICDetailed listings of contents for the kits are available

on request from your local ERIkS Service Centre.

Gates will support each starter kit with on-site crimper training and certification.

Additional end terminations are available, please do not hesitate to contact us.

MCX25 Starter Kit

n Dies : ¼”, 3/8”, ½”, ¾”, 1” and 1 ¼”

n Compact CM2T Megaflex 2-wire hydraulic hose from ¼” to 1 ¼”

n EFG5K 5000 psi multi spiral hose from ¾” to 1”

n Gates Megacrimp one piece couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric and ORFS

n Gates Globalspiral no-skive couplings in BSP, JIC, Metric, ORFS and SAE Flanges

n Crimpers available in 1, or 3 phase versions

n Complete with a die storage system and quick die change tool.

n Gates guarantee all hose assemblies produced with their self-assembly systems after operator training and certification by authorised ERIKS personnel

n No call out charge, no delay, no added costs – 24/7 product availability

n All terminations available – the starter kits have been profiled to include the most popular couplings with BSP, JIC, ORFS, and Metric popular threads and forms

CRIMPER FOR

£1

Gates Integrated System Approach

+ + =Superior products, manufactured to

stringent tolerances

Innovative self-assembly machines and dies, rigorously validated

Optimal crimp data, derived from meticulous testing

Factory-quality performance above and beyond all

international standards in full compliance with EU directives

Self-Assembly Starter Kits


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

103High Pressure Hoses and Couplings

Gates High Pressure Wire Braid Hoses and MegaCrimp® Couplings

DIN Light Series. 24° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings

BSP 60° Cone – MegaCrimp couplings

Excellent performance: Gates CM2T Megaflex Hydraulic Hose

Gates’ CM2T hose range for high pressure hydraulic applications offering excellent performance characteristics at a highly competitive price. This compact hose exceeds EN 857 2SC, is tested and validated to 600,000 impulse cycles, and allows for tighter bend radii than standard 2-wire hose. Available in sizes from 1⁄4"–1".

Couplings: MegaCrimp Key benefits:

n Easy to route and to install in tight areas

n 70% of EN 857 2SC bend radius at rated working pressure

n Outstanding durability and flex impulse performance

n Lightweight

n Compatible with biodegradable hydraulic fluids such as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils

Female StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10FDLORX 1/4" M16x1.5 10

6G12FDLORX 3/8" M18x1.5 10

8G15FDLORX 1/2" M22x1.5 10

10G18FDLORX 5/8" M26x1.5 10

Female 90° Swept ElbowPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10FDLORX90 1/4" M16x1.5 10

6G12FDLORX90 3/8" M18x1.5 10

8G15FDLORX90 1/2" M22x1.5 10

10G18FDLORX90 5/8" M26x1.5 10

Male StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10MDL 1/4" M16x1.5 10

6G12MDL 3/8" M18x1.5 10

8G15MDL 1/2" M22x1.5 10

10G18MDL 5/8" M26x1.5 10

DIN Heavy Series. 24° Cone – Megacrimp couplings

Female StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10FDHORX 1/4" M18x1.5 10

6G12FDHORX 3/8" M20x1.5 10

8G16FDHORX 1/2" M24x1.5 10

10G20FDHORX 5/8" M30x2.0 10

Female 90° Swept ElbowPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10FDHORX90 1/4" M18x1.5 10

6G12FDHORX90 3/8" M20x1.5 10

8G16FDHORX90 1/2" M24x1.5 10

10G20FDHORX90 5/8" M30x2.0 10

Male StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G10MDH 1/4" M18x1.5 10

6G12MDH 3/8" M20x1.5 10

8G16MDH 1/2" M24x1.5 10

10G20MDH 5/8" M30x2.0 10

Part No Bore Size Max Working Pressure Qty. CM2T04-CL30 1/4" 400 Bar 30 mtrs

CM2T06-CL30 3/8" 330 Bar 30 mtrs

CM2T08-CL30 1/2" 275 Bar 30 mtrs

CM2T10-RL50 5/8" 250 Bar 50 mtrs

CM2T12-RL50 3/4" 215 Bar 50 mtrs

CM2T16-CT40 1" 165 Bar 40 mtrs

Male BSP Parallel. 60° ConePart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G4MBSPP 1/4" G1/4" 10

6G6MBSPP 3/8" G3/8" 10

8G8MBSPP 1/2" G1/2" 10

10G10MBSPP 5/8" G5/8" 10

12G12MBSPP 3/4" G3/4" 10

16G16MBSPP 1" G1" 5

Female BSP. O-ring Swivel. 60° ConePart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G4FBSPORX 1/4" G1/4" 10

6G6FBSPORX 3/8" G3/8" 10

8G8FBSPORX 1/2" G1/2" 10

10G10FBSPORX 5/8" G5/8" 10

12G12FBSPORX 3/4" G3/4" 10

16G16FBSPORX 1" G1" 5

Female BSP. O-ring Swivel 60° Cone. 90° Swept Elbow

Part No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 4G4FBSPORX90 1/4" G1/4" 10

6G6FBSPORX90 3/8" G3/8" 10

8G8FBSPORX90 1/2" G1/2" 10

10G10FBSPORX90 5/8" G5/8" 10

12G12FBSPORX90 3/4" G3/4" 10

16G16FBSPORX90 1" G1" 5


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

104

Gates Extremely High Pressure Multi-Spiral Hoses and GlobalSpiral™ Couplings

BSP. 60° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings

Highest flexibility for best results: Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK)Ideal for extremely high pressure and high impulse hydraulic applications, this spiral hose provides outstanding durability and flexibility. Validated with GlobalSpiral (GS) couplings to one million impulse cycles this multi-spiral hose offers you extended lifetime even in the harshest applications.

Couplings: GlobalSpiral Key benefits:

n Extremely flexible thanks to tight bend radii surpassing European standards

n Special nitrile-tube compound eliminating seeping through the tube and the different layers of reinforcement

n Excellent compatibility with synthetic and biodegradable hydraulic fluids such as synthetic esters, polyglycols and vegetable oils

n Outstanding product durability and superior impulse performance up to 1,000,000 impulse cycles

Female StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS8FBSPORX 1/2" G1/2"–14 BSP 1

10GS10FBSPORX 5/8" G5/8"–14 BSP 1

12GS12FBSPORX 3/4" G3/4"–14 BSP 1

16GS16FBSPORX 1" G1"–11 BSP 1

Female 90° Swept ElbowPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS8FBSPORX90 1/2" G1/2"–14 BSP 1

10GS10FBSPORX90 5/8" G5/8"–14 BSP 1

12GS12FBSPORX90 3/4" G3/4"–14 BSP 1

16GS16FBSPORX90 1" G1"–11 BSP 1

Male StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS8MBSPP 1/2" G1/2"–14 BSP 1

10GS10MBSPP 5/8" G5/8"–14 BSP 1

12GS12MBSPP 3/4" G3/4"–14 BSP 1

16GS16MBSPP 1" G1"–11 BSP 1

DIN Heavy. 24° Cone – GlobalSpiral couplings

Gates GlobalSpiral Plus Gates GlobalSpiral Plus (GSP) is a new range of non-skive 2-piece large bore couplings designed for 1 and 2-wire braid hydraulics hose.

Female StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS16FDHORX 1/2" M24x1.5 1

10GS20FDHORX 5/8" M30x2.0 1

12GS25FDHORX 3/4" M36x2.0 1

16GS30FDHORX 1" M42x2.0 1

Female StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 24GSP24FBSPORX 1.1/2" G1.1/2"–11BSP 1

32GSP32FBSPORX 2" G2"–11BSP 1

Male StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 24GSP24MBSPP 1.1/2" G1.1/2"–11BSP 1

32GSP32MBSPP 2" G2"–11BSP 1

Female 90º Swept ElbowPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 24GSP24FBSPORX90 1.1/2" G1.1/2"–11BSP 1

32GSP32FBSPORX90 2" G2"–11BSP 1

Ferrules for 1 and 2-Wire HosePart No Hose Pack Bore Size 24GSP1F-2 1.1/2" 1

32GSP1F-2 2" 1

Female 90° Swept ElbowPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS16FDHORX90 1/2" M24x1.5 1

10GS20FDHORX90 5/8" M30x2.0 1

12GS25FDHORX90 3/4" M36x2.0 1

16GS30FDHORX90 1" M42x2.0 1

Male StraightPart No Hose Thread Pack Bore Size Size 8GS16MDH 1/2" M24x1.5 1

10GS20MDH 5/8" M30x2.0 1

12GS25MDH 3/4" M36x2.0 1

16GS30MDH 1" M42x2.0 1

Gates Envirofluid Hydraulic Spiral Hose (EFGxK)Part No Bore Size Max Working Pressure Qty. PSI Bar 8EFG6K 1/2" 6000 420 30 mtrs

10EFG5K 5/8" 5000 350 30 mtrs

12EFG5K 3/4" 5000 350 30 mtrs

16EFG4K 1" 4000 280 60 mtrs

Ferrules

Part No Hose Bore Size 6GS1F-4 3/8"

8GS1F-4 1/2"

10GS1F-4 5/8"

12GS1F-4 3/4"

16GS1F-4 1"

20GS1F-4 1.1/4"

24GS1F 1.1/2"

High Pressure Hoses and Couplings


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

105Volume Hose Assemblies and Hydraulic Components

Offering You More

n Approved hose assembler for Gates Fluid Power n Accredited to The British Fluid Power Distribution

Association hose assembler programme n Hose assembly testing and certification

to international standards n Tailored training programmes covering hose assembly

installation, inspection and health and safety

Manufacturing Approach

n Total cost reduction n Provider of Gates Global performance products n Range of FLEXION hydraulic hoses, fittings and connectors n Tube manipulation and EMB Din tube fittings n Bespoke fittings and manifold block solutions n Onsite application and system design support

What This Means To You

n Warranty cost reduction n Improved service life of your machines n Leak-free Port to Port programme ensuring

the integrity of the whole assembly n Application engineering support in the

prototype process, to reduce the number of components and connections

Logistic Solutions

n kitting services - Custom-packed parts to meet the specific requirements of your production process

n Inventory management service - A well-managed inventory creates not only immediate financial benefits, but also a leaner operation that performs better and more profitably in the long term

n Easy Order System - Combining logistics services and e-Business solutions for purchase and management of your production materials, at a reduced procurement cost.

Fast. Easy. Cost-effective. SolutionsIf you’re looking for a port-to-port hydraulic solution, you’ll find few to engage with better as an innovative and reliable partner than ERIKS. With an unparalleled blend of know-how, and experience, we offer you a professional and cost-effective solution working with the best products available.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

106 Hydraulic Components and Fittings

Rexroth Cetop Valves, Hydraulic AccessoriesCETOP 3/5 Valves

High quality valve from the European market leader in hydraulics. Directly interchangeable with other brands conforming to the CETOP 3 or 5 standard.

n Coils can be rotated 90º

n Coils can be replaced without loss of fluid

Cetop 3 Valve (Size 6)

Part No Voltage Spool Type Seal Kit4WE6D6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC D 313162

4WE6E6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC E 313162

4WE6J6X/EG24N9K4 24V DC J 313162

4WE6D6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC D 313162

4WE6E6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC E 313162

4WE6J6X/EW110N9K4 110V AC J 313162

Cetop 5 Valve (Size 10)

Part No Voltage Spool Type Seal Kit4WE10D3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC D 312582

4WE10E3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC E 312582

4WE10J3X/CG24N9K4 24V DC J 312582

4WE10D3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC D 312582

4WE10E3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC E 312582

4WE10J3X/CW110N9K4 110V AC J 312582

� Filter new oil before filling a reservoir or system: New oil is not machine ready oil; always filter new oil prior to loading

� Match oil cleanliness to system requirements: Understand the requirements set by your system’s manufacturer and ensure filtration you choose meets that level

� Consider hydraulic systems designed with easily accessible filter systems; otherwise, maintenance and filter replacement will lag or be routinely postponed

� Set up a maintenance schedule based on your operational requirements, based on environmental conditions, where, how frequently the system is operated and filtration system design

� Clean the areas around the filter before you change it; this prevents accidental intrusion of dirt particles

Top tips...


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

107

Axial Piston Fixed Displacement Motor A2FM series 6

Fixed displacement motor A2FM of axial piston, bent axis design is suitable for hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits. The torque increases with the pressure differential between the high and low pressure side and with increasing displacement. The output speed depends on the flow capacity of the pump and the displacement of the motor.

The pistons are directly supported by the drive shaft and there create a pressure–dependent torque.

Features

n Use in mobile and stationary application ranges n Axial tapered piston bent axis design n High power density n Small dimensions n High overall efficiency n Good start-up efficiency n Size 5…200 n Nominal pressure: 315 bar (size 5),

400 bar (size 10-200) n Peak pressure: 350 bar (size 5),

450 bar (size 10-200) n Open and closed circuit

Size 5 10 12 16 23 28

Nominal pressure PN bar 315 400 400 400 400 400

Peak pressure Pmax bar 350 450 450 450 450 450

Swept volume Vg cm3 4.93 10.3 12 16 22.9 28.1

Speed nmax rpm 10000 8000 8000 8000 6300 6300

Inlet flow qv max l/min 49 82 96 128 144 176

Torque ∆p = 400 bar T Nm 24.7 65 76 100 144 178

Weight (approx.) m kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5

Proportional Directional Valves Operated 4WRE and 4WREE

The valve type 4WRE (E) is a direct operated proportional directional valve with electrical position feedback for sub-plated mounting.

Operation is effected by means of proportional solenoids. The solenoids are controlled either via external or via integrated electronics.

Features

n For sub plate mounting

n Porting pattern according to ISO 4401

n Control of flow direction and size

n With electrical feedback

n With integrated electronics (OBE) (type 4WREE)

n Spring-centred control spool

n Sizes 6…10

n Component series 2X

n Maximum operating pressure 315 bar

n Maximum flow 180 l/min

Size 6 10

Operating pressure Port A,B, P Pmax bar 315 315

Nominal flow ∆p = 10 bar qv nom Vmin 8, 16, 32 25,50, 75

Maximum hysteresis % 0.1 0.1

Step response 0 to 90% Tu + Tg ms 20 40

Operation voltage OBE U V 24 24

Comm. Value signal OBE U V ± 10 ± 10

I mA 4 to 20 4 to 20

Hydraulic Components


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

108

Gates-EMB Fittings

Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings

The EMB patented technique of pre and final assembly of cutting rings reduces assembly time and costs whilst providing superior “leak-free” characteristics and reliable reproducible assembly results.

The entire process of tube preparation until the final coupling runs like clock work in no time at all, thanks to our investment in “state of the art” machinery.

New Surface Finish

Gates – EMB is the only supplier to offer a full range of DIN Tube Fittings with 3 types of coating in parallel: NanoProtect™, Zinc-Nickel and Stainless Steal. So the customer can select the finishing best suited for the application

n The Gates-EMB DIN Tube Fittings range is now also available with a zinc-nickel coating.

Advantages of the modified coating:

n Increased corrosion resistance

n Constant friction coefficients compared to phosphating

n Reduced wear during installation and clamping

Gates-EMB Opticam 4S

More control-more safety- easier to use!

Gates-EMB OPTICAM 4S for the secure and efficient assembly of hydraulic cutting rings DS and DSW..

n Extremely easy to handle

n Automatic tool recognition excludes errors

n SPC control of each assembly

n Increased assembly accuracy through reference check after each tool change

n Improved error detection

n Wear monitoring with individual cycle counter for each size

n Export of assembly data available as CSV-file

Hydraulic Components and Fittings


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

109Adaptors

Metric Tube Compression FittingsManufactured to the highest standards, all compression fittings conform to the international standard EN ISO 8434-1 (DIN 2353), and conform to the latest EU regulations on the restricted use of hazardous substances.

EMB fittings in addition to the Chrome 6 Free surface finish have an additional protection level- NANO Protect, which provides up to 400 hours protection to Red Rust.

Male Stud Couplings BSP Parallel

60° Cone Light Series LPart No Tube BSP OD MaleGE6LR-60 6mm 1/8”

GE8LR-60 8mm 1/4”

GE10LR-60 10mm 1/4”

GE12LR-60 12mm 3/8”

GE15LR-60 15mm 1/2”

GE18LR-60 18mm 1/2”

GE22LR-60 22mm 3/4”

GE28LR-60 28mm 1”

GE35LR-60 35mm 1.1/4”

GE42LR-60 42mm 1.1/2”

other sizes on request

60° Cone Heavy Series SPart No Tube BSP OD MaleGE6SR-60 6mm 1/4”

GE8SR-60 8mm 1/4”

GE10SR-60 10mm 3/8”

GE12SR-60 12mm 3/8”

GE14SR-60 14mm 1/2”

GE16SR-60 16mm 1/2”

GE20SR-60 20mm 3/4”

GE20SR1-60 20mm 1”

GE25SR-60 25mm 1”

GE30SR1-60 30mm 1”

GE38SR-60 38mm 1.1/2”

Tube to Tube Equal Straight

Light Series LPart No Tube ODG6PL 6mm

G8PL 8mm

G10PL 10mm

G12PL 12mm

G15PL 15mm

G18PL 18mm

G22PL 22mm

G28PL 28mm

G35PL 35mm

G42PL 42mm

Heavy Series SPart No Tube ODG6PS 6mm

G8PS 8mm

G10PS 10mm

G12PS 12mm

G14PS 14mm

G16PS 16mm

G20PS 20mm

G25PS 25mm

G30PS 30mm

G38PS 38mm

Tube to Tube Equal Tee

Light Series LPart No Tube ODT6PL 6mm

T8PL 8mm

T10PL 10mm

T12PL 12mm

T15PL 15mm

T18PL 18mm

T22PL 22mm

T28PL 28mm

T35PL 35mm

T42PL 42mm

Heavy Series SPart No Tube ODT6PS 6mm

T8PS 8mm

T10PS 10mm

T12PS 12mm

T14PS 14mm

T16PS 16mm

T20PS 20mm

T25PS 25mm

T30PS 30mm

T38PS 38mm

Bulkhead Straight

Light Series LPart No Tube ODSV6PL 6mm

SV8PL 8mm

SV10PL 10mm

SV12PL 12mm

SV15PL 15mm

SV18PL 18mm

SV22PL 22mm

SV28PL 28mm

SV35PL 35mm

SV42PL 42mm

Heavy Series SPart No Tube ODSV6PS 6mm

SV8PS 8mm

SV10PS 10mm

SV12PS 12mm

SV14PS 14mm

SV16PS 16mm

SV20PS 20mm

SV25PS 25mm

SV30PS 30mm

SV38PS 38mm

Weld Nipple Assembly

DIN Fitting BodyTube End Forming EMB FS System

Standard DIN nut

D Single edged Cutting Ring

DSW Double Edge Cutting

Ring with Soft Seal

DS Double Edge Cutting Ring

EMB – L Series Fittings Working Pressure up to 500 bar EMB – S series Fittings Working pressures up to 800 bar

Size Range 6mm O.D – 42mm O.D

Adaptor System for 37° Flare


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

110 Hydraulic Accessories

Tee Pieces

BSP Male/Male/Male TeePart No Thread Thread Thread A B CKBT04 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"

KBT06 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"

KBT08 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"

KBT10 5/8" 5/8" 5/8"

KBT12 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"

KBT16 1" 1" 1"

KBT20 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/4"

KBT24 1.1/2" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"

BSP Female/Female/Female Swivel Tee

Part No Thread Thread A BKBTFFF040404 1/4" 1/4"

KBTFFF060606 3/8" 3/8"

KBTFFF080808 1/2" 1/2"

KBTFFF121212 3/4" 3/4"

KBTFFF161616 1" 1"

KBTFFF202020 1.1/4" 1.1/4"

KBTFFF242424 1.1/2" 1.1/2"

BSP Male/Male/Female Swivel Tee

Part No Thread Thread Thread A B CKBTMMF040404 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"

KBTMMF060606 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"

KBTMMF080808 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"

KBTMMF121212 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"

KBTMMF161616 1" 1" 1"

KBTMMF202020 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/4"

KBTMMF242424 1.1/2" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"

BSP Male/Female/Male Swivel Tee

Part No Thread Thread Thread A B CKBTMFM040404 1/4" 1/4" 1/4"

KBTMFM060606 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"

KBTMFM080808 1/2" 1/2" 1/2"

KBTMFM121212 3/4" 3/4" 3/4"

KBTMFM161616 1" 1" 1"

KBTMFM202020 1.1/4" 1.1/4" 1.1/4"

KBTMFM242424 1.1/2" 1.1/2" 1.1/2"

Female x Female Adaptors

AdaptorsHigh quality, market leading hydraulic adaptors.

n Manufactured from steel BS EN 10277:3 1999 230 MOPb and conforming to recognised international standards

n Surface treatment Chromium-6 free conforming to EU regulations

Male x Male Adaptors

BSP Male/Male EqualPart No Thread A Thread BKB02 1/8" 1/8"

KB04 1/4" 1/4"

KB06 3/8" 3/8"

KB08 1/2" 1/2"

KB10 5/8" 5/8"

KB12 3/4" 3/4"

KB16 1" 1"

KB20 1.1/4" 1.1/4"

KB24 1.1/2" 1.1/2"

KB32 2" 2"

BSP Straight BulkheadPart No Thread A Thread BKBH02 1/8" 1/8"

KBH04 1/4" 1/4"

KBH06 3/8" 3/8"

KBH08 1/2" 1/2"

KBH10 5/8" 5/8"

KBH12 3/4" 3/4"

KBH16 1" 1"

BSP Male/Male 90º Compact Elbow

Part No Thread A Thread BKB040490C 1/4" 1/4"

KB060690C 3/8" 3/8"

KB080890C 1/2" 1/2"

KB101090C 5/8" 5/8"

KB121290C 3/4" 3/4"

KB161690C 1" 1"

BSP Male/Male UnequalPart No Thread A Thread BKB0204 1/8" 1/4"

KB0206 1/8" 3/8"

KB0406 1/4" 3/8"

KB0408 1/4" 1/2"

KB0608 3/8" 1/2"

KB0610 3/8" 5/8"

KB0810 1/2" 5/8"

KB0820 1/2" 1.1/4"

KB0412 1/4" 3/4"

KB0612 3/8" 3/4"

KB0812 1/2" 3/4"

KB1012 5/8" 3/4"

KB1016 5/8" 1"

KB0616 3/8" 1"

KB0816 1/2" 1"

KB1216 3/4" 1"

KB1220 3/4" 1.1/4"

KB1620 1" 1.1/4"

KB1224 3/4" 1.1/2"

KB1624 1" 1.1/2"

KB2024 1.1/4" 1.1/2"

KB1632 1" 2"

KB2032 1.1/4" 2"

KB2432 1.1/2" 2"

BSP Female/Female Swivel

Part No Thread Thread A BKBFF0404 1/4"F 1/4"F

KBFF0406 1/4"F 3/8"F

KBFF0408 1/4"F 1/2"F

KBFF0606 3/8"F 3/8"F

KBFF0608 3/8"F 1/2"F

KBFF0808 1/2"F 1/2"F

KBFF0812 1/2"F 3/4"F

Part No Thread Thread A BKBFF1010 5/8"F 5/8"F

KBFF1212 3/4"F 3/4"F

KBFF1216 3/4"F 1"F

KBFF1616 1"F 1"F

KBFF2020 1.1/4"F 1.1/4"F

KBFF2424 1.1/2"F 1.1/2"F

KBFF3232 2"F 2"F

BSP Female/Female 90º Compact Swivel Elbow

Part No Thread Thread A BKBFF040490C 1/4"F 1/4"F

KBFF060690C 3/8"F 3/8"F

KBFF080890C 1/2"F 1/2"F

KBFF121290C 3/4"F 3/4"F

KBFF161690C 1"F 1"F

KBFF202090C 1.1/4"F 1.1/4"F

KBFF242490C 1.1/2"F 1.1/2"F


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

111

ProbePart No Port size QRC-P04 1/4" BSPP

QRC-P06 3/8" BSPP

QRC-P08 1/2" BSPP

QRC-P12 3/4" BSPP

QRC-P16 1" BSPP

CarrierPart No Port size QRC-C04 1/4" BSPP

QRC-C06 3/8" BSPP

QRC-C08 1/2" BSPP

QRC-C12 3/4" BSPP

QRC-C16 1" BSPP

ProbePart No Port size QRC-P04FF 1/4" BSPP

QRC-P06FF 3/8" BSPP

QRC-P08FF 1/2" BSPP

QRC-P12FF 3/4" BSPP

QRC-P16FF 1" BSPP

CarrierPart No Port size QRC-C04FF 1/4" BSPP

QRC-C06FF 3/8" BSPP

QRC-C08FF 1/2" BSPP

QRC-C12FF 3/4" BSPP

QRC-C16FF 1" BSPP

Quick Release Couplings

ISO 7241 Series A

n Cost effective solution, tested to ISO 7421 standard

n Zinc plated, heat treated carbon steel, Nitrile “O” ring seals are fitted as standard. Viton available on request

n Suitable for both agricultural and industrial use requiring frequent connections and disconnections

n Maximum working pressure range from 350 bar (1/4") to 130 bar (2")

ISO 7241 Series B

n Heat treated carbon steel, zinc plated, Nitrile O-ring seals with Teflon backing rings

n Ideally suited to heavy duty applications such as: automotive, offshore, railways, petrochemical, steel, civil engineering

n Maximum working pressure range from 300 bar

Screw to Connect n Screw connection style eliminates brinelling,

increasing the life of the coupling n Screw connection style allows for connection with

up to 50 bar pressure in each hydraulic hose line n Screw connection style prevents accidental

uncoupling under vibration n Suited to heavy duty industrial

applications which are subject to heavy mechanical loads and high pressure pulse application on construction plant

ProbePart No Port size QRC-P04B 1/4" BSPP

QRC-P06B 3/8" BSPP

QRC-P08B 1/2" BSPP

QRC-P12B 3/4" BSPP

QRC-P16B 1" BSPP

CarrierPart No Port size QRC-C04B 1/4" BSPP

QRC-C06B 3/8" BSPP

QRC-C08B 1/2" BSPP

QRC-C12B 3/4" BSPP

QRC-C16B 1" BSPP

ProbePart No Port size QRC-P04SC 1/4" BSPP

QRC-P06SC 3/8" BSPP

QRC-P08SC 1/2" BSPP

QRC-P12SC 3/4" BSPP

QRC-P16SC 1" BSPP

CarrierPart No Port size QRC-C04SC 1/4" BSPP

QRC-C06SC 3/8" BSPP

QRC-C08SC 1/2" BSPP

QRC-C12SC 3/4" BSPP

QRC-C16SC 1" BSPP

Glycerine Filled Pressure Gauges

A small selection of the range available from ERIKS.

n Stainless steel case

n Accuracy ±1.6% FSD

n 63mm (2.1/2") Diameter, 1/4" BSPP

n Available bottom and rear entry fittings

Bottom EntryPart No Pressure Range PG63BO10 0-10 bar

PG63BO16 0-16 bar

PG63BO25 0-25 bar

PG63BO40 0-40 bar

PG63BO60 0-60 bar

PG63BO100 0-100 bar

PG63BO160 0-160 bar

PG63BO250 0-250 bar

PG63BO400 0-400 bar

PG63BO600 0-600 bar

Rear EntryPart No Pressure Range PG63RO10 0-10 bar

PG63RO16 0-16 bar

PG63RO25 0-25 bar

PG63RO40 0-40 bar

PG63RO60 0-60 bar

PG63RO100 0-100 bar

PG63RO160 0-160 bar

PG63RO250 0-250 bar

PG63RO400 0-400 bar

PG63RO600 0-600 bar

Flat Face

n Zero leakage coupling, easy to clean to prevent contamination ingress, and manufactured to ISO 16028 standard

n Pressure rated up to 350 bar, warranty for 1 year including on hammer applications

n Zinc-Nickel plating reduces corrosion, rated for 280 hours to white rust in a salt spray test

n Available in stainless steel

Hydraulic Accessories


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

112

Part No Description Thread Max WPESNA01 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece BSP 1/4" 630 bar

ESNA02 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece BSP 3/8" 630 bar



ESNA06 1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece BSP 1" 345 bar

1620 Male/Swivel Female Test Tee Piece

n Also available in stainless steel

Part No Description Hose LengthETH1614-1000 1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 1000mm

ETH1614-2000 1620 Fem x 1/4 BSP Gauge Fem 2000mm

ETH1616-1000 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem 1000mm

ETH1616-2000 1620 Fem x 1620 Fem 2000mm

High Pressure Micro Bore Assemblies

Other hose lengths/combinations available on request. Max working pressure 400 bar, other pressures on request.

Single Gauge Digital Pressure Test KitsPart No Pressure RangeEDPTK0/60 0-60 Bar

EDPTK0/250 0-250 Bar

EDPTK0/600 0-600 Bar

Universal

Standard

Pressure Test Kits Digital Pressure Test Kits

n Single digital pressure gauge with minimall test points, adaptors and hose in a carry case

n Three kits available in the different pressure ranges

n Gauges have peak min/max storage, great accuracy and easy to read display

Pressure Test Kits 40/400barPart No PressureESPTK40/400 Standard

EUPTK40/400 Universal

Other pressure ranges available on request.

Part No Description Thread Max WPEMA3R1/8ED 1620 Test Point with Metal Cap BSP 1/8" 400 bar

EMA3R1/4ED 1620 Test Point with Metal Cap BSP 1/4" 630 bar

1620 Test Point with Metal Cap

n Can be used as sampling points

Part No Description Thread Max WPEPGC1604 1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct) BSP 1/4" 630 bar

EPGC1608 1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct) BSP 1/2" 630 bar

1620 Pressure Gauge Connection (direct)

n Also available in stainless steel

Lifetime leak free guarantee

Hydraulic Accessories


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

113Oil Transfer Units and Ball Valves

Oil Transfer Units This high performance series provides fast and efficient oil clean-up with simple maintenance procedures that require no tools to change.

This filter is designed to ensure it does not become blocked on the outer fibres but allows the full depth of the filter media to be utilised, capturing and retaining larger debris in the outer layers and the finer particles in the inner contamination control section of the media. This results in longer service life and better performance over a wide range of different sized contaminants.

The assembly also includes an indicator button which activates when the filter-can needs changing. Available in a range of high performance efficiency ratings from 1 to 25 micron.

n Group 2 gear pump giving up to 27 litres/min n Options of 110V, 240V standard supply n Includes standard DOL Starter n Fully wired and ready to use n Visual ‘pop-up’ contamination indicator n Includes 2 metre suction and delivery hose n Carrying handle n Pall 6 Micron cartridge fitted as standard

Oil Transfer UnitPart No DescriptionOTU1-110V-25 Oil transfer unit 110V, 25 litre A

OTU1-220V-25 Oil transfer unit 220V, 25 litre A

AccessoriesPart No DescriptionDIPTUBE-25 Dip tube for 25 litre drum B

DIPTUBE-205 Dip tube for 205 litre drum C

HC7400SKP4H Pall 3 Micron replacement cartridge D

HC7400SKN4H Pall 6 Micron replacement cartridge,

(fitted as standard) D

HC7400SKS4H Pall 12 Micron replacement cartridge D

QRC-P12 QRC Probe, 3/4 BSP E

QRC-C12 QRC Carrier, 3/4 BSP F

B

C

A

DE

F

Cable LockSafety Retaining System for High Pressure Hydraulic Hose Assemblies

Cablelock is an innovative retention system for high-pressure hydraulic hoses, which offers protection to a person from the dangerous effects of whip lash by the sudden release of hydraulic energy. Cablelock will restrain the hose assembly if the end termination is blown off or if there is end connection separation.

This retaining system allows for the compliance to the DIN ISO 4413 section of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG

Advantages of the Cablelock system:

n Installable without removing the current hydraulic hose assembly n Compact structure , can be installed in areas where space is a premium n Universal system, can be installed across different hose types n Cost effective, safe, easy and quick installation


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

114 Hydraulic Valves

Part No Port size Nominal pressure HBV2G14 BSP 1/4" 500

HBV2G38 BSP 3/8" 500

HBV2G12 BSP 1/2" 400

HBV2G34 BSP 3/4" 315

HBV2G1 BSP 1" 315

HBV2G114 BSP 1.1/4" 315

HBV2G112 BSP 1.1/2" 315

HBV2G2 BSP 2" 315

Part No Port size Nominal pressure DVG18 BSP 1/8" 350

DVG14 BSP 1/4" 350

DVG38 BSP 3/8" 350

DVG12 BSP 1/2" 350

DVG34 BSP 3/4" 350

DVG1 BSP 1" 350

DVG114 BSP 1.1/4" 350

DVG112 BSP 1.1/2" 350

Part No Port size Nominal pressure DRVG18 BSP 1/8" 350

DRVG14 BSP 1/4" 350

DRVG38 BSP 3/8" 350

DRVG12 BSP 1/2" 350

DRVG34 BSP 3/4" 350

DRVG1 BSP 1" 350

DRVG114 BSP 1.1/4" 350

DRVG112 BSP 1.1/2" 350

Part No Port size Nominal pressure RVG14 BSP 1/4" 500

RVG38 BSP 3/8" 500

RVG12 BSP 1/2" 500

RVG34 BSP 3/4" 400

RVG1 BSP 1" 350

RVG114 BSP 1.1/4" 350

RVG112 BSP 1.1/2" 350

RVG2 BSP 2" 250

Part No Port size Nominal pressure HBV3LG14 BSP 1/4" 500

HBV3LG38 BSP 3/8" 400

HBV3LG12 BSP 1/2" 315

HBV3LG34 BSP 3/4" 315

HBV3LG1 BSP 1" 250

High Pressure 2-way Ball Valves

High Pressure 3-way Ball Valves L-port

Ball ValvesHigh-pressure ball valves have a true on-off function; they should not be used in a partially opened position. Three-way ball valves come in different versions. The most commonly used has an L-bore with one defined pressured inlet port (the centre one).

n The flow can be switched from one to the other outlet port by turning the handle over a 90º angle

n In the 45º position the flow is blocked

Flow Control Valves

n Flow control valves are designed to restrict the flow going through the valve from a fully opened position to a fully closed position

n Be aware that highly restricted flow levels will cause considerable heat generation

Speed Control Valves

n These speed control valves have a built-in check valve which makes the adjustable flow restriction only work in one flow direction

n In the reversed flow direction the check valve opens and offers virtually unrestricted flow

Check Valves

n A check valve simply allows flow in one direction and completely blocks flow in the reversed direction

n The so-called cracking pressure is normally set at 0.5 bar. This is the pressure at which the valve starts to open when pressured in the free flow direction


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

115Bladder Accumulators and LAC Oil Coolers

Bladder Accumulators and AccessoriesParker UK Series - a high pressure range of bladder accumulators and accessories

Ideally suited for the UK Industrial market (207 to 420 bar/ up to 54L).

The UK series has been engineered to the highest quality standards to optimize service life and product safety. Its robust shell and bladder design offers strength and reliability which ensure the provision of constant pressure storage in any hydraulic system.

The UK series is fitted with a bonded seal fluid port and 1/4” BSP Gas Connection as standard.

A hydrostatic pressure test is carried out on all hydraulic accumulator shells during the manufacturing process. We can also offer additional pressure testing for shells or for a complete assembly - witnessed by a specified Inspection Authority and/or customer - as an optional extra.

Benefits

n Engineered to the highest quality standards

n Long service life

n Technical and application expertise

n Accessories including charging kits.

Typical Applications

n Hydrostatic bearings

n Lubricating oil supplies

n Chucking systems

n Machine tools.

Also available: A complete range of piston and diaphragm accumulators.

From 1kW up to a 300 kW cooling capacity. With its simple and robust design and wide selection of accessories, this range will suit all industrial applications with a high voltage electric source.

It is quiet in operation and offers a low pressure drop and high cooling capacity. It has a single-phase or three-phase AC-motor and is suitable for installation in most applications and environments.

Benefits with the correct working temperature

n Extended system life

n Increased output and fewer shutdowns

n Reduced service and repair costs

n High efficiency level maintained in continuous operation.

Typical Applications

n Power units

n Lubrication systems

n Marine cranes

n Presses

n Wind power

LAC Oil Cooler Series and Accessories

Special versions also available for Marine and ATEX applications.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

116

Intelligent control valvesfor electrical engineers

Need greater control orbetter menu handling?

Advanced hydraulic controlfor mechanical engineers

Focused on product quality,speed and accuracy?

VIRTUAL REALITY

B261115-Parker Racor Advert-A5.indd 1 02/12/2015 12:46

• Enhanced motion control gives repeatable, realistic simulations for lifecycle testing

• Downloadable move parameters let you easily dump new data sets for quick product line changeovers or replacement valve setup

• Fast voice coil technology operates at frequenciesup to 350 Hz

• Higher valve precision means more accurate cylinder positioning mid-stroke, with better product quality and tolerance

• Robust design, tested in up to one billion cycles in tough marine diesel applications, makes it among the best-in-class for reliability

• Optimised cycle times boost productivity, even with existing machines and equipment

It’s time to get Parker’s DF Plus Valve on board.

Dynamic performance and intelligentcontrol, all in one clever valve.

To find out more, please contactTim Duffy at ERIKS on 024 7644 6644,

or email [email protected].

http://www.parker.com/literature/Hydraulic%20Controls%20Europe/Brochures/HY11-3328UK.pdf

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

Parker advert.pdf 1 26/01/2016 10:44

Hydraulic Valves


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

117

Directional Control Valves Series D1VWParker’s directional control valve series D1VW in NG06 (CETOP 03 / NFPA D03) provides high functional limits up to 80 l/min in combination with a very low, energy-saving pressure drop due to optimized flow passages. The maximum pressure is 350 bar.

Performance Characteristics

Nominal Size NG06 / CETOP 03 Operation Style Direct Maximum Flow Rate 80 Litres/Min (depending on spool), 60 (depending on spool) Connection Type Connector as per EN 175301-803, plugs not included. Actuation Solenoid Weight 1.5kg (D1VW with 1 solenoid), 2.1 kg(D1VW with 2 solenoids) valves in more detail.

Part No. Voltage Spool in Neutral Spring Arrangement Spool CodeD1VW002CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 2

D1VW002CNJW 24V DC 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 2

D1VW001CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 1

D1VW001CNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 1

D1VW004CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 4

D1VW004CNJW 24V DC 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 8

D1VW008CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 8

D1VW008CNJW 24V DC 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 020

D1VW020HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 20 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 020

D1VW020BNJW 24V DC 20 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030

D1VW020BNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Offset End to End 020

D1VW020BNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Offset End to End 020

D1VW030BNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Offset End to End 030

D1VW030HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 30 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 030

D1VW030BNJW 24V DC 30 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030

Part No. Voltage Spool in Neutral Spring Arrangement Spool CodeD3W002CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 002

D3W002CNJW 24V DC 0 All Ports Connected Spring Centred 002

D3W001CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 001

D3W001CNJW 24V DC 2 All Ports Blocked Spring Centred 001

D3W004CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 004

D3W004CNJW 24V DC 6 A and B to T Spring Centred 004

D3W008CNYW 110V AC 50Hz 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 008

D3W008CNJW 24V DC 8 A and B blocked, P to T Spring Centred 008

D3W020HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 20 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 020

D3W020BNJW 24V DC 20 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 020

D3W030HNYW 110V AC 50Hz 30 P to B, A to T Spring Offset in Pos A 030

D3W030BNJW 24V DC 30 P to A, B to T Spring Offset in Pos B 030

Series D3WParker’s direct operated directional control valve series D3W in NG10 (CETOP 05/ NFPA D05) features low energy losses due to optimized flow passages for economical operation. It offers high functional limits up to 150 l/min and a maximum pressure of 350 bar.

Performance Characteristics

Nominal Size NG10/CETOP 5Mounting Style Sub-plate mounting Operation Style Direct Actuation Solenoid Series Type Directional control valve Weight (kg) 4.8 (1 solenoid), 6.3 (2 solenoids)

Spool Type Spool TypeCode Codea 0 b

3 Position Spools 2 Position Spools

030

020

008

002

004

001

Spool Type Spool TypeCode Codea 0 b

3 Position Spools 2 Position Spools

030

020

008

002

004

001


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

118 Hydraulic Cylinders

HASSLED BY HYDRAULICCYLINDER FAILURES?

B261115-Parker Racor Advert-A5.indd 1 02/12/2015 12:46

To find out more, please contactTim Duffy at ERIKS on 024 7644 6644,

or email [email protected].

http://ph.parker.com/gb/en/hydraulic-cylinders-and-parts

Managing a production line is hard work when you need to run machines faster, work plant harder or put new products down an existing line.

With 90 per cent of failures down to misalignment, contamination or mechanical damage, it’s vital to keep track of what’s going wrong. Occasional repairs are fine; but if the same problems keep cropping up, it’s time for a rethink.

ERIKS offers expert advice, backed by Parker’s industry-leading

application and technological knowledge. So if you’d like a chat

on how to sort out your cylinder problems, please get in touch.

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

Parker advert 2.pdf 2 26/01/2016 10:44


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

119

Hydraulic CylindersDeveloped with an uncompromising approach to durability and performance. Every component is built from high quality materials for maximum life in harsh conditions and every feature designed to ensure high load capacity, wear resistance and smooth performance even in the most demanding application.

Metric Tie Rod Series HMI/HMD Roundline MMA “Mill Type” Series

The HMI and HMD ranges described in this catalogue are Compact Series cylinders to ISO 6020/2 and DIN 24 554, rated for use at working pressures up to 210 bar depending on the rod end and type of service. They have been designed to satisfy the requirements of a wide range of industries in which cylinders to ISO or DIN standards are specified.

Technical Features:

n Working pressure up to 210 bar

n Bore sizes: 25mm to 200mm

n Piston rod diameters: 12mm to 140mm

n Single and double rod designs available

n Strokes – available in any practical stroke length

n Cushions – available at either or both ends

n Five seal types to suit a wide range of fluid specifications

n Temperature ranges: -20°C to +150°C.

Application Benefits

n Extended life due to critical component design and serviceability

n Smooth operation for precise and dynamic performance

n Solutions for existing application problems with an ISO /DIN Product.

The heavy duty series MMA cylinder has been designed for service in steel mills and in other arduous applications where a rugged, dependable cylinder is required. In addition to the standard cylinders, MMA cylinders can be designed and manufactured to suit individual customer requirements.

Technical Features:

n Heavy duty construction

n Styles and dimensions to: CETOP RP73H, ISO 6022, DIN 24 333, AFNOR NF E48-025, VW 39D 921

n Rated pressure: 250 bar

n Fatigue-free at the rated pressure

n Hydraulic mineral oil – other fluids on request

n Temperature range of standard seals: -20°C to +80°C

n Construction: head and cap bolted to heavy steel flanges

n Bore sizes: 50mm to 320mm

n Piston rod diameters: 32mm to 220mm

n Cushioning – optional at both ends

n Air bleeds – optional at both ends

n Tested in accordance with ISO 10100 : 2001.

Application Benefits

n Extended life due to critical component design and serviceability

n Smooth operation for precise and dynamic performance

n Customer specific solutions for special applications.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

120

Can you afford unplanned and expensive downtime?

You will receive:

n Fixed price up front so you know exactly what you are paying

n Free collection service of your old pump saving you valuable time, effort and money

n Service exchange items available from stock

n An “as new” 12 month manufacturers warranty

n 3-5 day turnaround service

Benefits:

n Prevention of repeat repairs

n Reduction of downtime

n All parts are fully tested and adjusted to Bosch Rexroth settings

n Increase in productivity

Whether you need spare parts, onsite or field service support, product training, a system health check or you simply want to talk through your service issues, don’t take the risk.

Price List

A10 Pump Type Size PriceA10VSO 18 18 £721.43

A10VSO 28 28 £764.29

A10VSO 45 45 £861.43

The cost effective exchange programme for your A10 pumps

Bosch Rexroth is the only company that can repair and replace Rexroth products back to the original specification.

Brand new from Bosch Rexroth, an environmentally-friendly A10 pump service exchange programme.

Call 0845 006 6000

Back to New Service

A10 Pump Type Size PriceA10VSO 71 71 £960.00

A10VSO 100 100 £1,151.00

A10VSO 140 140 £1,349.00

We can

n Help save you expensive downtime

n Help reduce your machinery failure

n Offer you bespoke service contracts at no extra cost

n Provide a full warranty

Exchange Programme


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

121

IT’S A SOLUTION THAT LASTS A LIFETIME

ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions

MORE THAN THE SUM OF THE PARTS

A product is just a product, but a product supported by services that are provided by people with know-how is more than just a product...

we CAN, we WILL &

we DO

SAVING TIME SAVING COSTS SAFETY CONSCIOUS

www.eriks.co.uk

Here for you for greater EFFICIENCy, greater RELIABILITy and longer SERVICE

LIFE which equals greater SAVINGS


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

122

RESPONSIVE HyDRAULIC REPAIR

ERIKS offer a highly responsive repair service to help keep your ’down time’ to a minimum.

We guarantee fast turn around times, and great quality products all supported by our application engineers who have the technical know-how when you need it most.


FUNCTIONS:

n Full machine shop / fabrication

n In house honing

n Full testing facility

n Working capacities for: 600bar – 200rpm 0-15 mtrs 0-18 mtr Diameter

n Heavy duty torque multiplyer for excavator rebuilds

n Complete strip down of cylinder

WHY ERIKS:

A ‘Comprehensive’ Strip and Quote Service

which includes:

n Comprehensive assessment and full diagnosis

n Locating all spares required for the repair

n Prompt quotation to reduce down time


YOUR COMPLETEFILTRATION SOLUTIONERIKS has brought together a range of filtration brands not available from any other supplier.

All market leaders in their specific fields, these manufacturers are now partnered with the UK’s number one distributor of pneumatic, hydraulic and filtration products.

At ERIKS we believe that having field based, competent technical sales engineers separates us from those who simply supply product in a box

SERVICES

n On-site fluid sampling

n Independent filtration audits

n Lab services

n Plant commissioning

PRODUCT RANGE

n Hydraulic / Air / Process Filtration

n Dust and fume control

n Purifier equipment

n Monitoring equipment

n Housings and assemblies

n Transfer units

123



FLU

ID P

OW

ER

124

Industry leading filter performance (Betax(c)≥2000), even under high cyclic conditions

u Consistently high � lter performance delivers improved � uid cleanliness for the full life of the � lter

u The smallest footprint for your operations

u Anti-static construction reduces charge generation and virtually eliminates static discharge

u Coreless, synthetic construction minimizes waste disposal

maximise equipment

reliability reduce costs

Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial manufacturing, primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider of filtration, separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive service. The breadth of our product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the best product technologies for each application we support.

AthalonTM Hydraulic and Lube Oil Filters

Oil Purification Systems

Reliability of systems, the life of system components and � uids can be extended by minimising water contamination

u Vacuum dehydration technology for fluid viscosities up to 700cSt.

u Removes 100% free water, air and gases and up to 80% dissolved water, air and gases

u High efficiency particulate and salt contamination removal

u Compact footprint in a range of flows

u Available for purchase and hire

Diagnostics and monitoring equipment

u Fluid cleanliness monitoring using proven mesh blockage technology

- Accurate results even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids

- Real time monitoring for immediate corrective actions

u WS Series fixed and portable water sensors measure dissolved water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predicative maintenance programs of plant and machinery

© 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Pro� le, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat, Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.

For more information visit www.pall.com/m&eFor further details, contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000

Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM

Industry leading filter performance (Betax(c)≥2000), even under high cyclic conditions

u Consistently high � lter performance delivers improved � uid cleanliness for the full life of the � lter

u The smallest footprint for your operations

u Anti-static construction reduces charge generation and virtually eliminates static discharge

u Coreless, synthetic construction minimizes waste disposal

maximise equipment

reliability reduce costs

Pall Corporation, serving the fluid power industry, specialize in the removal and control of contamination in hydraulic, lubrication and fuel systems for markets such as mobile, mining, power generation, industrial manufacturing, primary metals, offshore and petrochemicals. As the world’s premier provider of filtration, separation and purification science enabling technologies, Pall has built a reputation as the applied solutions experts in filtration, based on technical expertise, proven performance, quality products, and responsive service. The breadth of our product line and scientific resources makes us uniquely qualified to deliver the best product technologies for each application we support.

AthalonTM Hydraulic and Lube Oil Filters

Oil Purification Systems

Reliability of systems, the life of system components and � uids can be extended by minimising water contamination

u Vacuum dehydration technology for fluid viscosities up to 700cSt.

u Removes 100% free water, air and gases and up to 80% dissolved water, air and gases

u High efficiency particulate and salt contamination removal

u Compact footprint in a range of flows

u Available for purchase and hire

Diagnostics and monitoring equipment

u Fluid cleanliness monitoring using proven mesh blockage technology

- Accurate results even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids

- Real time monitoring for immediate corrective actions

u WS Series fixed and portable water sensors measure dissolved water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predicative maintenance programs of plant and machinery

© 2016 Pall Corporation. Pall, Coralon, Pro� le, Nexis, Claris, FSI, Ultipleat, Athalon and Ultipor are trademarks of Pall Corporation. ® indicates a trademark registered in the USA. BETTER LIVES. BETTER PLANET and Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM are service marks of Pall Corporation.

For more information visit www.pall.com/m&eFor further details, contact your local ERIKS Service Centre on 0845 006 6000

Filtration. Separation. Solution.SM

Pall Filters for Hydraulic and Lubricating Fluids


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

125

Pall AthalonTM Filters Offer:

n Betax(c)≥2000 removal efficiency - unequalled in industry today

n Stress Resistant media Technology (SRT)

n Improved fluid cleanliness

n Consistent performance throughout filter service life

n Low, clean differential pressure

n Long service life

n Environmentally friendly coreless filter pack

Filters for Hydraulic and Lubricating FluidsFor asset protection without compromise, Pall offers the most innovative filtration technology available to achieve the optimum fluid cleanliness levels to make your operations more reliable.

The Ultimate in Filter Performance

Pall’s Athalon™ hydraulic and lube oil filters combine Betax(c)≥2000 rated, stress-resistant filter technology and a full range of housings to provide the greatest overall filter performance and value available in industry today

Application Which Pall product to ask for?

Pre-filtration Pall FSI filter bags or Meltblown filter cartridges (Profile®, Nexis™ and Claris™)

Replacement filter element upgrades

Coralon™ and Red1000 filter elements

High performance fluid cleanliness control

Coralon (for existing Ultipor filters)

AthalonTM filter elements and housings for new installations

Water removal from oil

HNP portable oil purifiers

Diagnostics and Monitoring

Pall cleanliness monitors (PCM), WS series water sensors and Pall Cleanliness Cabinets (PCC)

Upgrade your existing Pall Ultipor™ filters with Coralon™ filter elements to provide improved fluid cleanliness, enhanced fluid cleanliness consistency, and lower clean pressure drop while providing equivalent service life of its Ultipor predecessor. Coralon filter elements are the same form, fit, and function as Ultipor elements. Replace alternative filter elements retrofitted into original Pall filter housings to return your hydraulic and lubrication systems back up to 15x cleaner and more consistent fluid cleanliness.

Diagnostic and Monitoring Equipment

Fluid Condition Monitoring

For accurate, reliable measurement of fluid cleanliness, the PCM500 is the only fluid cleanliness monitor you’ll need. Using proven mesh blockage technology the fully portable PCM500 provides accurate 3-part ISO 4406 cleanliness class code results in under 6 minutes, even in water based, cloudy or aerated fluids.

Our WS Series fixed (WS12) and portable (WS19) water sensors measure dissolved water levels in hydraulic, lube and insulating oils, supporting predictive maintenance programs of plant and machinery

For more information visit www.pall.com/m&e

Did you know?....An effective filter is an

efficient filter. Pall’s Athalon filters are

rated to Betax(c)≥2000 efficiency - the highest

available rating in industry today.

PCM500 Fluid Cleanliness Monitor

WS19: Portable hand-held Water Sensor

WS12 Fixed In-line Water Sensor


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

126 Amazon Filtration

... A comprehensive off the shelf range of UK manufactured Stainless Steel filter housings

... A variety of connection and couplings available as standard (screwed, flanged, dairy type fittings etc.)

... Specialist Super Duplex and Hastelloy filter housing fabrications

... Bespoke and Coded designs available (PD5500/ASME etc)

... An own manufactured range of process filter consumables

FIRST CLASS SERVICE WORLD CLASS FILTERS

Amazon Filters Ltd makes what it sells.

We control our own quality, cost and lead times.

Our rigorous procedures and approvals ensure that quality is assured, both ours and yours, when Amazon products are chosen.

Our success is underpinned by quality and also through the application of our knowledge. This is Amazon’s key differentiator and is the secret of our progression into a globally recognised brand that provides innovative filtration solutions.

Europe’s best kept filtration secret...Process filtration specialist manufacturer

TEL: +44 (0) 1276 670600

FAX: +44 (0) 1276 670101

EMAIL: [email protected]

WEB: www.amazonfilters.com

Supplied by TEL: 0845 006 6000 VISIT: www.eriks.co.uk

Do you know that Amazon provides ...


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

127

From causing fatalities to killing a brand’s reputation, the Cryptosporidium parasite – found in water – is a very real danger in any food or beverage production process. Fortunately there is a simple, reliable and cost-effective filtration solution.

Used as part of a product’s make-up, for rinsing food – such as salads – and simply for washing-down equipment, water is an intrinsic part of food and beverage production. So ensuring it is not contaminated by the deadly cryptosporidium parasite is essential.

But how can you stop it entering your plant, mixing with your product, and ultimately reaching your end consumer – with potentially fatal results?

Removing the Risks

Using the right filter for your water supply can minimise the risk of the cryptosporidium parasite and its associated risks.

Amazon Filters offer a choice of two filter cartridges – the SupaSpun II depth filter and SupaPleat II pleated filter – which have been proven in use with numerous food and beverage producers.

By installing these products to filter incoming mains water, you can demonstrate ‘due diligence’ in preventing contamination. And you can ensure complete peace of mind for your customers and yourself.

Cryptosporidium – the facts

n Potentially fatal parasite found worldwide in water systems

n Causes 50.8% of water-borne diseases that are attributed to parasites

n Causes symptoms including severe diarrhoea – lasting up to two weeks even in healthy adults

n Causes more serious problems in the young, elderly and immuno compromised

n Protected by an outer shell that allows it to survive outside the body for long periods of time

n Very tolerant of chlorine disinfection

When water can KILLAmazon filters have the anwser

SupaSpun II

Features & Benefits n Absolute removal ratings for consistent and reliable performance

n Graded density structure for maximum dirt holding capacity

n Increased void volume giving high flow rates and low initial pressure losses

n Wide chemical compatibility using polypropylene

n Range of Absolute ratings from 0.3 to 180µm (Beta Ratio 5000)

n Thermal bonding process minimises media migration and ensures minimal extractables

SupaPleat II

Features & Benefits n Absolute removal ratings for consistent and reliable performance

n PP – Wide chemical compatibility using 100% polypropylene to meet

n XP - Extended life version for more challenging applications

n GP – Glass microfibre media gives excellent dirt holding capacity

n Thermal bonding process eliminates adhesives and ensures minimal extractables

n Cryptosporidium grade (CRY) with typical 104 log reduction value for use in food and beverage applications

n Batch traceability


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

128 Filtration

Panel and Bag FiltersMANN+HUMMEL VOkES AIR filters are designed to provide maximum value and performance in HVAC, industrial and clean room applications. Ranging from panel pre-filters through bags to final compact filters, a wide range of sizes and configurations are available. The products detailed here are our most popular sizes.

IF2 Pleated Panel Filters

Most commonly used as a pre-filter to M or F grade filters (bag and rigid bag filters). Suitable for a very broad range of applications, but is commonly employed in environments such as hospitals, food and beverage production areas and installations where glass media is prohibited. Available in all cross sectional sizes; 22, 47 and 98mm depth as standard in card or metal case.

Rigid Bag Filters

With 20 or 25mm deep plastic frame, these compact filters are suitable for high air volumes or where long filter life is required. Available in M6, F7, F8 and F9 grades and in 592x592, 490x592 and 287x592mm sizes.

Bag Filters

With a 20 or 25mm deep plastic or metal frame, these ultrasonically-sealed bag filters are designed for use in general air conditioning equipment and computer rooms. Available in M5, M6, F7 and F8 grades and in all cross sectional sizes. Speak to us about our Low Energy Revo II Bag Filters.

Compatex FP Rigid bag filters, rated to F7Part No Height Width Depth Box QtyCompatex FP 592X592X300 F7 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 300mm (12") 1

Compatex FP592X287X300 F7 592mm (24") 287mm (12") 300mm (12") 2

SoniQ II Bag filters, 8/4 pocket rated to F7Part No Pockets Height Width Depth Box QtySoniQ II 592X592X635-20H 8 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 635mm (25") 5

SoniQ II 592X592X535-20H 8 592mm (24") 592mm (24") 535mm (20") 5





Please note that these items are sold in box quantities only.

IF2 Pleated Synthetic Panel Filter – Rated to Grade 4Part No Height Width Depth Box QtyIF2-496X395X47-G4 496mm (20") 395mm (16") 47mm (2") 10

IF2-496X496X47-G4 496mm (20") 496mm (20") 47mm (2") 10

IF2-496X496X98-G4 496mm (20") 496mm (20") 98mm (4") 5

IF2-596X287X47-G4 596mm (24") 287mm (12") 47mm (2") 20

IF2-596X496X47-G4 596mm (24") 496mm (20") 47mm (2") 10

Part No Height Width Depth Box QtyIF2-596X596X47-G4 596mm (24") 596mm (24") 47mm (2") 10

IF2-596X596X98-G4 596mm (24") 596mm (24") 98mm (4") 5

IF2-624X395X47-G4 624mm (25") 395mm (16") 47mm (2") 10

IF2-624X496X47-G4 624mm (25") 496mm (20") 47mm (2") 10

IF2-624X496X98-G4 624mm (25") 496mm (20") 98mm (4") 5


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

129

How does a change of filter help reduce energy bills?

Whether you are using an air filter as part of your process (in a cooling, warming or venting system, for example) or to maintain an environment (as part of your air conditioning system) you face the same problem of maintaining an acceptable balance of filtration efficiency and back pressure.

The higher the filtration efficiency, the higher the initial back pressure, and the sooner the filter becomes clogged – leading to a further increase in back pressure. In both cases, reduced air flow leads to higher energy use, as the fan has to work harder or run faster to push the air through the filter.

Developments in filter technology over the past few years have largely been aimed at achieving acceptable filtration levels without increasing back pressure or shortening filter life through faster clogging, and without increasing energy consumption through the need for a more powerful or faster fan.

One way to do this is through an increased filter surface area – providing exceptionally low pressure drop – combined with high filtration efficiency and a high dust-holding capacity. This technology is now commercially available in the shape of the Vokes-Air Synsafe Revo II filter.

The Synsafe Revo II combines advances in filtering technology.

Firstly, it utilises not one but four progressive filter layers. This not only means a greater dust-holding capacity but also ensures the filters have a longer life before the build-up of filtered particles increases and reduces efficiency to unacceptable levels. The four layers comprise:

1. Pre-filter with a coarse structure to remove the largest particles

2. Primary fine filter to remove smaller particles

3. Secondary fine filter incorporating Nanofyne Technology™

4. Self-cleaning outer layer which also provides rigidity to the media

Secondly, the filters in the Synsafe Revo II are made from nano fibres, using unique Nanofyne Technology. These fibres have a diameter of less than 1µm (compared with 3µm for fibres in conventional filters) which means they offer a greater fibre surface area for trapping dust, together with less density to create back pressure. The result is higher filtration efficiency and a longer lower pressure drop, which means the fan operates at lower speed and consequently uses less energy. If the fan is belt driven, then this will provide the opportunity for a change of belt and pulley ratio to reduce the fan speed, or an inverter to provide speed control – both areas in which ERIKS can provide expert advice and assistance.

Synsafe Revo II vs. Conventional Filters

Airflow Velocity m/s

1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

Pre

ssu

re D

rop

(p

a)Composite graph showing actual airflow and pressure drop readings on 10 air handling units

Pressure Drop (cost) Savings

Filter Tips

Just as cigarettes come with health warning, perhaps some air filters should come with a ‘wealth warning’.

Because simply by changing your filter to a different type of technology you can reduce your energy costs whilst still maintaining the level of filtration and airflow you need.

*The current filtration efficiency grades categorised as G, M and F grades (to EN779:2012) will soon be superseded by products adhering to the new ISO 16890 test standard. From 2018, all filters will be tested in accordance to the stipulations of ISO 16890 and will carry new product labelling in line with updated industry standards.

** Please call ERIKS to find out more about ISO 16890 and how this change may impact your filtration requirements.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

130 Fluid Level Gauges and Hydraulic Filters

The perfect fluid control programme from one sourceHydac is a multinational company with numerous production plants in Germany, Uk, USA, Switzerland and China. Sales are achieved, worldwide, through over 30 wholly owned subsidiaries, many who in turn work in partnership with local distribution outlets.

The partnership of Hydac Technology and ERIKS supply all types of industry with high quality products in a timely and efficient manner.

SectionPart No Micron Maximum nominal flow Filter Rating rate litres/minute Material0015S125W 125 15 Wire mesh

0025S125W 125 25 Wire mesh

0050S125W 125 50 Wire mesh

0100S125W 125 100 Wire mesh

0180S125W 125 180 Wire mesh

ReturnPart No Micron Maximum nominal flow Filter Rating rate litres/minute Material0030R010P 10 30 Paper

0060R010P 10 60 Paper

0060R025W 25 60 Wire mesh

0100RK015MM 15 100 Mobilemicron

0110R010P 10 110 Paper

0110R020BN4HC 20 110 Betamicron


0160R010P 10 160 Paper

0160R025W 25 160 Wire mesh



0240R010P 10 240 Paper

0240RS125W 125 240 Wire mesh



0330R010BN/AM 10 330 Betamicron/

Aquamicron

0330R010P 10 330 Paper

0330R010V 10 330 Metal fibre



PressurePart No Micron Maximum nominal flow Filter Rating rate litres/minute Material0030D010BN4HC 10 30 Betamicron

0030D010V 10 30 Metal fibre

0030D025W 25 30 Wire mesh

0060D003BH4HC 3 60 Betamicron

0060D005BN4HC 5 60 Betamicron


0060D025W 25 60 Wire mesh

0110D003BH3HC 3 110 Betamicron

0110D025W 25 110 Wire mesh

0110D050W 50 110 Wire mesh


0160D025W/HC 25 160 Wire mesh

0160D100W 100 160 Wire mesh

0160DN025W/HC 25 160 Wire mesh

0240D025W 25 240 Wire mesh



0660D020V 20 660 Metal fibre

0660D025W 25 660 Wire mesh

Spin on cartridgePart No Micron Maximum nominal flow Filter Rating rate litres/minute Material0090MA010BN 10 90 Betamicron

0160MA003BN 3 160 Betamicron




0160MG010P 10 160 Paper

Fluid Level Gauges

Hydac fluid level gauges FSA are used to monitor levels of operating fluids.

n Available with or without thermometer in display tube

n 12mm banjo mounting bolts as standard

Part No Description FSA76-1.1/12 3" Gauge

FSA76-1.1/T/12 3" Gauge c/w thermometer

FSA127-1.1/12 5" Gauge


FSA254-1.1/12 10" Gauge



FLU

ID P

OW

ER

131Fluid Level Gauges and Hydraulic Filters

Focused expertise and high tech equipment produce reliable operating fluids.An operating fluid is as specialised as its application.

We are familiar with almost all aspects – the applications and the appropriate operating fluids.

The lubricating properties of hydraulic and lubricating fluids are key to properly functioning industrial systems. Fluid condition monitoring and the corresponding fluid conditioning guarantee the functionality, availability, and service life of industrial systems in stationary and mobile hydraulics and in lubrication technology.

In order to assess and predict the actual performance and characteristics of industrial fluids, a proper understanding of the interaction of mechanical and chemical factors is required, experience and knowledge of relevant factors, derived from research and real-world operations.

HYDAC have created a FluidCareCenter which is a centre of excellence for study and development of optimised hydraulic applications.

In addition to the systematic analysis of various fluids, we perform tests commissioned by customers, tailored to their specific applications. Our objective is to develop machines and systems optimised for lubrication applications and to select the optimal type of fluid and ensure its proper conditioning.

HMG 3000, AS 1000

e.g. FTIR spectroscopy

Various chemical analyses

Electrostatic test stand, Stat-Stick, HMG 3000

ICP-OES Karl Fischer Titration: TAN / TBN, HYDACLab®, RULER, MPC

Test rig for characterisation of air separators

Mobile FluidCareCenter

Microscope, Patch test, Spectroscopy

Automated Laboratory Particle Counter (ALPC), Bottle Sampling Unit, SEM-EDX

Mechanical shearing, thermal, oxidative and hydrolytic oil ageing, Brugger test etc.

Operating pressure

Temperature

Flow rate

Lubricant properties

Particle contamination

Contaminant analyses

Select analyses

Gaseous contamination (air)

Analyses of oil, additive degradation, varnish analyses

Contamination caused by water

Oil and additive elemental analysis

Behaviour of fluids and filter media

Synthetic, accelerated oil ageing

Oil and additive molecular analysis


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

132

Condition MonitoringUsing Condition Monitoring you can determine the health of your machinery and even better predict when your machinery will require maintenance. To ensure you have the best technology available to help your maintenance needs, contact ERIkS for:

n Dedicated Condition Monitoring Business Unit

n In-house nationwide network of ISO 18436 certified

n In-house oil analysis facilities

n Online condition monitoring

n Team of technical application engineers

In brief these comprise of:

n An ERIKS branded oil sampling kit and laboratory analysis

n ERIKS Application Engineer “Patch Test” report

n Onsite analysis via particle counter and water sensor

n Equipment hire fleet - filtration trolleys, purifier and diagnostic equipment

n We also have access to a range of PALL equipment

132 Oil Cleanliness

*Figures based on ERIkS own research

If you fail to take avoidance procedures this can result in catastrophic failure.

You can resolve major contamination issues and reduce unexpected downtime and systems failure by employing a really simple and cost effective approach.

ERIKS UK has been offering services and support in the field of “Oil Cleanliness Management” for over 10 years. We offer customers several levels of support depending on the requirement, which also includes onsite technical support.

Benefit from:

of component failure is due to system contamination80%*

n Reduction of component repairs/replacement

n Reduce downtime and increase your production

n Reduction in energy use due to less pressure drop

n Increasing lifetime of your products reduces TCO

n Spares stock reduction

n Online reporting/condition monitoring – central report location, paperless and secure


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

133Filtration Solutions

Nederman Filtration Solutions FilterCart Original The Nederman FilterCart Original is a lightweight, highly manoeuvrable mobile filter unit for light welding and extraction applications, and includes a Nederman Original 3m extraction arm, a 0.75Kw fan and is capable of extracting a maximum of 1050m3/hr.

Arm dia, mm Max airflow, Filtration Filter surface Voltage, Power, Noise level, Part No.

m3/hr efficiency, % area, m2 V Kw dB(A)

160 1050 99 35 110 0.75 73 12624745

160 1050 99 35 230 0.75 73 12621445

Product Voltage, Power, Air flow Max vacuum, Filtration Weight, kg Noise level, Part no. V W m3/hr (with 2.5m kPa efficiency, dB(A) hose) %FE 840 120 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70840100

FE 840 230 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70840442

FE 841 120 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70841100

FE 841 230 1000 150 -22 99.7 16 73 70841010

Product Voltage, V Power, W Compressed air Part no. consumption, l/minSB750 230 1000 500 70750073

Fume Eliminator The Fume Eliminator is designed to be carried to the working area. Connected to a welding torch or to an extraction nozzle, the FE unit extracts the fume directly at source. .

n Manual or automatic start/stop function

n Portable and easy to carry

n Low service costs

SB750 Suction Blaster, compact portable vacuum sandblaster The Suction Blaster 750 has a superior accessibility irrespective of the shape of the surface and different accessory nozzles keep the blasting process closed and dust free.

n Manual or automatic start/stop function

n Portable and easy to carry

n Low service costs

160E Mobile Dust Collector The Nederman high vacuum dry vacuum 160E is ideal when you have quality standards for effective cleaning and dust removal.

n Easy to handle

n Powerful single phase motor

n High filtration efficiency

n Long filter lifetime (4-6000 hours) with bag filters

n Light weight

n Low operating and maintenance costs

Product Voltage, Power, Capacity r Max vacuum, Noise level, Weight, Part no. V W freeblowing, kPa dB(A) kg m3/h160E 110 1200 160 -22 75 19.5 40055030

160E 230 1200 160 -22 75 19.5 40055020

ERIKS INDUSTRIAL Products, Services & Solutions

LIFE SUPPORT FOR PRODUCTS

� Preventative maintenance and root cause failure analysis

� Customisation and design engineering

� Impartial repair, replace or systems upgrade

� On-site installation and commissioning

� Sub-assemblies and kitting solutions

PREVENTION IS BETTER THAN A CURE...

It also extends life and lowers costs. Our comprehensive condition monitoring support services cover all forms of preventative and predictive maintenance both on site and remotely.

EXTENDED PERFORMANCE

with our PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE

know-how

More TLC, less TCO

www.eriks.co.uk

SO MUCH MORE THAN GREATINDUSTRIAL HOSE SUPPLyHoses are subject to many factors that can lead to premature failure, such as manual handling or incompatible products used, these failures can lead to severe implications. Such risks are becoming increasingly high profile and ERIkS Hose Technology are here to help mitigate risk via a host of options, based upon many years of experience.

ERIKS assemble the full range of industrial hoses, including PTFE, composite, metallic, rubber, silicone and PVC.

n Metallic n Hygienic n Rubber n Plastic n PTFE n Silicone n Ducting n Together with extensive stocks

of Bellows, Fittings

135



FLU

ID P

OW

ER

136 Commodity Hose & Clips

Commodity Hose Braided PVC

Can be used to convey many liquids and gases under pressure, used in factory airlines, pneumatic equipment & general workshop use.

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 9 to 25 (Water) n Size: 05 to 50mm (Coil Length 30M) n Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A, B, C, D1

Green Medium Duty

Outstanding resistance to the effects of weather, widely used in agriculture, construction and general industries.

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 3 to 5 bar n Size: 25 to 152mm (Coil Length 30M)

PVC Superflex

High flexibility PVC ducting hose, reinforced with a semi-rigid crush resistant white PVC helix. Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in agricultural and industrial applications

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +55°C n Working Pressure: 0.5 Max n Size: 25 to 254mm (Coil Length 30M)

Green Tint

A lightweight PVC hose which is tough and durable with outstanding weather resistance. Suitable for water, slurry, and powder in agricultural and industrial applications

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 3 to 6 bar n Size: 12 to 102mm (Coil Length 30M)

Blue PVC Oil S&D

Applications with exceptionally high flexibility and resistance to hydrocarbons in industry, engineering, construction, water supply and waste water technology.

Hi Vac

Tough and flexible nontoxic transparent PVC hose, used for suction and delivery of water, slurries, granules, foodstuffs and dilute chemicals.

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 2.5 to 12 bar n Size: 12 to 152mm (Coil Length 30M) n Add EU Food 10/2011 simulant A,B,C,D1

EHT Code ID OD Wall Vacuum Min. Bend (mm) (mm) Thickness (mm) % Radius1048-12 12.0 19.2 3.1 88 26

1048-152 152.0 170.4 9.2 88 456

EHT Code ID OD Wall OD over Vacuum Min. Bend (mm) (mm) Thickness Helix % Radius (mm) (mm) Pressure 1047-025 1 25 2.5 30 0.49 25

1047-254 10 254 7.0 268 0.29 254

EHT Code ID ID Wall Min Bend (Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Radius 1041L-012 1/2 12.0 2.6 57

1041L-102 4 102.0 6.3 459

EHT Code ID ID Wall Min Bend (Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Thickness (mm) 1042-025 1 25 4 88

1042-101 4 102 6.3 357

EHT Code Int. Dia ID Ext. Dia Min. Bend Coil (mm) (Inches) (mm) (mm) Radius1003-05 5.0 3/16 10.0 32.5 2.25

1003-50 50.0 2 61.6 325.0 39.42

EHT Code ID OD Wall Min Bend Vacuum (Inch) (mm) Thickness Radius (%) 1039-025 1 25 4.2 113 0.88

1039-254 10 254 13.0 1143 0.78

n Temp. Range: -25°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 2 to 5 bar n Size: 25 to 101mm (Coil Length 61 / 30.5M)

Tricoflex

A highly flexible easy handling garden hose, with excellent resistance to repeated bending, crushing and pulling

EHT Code ID Wall Burst Min. Bend (mm) Thickness (mm) Pressure Water (bar) Radius1003T-12-25M 12.5 2.75 25 125

1003T-50-50M 50 6.5 20 500

n Temp. Range: -15°C to +60°C n Working Pressure: 8 to 10 bar n Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 25, 50 & 100M)


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

137

Core Product Available Ex Stock from Dudley

EHT Code ID ID Wall Min Bend (Inches) (mm) Thickness (mm) Thickness (mm) 1037-351-0013-0000 1 25 4 88

1037-351-0508-0000 4 102 6.3 357

Jubilee® Clips

Bolt Clamps

A stronger alternative to worm drive clamps, and able to withstand greater pressures, whilst being completely reusable.

n Low carbon mild steel finished with a rust resistant zinc plating or Stainless Steel

n Size: 23-239

Wyrem

Heavy-duty ducting, suction and delivery, ideal for general purpose dust and fume extraction.

n Temp. Range: -20°C to +100°C n Working Pressure: 0.35 n Size: 25 to 304mm (Coil Length 6M)

Silicone

High temperature Silicone ducting.

n Temp. Range: -80°C to +310°C n Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar n Size: 12 to 203mm (Coil Length 4M)

Neoprene

Ideal in the transportation of hot and cold air in many air conditioning, refrigeration and ventilation systems.

n Temp. Range: -50°C to +150°C n Working Pressure: 0.1 to 1.5 bar n Size: 12 to 305mm

(Coil Length 2.5 4M)

Abraflex 351

Intro text: Medium duty, Ω rated, abrasive PU suction & blower hose for abrasive solids such as powder, chips and granulates. Also suitable for aggressive gaseous and liquid products with good resistance to oil and petrol vapors.

EHT Code ID (mm) Vacuum (bar) 1038N1-012 12 0.68

1038N1-305 305 0.05

EHT Code ID Vacuum Vacuum Unlined: 1038A- (mm) Single Ply (bar) Two Ply (bar1038A-012 12 0.52 0.68

1038A-203 203 0.07 0.09

EHT Code ID (mm) Min. Bend Radius (mm)1038-025 25 60

1038-304 304 319

Worm Drive

Clips can be supplied in stainless steel or zinc plated mild steel. A large range of sizes are available as standard. Non-standard sizes are also available.

n Size: 12-160


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

138

When to use Metal HoseThere are many different types of hose available on the market.

They include metal, rubber, composite, PTFE and fabric. The decision of which hose type to buy depends on the application for which the hose is being used. Generally, there are eight factors that should alert you to consider using metal hose:

Temperature Extremes

If either the temperature of the media going through the hose or the surrounding atmospheric temperature is very cold or hot, metal may be the only material that can withstand the temperature extremes.

Chemical Compatibility

Metal hose can handle a wider variety of chemicals than most of the other hose types. If the hose will be exposed to aggressive chemicals (either internally or externally), metal hose should be considered.

Permeation Concerns

Non-metal hose is susceptible to having gases permeate through the hose wall and into the atmosphere. Metal hose, on the other hand, does not allow permeation. If containing the gases inside the hose is important, metal hose may be required.

Potential for Catastrophic Failure

When a metal hose fails, it usually develops small holes or cracks. Other hose types tend to develop larger cracks or come apart completely. If a sudden failure of the hose can be catastrophic, a metal hose may help minimise the effects of a failure by leaking product at a slower rate.

Abrasion and Over-bending Concerns

To prevent abrasion and over-bending, a metal hose can be used as a protective cover over wires or even other hoses.

Fire Safety

Other hose types will melt when exposed to fire while metal hose maintains its integrity up to 1200º F.

Achieving Full Vacuum

Under full vacuum, metal hose maintains its shape while other hose types may collapse.

Flexibility in Fitting Configuration

Virtually any type of fitting can be attached to metal hose while other hose types require special shanks and collars.

4

3

2

1 5

6

7

8

Applications:

n Cryogenic

n Gas

n Oil

n Steam

n Chemical

n Glue

n Food

n Bitumen

n Water and many more....

Metal Hose


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

139

Goodall® MetalVisor®

A New Generation of Metal Hoses and Fittings

At ERIKS we understand the importance of selecting the right metal hose for your application. The new Goodall® MetalVisor® is a superior quality metal hose which not only prevents leaks but reduces costly maintenance downtime and improves the safety of both your plant and operators.

Extended Lifetime

n High quality and thick stainless steel strip used for the corrugated tube

n Extreme high coverage of the stainless steel braid

n Welding procedures avoiding corrosion at the welds

n No leaks and no loss of product

n Fitting assortment designed for the Goodall® MetalVisor® hose

n Special assembly and welding procedures

n Single pass weld to avoid gaps and burrs between the hose end and the fitting

Mechanical strength

n High working pressures

n High braid coverage

Ergonomic

n More flexibility and ease of use due to the design of the corrugated hose and braid

Welding procedures

Innovative single pass welding procedures of the fittings on the corrugated hose decrease the risk of corrosion and leaks enormously

Goodall® MetalVisor® hoses stand up to the toughest jobs, outlasting competitive products for a lower lifetime cost and each welded procedure and operator are subject to strict certifications, which are renewed on an annual basis.

All metal hoses have been subject to extensive tests which include:

n Surface cracks in weld using dye-penetrant examination

n Vacuum testing using helium leak detection

n Complete traceability of all parts with original mill certification

EN ISO 10380: 2012

BS 6501-1: 2004

ASME IX

EN ISO 15614-1: 2004


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

140

CamlocksERIKS Hose Technology cam & groove couplers are available in aluminium, brass, stainless steel or polypropylene with either BSP or NPT threads.

The couplers are fitted with standard nitrile rubber gaskets; nonstandard gaskets are available in: Viton, EPR, PTFE etc.

Other versions of cam and groove couplers include the “auto-Lock” with arms that lock into position

Camlocks & Bellows

Part A

Adptor (Female BSP thread)

Part B

B Coupler (Male BSP thread)

Part C

Coupler (Hosetail)

Part P

Dust Plug

Part D

Coupler (Female Thread)

Part E

Part E Adaptor (Hosetail)

Part F

Adaptor (Male BSP Thread)

Part H

Dust Cap

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QA-012 1078SA-012 1078A-012 1079A-0123/4” 19 1078QA-019 1078SA-019 1078A-019 1079A-0191” 25 1078QA-025 1078SA-025 1078A-025 1079A-0251 1/4” 32 1078QA-032 1078SA-032 1078A-032 1079A-0321 1/2” 38 1078QA-038 1078SA-038 1078A-038 1079A-0382” 50 1078QA-050 1078SA-050 1078A-050 1079A-0502 1/2” 63 1078QA-063 1078SA-063 1078A-063 1079A-0633” 75 1078QA-075 1078SA-075 1078A-075 1079A-0754” 101 1078QA-101 1078SA-101 1078A-101 1079A-1016” 152 1078QA-152 1078SA-152 1078A-152 1079A-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QB-012 1078SB-012 1078B-012 1079B-0123/4” 19 1078QB-019 1078SB-019 1078B-019 1079B-0191” 25 1078QB-025 1078SB-025 1078B-025 1079B-0251 1/4” 32 1078QB-032 1078SB-032 1078B-032 1079B-0321 1/2” 38 1078QB-038 1078SB-038 1078B-038 1079B-0382” 50 1078QB-050 1078SB-050 1078B-050 1079B-0502 1/2” 63 1078QB-063 1078SB-063 1078B-063 1079B-0633” 75 1078QB-075 1078SB-075 1078B-075 1079B-0754” 101 1078QB-101 1078SB-101 1078B-101 1079B-1016” 152 1078QB-152 1078SB-152 1078B-152 1079B-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QC-012 1078SC-012 1078C-012 1079C-0123/4” 19 1078QC-019 1078SC-019 1078C-019 1079C-0191” 25 1078QC-025 1078SC-025 1078C-025 1079C-0251 1/4” 32 1078QC-032 1078SC-032 1078C-032 1079C-0321 1/2” 38 1078QC-038 1078SC-038 1078C-038 1079C-0382” 50 1078QC-050 1078SC-050 1078C-050 1079C-0502 1/2” 63 1078QC-063 1078SC-063 1078C-063 1079C-0633” 75 1078QC-075 1078SC-075 1078C-075 1079C-0754” 101 1078QC-101 1078SC-101 1078C-101 1079C-1016” 152 1078QC-152 1078SC-152 1078C-152 1079C-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QP-012 1078SP-012 1078P-012 1079P-0123/4” 19 1078QP-019 1078SP-019 1078P-019 1079P-0191” 25 1078QP-025 1078SP-025 1078P-025 1079P-0251 1/4” 32 1078QP-032 1078SP-032 1078P-032 1079P-0321 1/2” 38 1078QP-038 1078SP-038 1078P-038 1079P-0382” 50 1078QP-050 1078SP-050 1078P-050 1079P-0502 1/2” 63 1078QP-063 1078SP-063 1078P-063 1079P-0633” 75 1078QP-075 1078SP-075 1078P-075 1079P-0754” 101 1078QP-101 1078SP-101 1078P-101 1079P-1016” 152 1078QP-152 1078SP-152 1078P-152 1079P-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QD-012 1078SD-012 1078D-012 1079D-0123/4” 19 1078QD-019 1078SD-019 1078D-019 1079D-0191” 25 1078QD-025 1078SD-025 1078D-025 1079D-0251 1/4” 32 1078QD-032 1078SD-032 1078D-032 1079D-0321 1/2” 38 1078QD-038 1078SD-038 1078D-038 1079D-0382” 50 1078QD-050 1078SD-050 1078D-050 1079D-0502 1/2” 63 1078QD-063 1078SD-063 1078D-063 1079D-0633” 75 1078QD-075 1078SD-075 1078D-075 1079D-0754” 101 1078QD-101 1078SD-101 1078D-101 1079D-1016” 152 1078QD-152 1078SD-152 1078D-152 1079D-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QE-012 1078SE-012 1078E-012 1079E-0123/4” 19 1078QE-019 1078SE-019 1078E-019 1079E-0191” 25 1078QE-025 1078SE-025 1078E-025 1079E-0251 1/4” 32 1078QE-032 1078SE-032 1078E-032 1079E-0321 1/2” 38 1078QE-038 1078SE-038 1078E-038 1079E-0382” 50 1078QE-050 1078SE-050 1078E-050 1079E-0502 1/2” 63 1078QE-063 1078SE-063 1078E-063 1079E-0633” 75 1078QE-075 1078SE-075 1078E-075 1079E-0754” 101 1078QE-101 1078SE-101 1078E-101 1079E-1016” 152 1078QE-152 1078SE-152 1078E-152 1079E-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QF-012 1078SF-012 1078F-012 1079F-0123/4” 19 1078QF-019 1078SF-019 1078F-019 1079F-0191” 25 1078QF-025 1078SF-025 1078F-025 1079F-0251 1/4” 32 1078QF-032 1078SF-032 1078F-032 1079F-0321 1/2” 38 1078QF-038 1078SF-038 1078F-038 1079F-0382” 50 1078QF-050 1078SF-050 1078F-050 1079F-0502 1/2” 63 1078QF-063 1078SF-063 1078F-063 1079F-0633” 75 1078QF-075 1078SF-075 1078F-075 1079F-0754” 101 1078QF-101 1078SF-101 1078F-101 1079F-1016” 152 1078QF-152 1078SF-152 1078F-152 1079F-152

Size (Inch) Size (mm) Brass Stainless Steel Aluminium Polypropylene1/2” 12 1078QH-012 1078SH-012 1078H-012 1079H-0123/4” 19 1078QH-019 1078SH-019 1078H-019 1079H-0191” 25 1078QH-025 1078SH-025 1078H-025 1079H-0251 1/4” 32 1078QH-032 1078SH-032 1078H-032 1079H-0321 1/2” 38 1078QH-038 1078SH-038 1078H-038 1079H-0382” 50 1078QH-050 1078SH-050 1078H-050 1079H-0502 1/2” 63 1078QH-063 1078SH-063 1078H-063 1079H-0633” 75 1078QH-075 1078SH-075 1078H-075 1079H-0754” 101 1078QH-101 1078SH-101 1078H-101 1079H-1016” 152 1078QH-152 1078SH-152 1078H-152 1079H-152


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

141

Non Metallic

Moulded Rubber Bellows are designed to compensate for misalignment, neutralise movement and reduce noise and vibration in pipelines. They effectively dampen the transmission of sound and vibration from plant items in building service installations, and depending upon the grade of the rubber can be used for many applications including:

Metallic

ERIKS Hose Technology (EHT) design and manufacture a comprehensive range of metallic expansion bellows, metallic expansion joints and bellows assemblies in a wide range of stainless steels and exotic alloy materials, with sizes from 50mm (2”) to 3000mm (120”) nominal diameter inclusive.

As a full metallic hose manufacturer, EHT are able to offer custom sizes of bellows to suit your individual requirements.

BellowsAll installations may be subjected to movements, these movements can vary from very slow (thermal expansion or shrinking movements) to very fast (vibrations). Thermal expansion and vibrations can result in adverse material stresses in piping, with vibrations also causing unpleasant noise in the work environment. The solution for all these problems is the RX® bellow, which has a fast turnaround and excellent stocks in the UK.

The faultless functioning of bellows requires careful fitting to take place according to the instructions and ensuring the pressure and temperature limits concerned are not be exceeded.

Our knowledge and supply capabilities offer you the opportunity to choose the correct bellow to optimally meet your requirements.

Applications: n High flexibility n Short lead times n Large movement capacity n Durability and excellent

chemical resistance n Pressure resistant n Vacuum tightness n Temperature resistant n Ageing resistant n Torsional rigidity

Max Working Temperature: n 600oC

Certification: n WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill

certificate, ISO 10380:2012, ISO 6129-1 :1981

Options: n Different Lengths n Higher pressure/temperature

ratings n Flanges to suit i.e. BS, JIS, DIN,

ASA n External covers/insulation n Limit Rods n Swivel Flanges

Material: n Flanges 316 or 304 Stainless

Steel, or Mild Steel n Bellows 316 or 321 Stainless

Steel

Certification: n WRAS, ISO 9001, 3.1 mill

certificate, ISO 10380:2012, ISO 6129-1 :1981

Material Colour Chart

Colour Material Main Applications Max Temp. °CRed EPDM Hot water, heating & ventilation systems, weak acids & alkalis 90Double Red EPDM High temperature hot water, heating & ventilation systems, weak acids & alkalis 120Yellow Nitrile Oil & Gas transportation, refineries 80Green Hypalon Water, good chemical resistant qualities for acids 90Purple Viton High temp. applications, transportation of products derived from petroleum / chemicals / oils / solvents 180White Food Transportation of food stuffs, potable water distribution Grade Nitrile 80Blue Butyl HT High temperature 130

EHT Part No. Size Size Elongation Max. WP Flange Type (mm) (inches) at 20°C (bar)2901-050-PN16-130MM 50 2” + / - 10mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-063-PN16-130MM 63 2 ½” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-075-PN16-130MM 75 3” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-101-PN16-130MM 101 4” + / - 15mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-152-PN16-130MM 152 6” + / - 15mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-203-PN16-130MM 203 8” + / - 15mm 16 bar PN16 (st/st)2901-050-ASA150-130MM 50 2” + / - 10mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)2901-063-ASA150-130MM 63 2 ½” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)2901-075-ASA150-130MM 75 3” + / - 12.7mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)2901-101-ASA150-130MM 101 4” + / - 15mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)2901-152-ASA150-130MM 152 6” + / - 15mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)2901-203-ASA150-130MM 203 8” + / - 15mm 16 bar ASA150 (st/st)

n Water n Oils n Chemicals n Food Industry (please see Material Colour Chart)

They are available from 25mm nb to 600mm nb (1”nb to 24”nb) and generally come complete with zinc plated carbon steel swivel backing flanges.

They can be drilled to suit any table or special drillings and can be supplied either tied or untied.


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

142

Goodall® Tanker SD Flexoline

Suction and delivery hose for hydrocarbon fuels and mineral oils having an aromatic content of maximum 55% by volume.

n Temp. Range: -30°C to +82°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: 19 to 152mm (Coil Length 30.5, 60M) n Ohm Hose: Yes

Goodall® Titon Black

A light, flexible, multipurpose hose for air and water up to 95°C. Also very flexible at low temperatures, ideal for compressed air tools.

n Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous +110°C briefly

n Working Pressure: 15 - 20 bar n Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length 50, 100M) n Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1) n Ohm Hose: Yes n Standards: ISO 1402

Goodall® Multiserve

A very strong multipurpose hose for compressed air, oil, (lead free) petrol, diesel, hydraulic fluid, aqueous solutions.

n Temp. Range: -40°C to +95°C continuous n Working Pressure: 20 bar n Size: 6 to 50mm (Coil Length from 25M) n Burst: 4:1 (2” 3:1) n Ohm Hose: Yes n Standards: ISO 1402

Sand Blast Hose

Abrasion resistant sandblast hose for cleaning and blasting metal, stone and concrete surfaces.

n Temp. Range: -40°C to +70°C n Working Pressure: 12 bar n Ohm Hose: Yes

Goodall® Alligator Water SD

Water suction and discharge hose for industrial and construction services.

n Temp. Range: -30°C to +100°C n Working Pressure: to 10 bar n Size: 25 to 203 mm (Coil Length 61M)

Goodall® Tanker SD Flexotek

Very flexible and lightweight suction and delivery hose for use in tank truck and other general industrial fluid transfer operation.

n Temp. Range: -30°C to +80°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: 51 to 152mm (Coil 40M) n Burst: 4:1 n Ohm T hose: Yes n Standards: BD5119/A ISO 1403 EN1761:1999

Rubber Hose Including Assemblies

EHT Code ID (mm) Wall Thickness (mm) Min. Bend Radius (mm)1020MS-06 6 40

1020MS-25 25 150

EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) OD (mm) Min. Bend Radius (mm)1023-12-25 ½ 12.7 25 65

1023-101-122 4 101.6 122 600

EHT Code ID ID OD Vacuum Min. Bend (inch) (mm) (mm) (bar G) Radius1014GA-025 1” 25 35 Vac Bar 100% 100

1014GA-203 8” 203 221 Vac Bar 70% 1015

EHT Code ID ID Wall Thick Min. Bend (inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm)11014OIL-019-10BAR ¾ 19 5 76

1014OIL-152-10BAR 6 152 9 608

EHT Code ID (mm) Wall Thickness (mm) Min. Bend Radius (mm)1017TB-06 6 3.5 72

1017TB-38 38 5 456

EHT Code ID (mm) OD (mm) 1014FLEX-051-10BAR 51 61

1014FLEX-152-10BAR 152 166

Compressor Hose n General purpose compressed air hose for use

with compressors in the construction industry. n Temp Range: -35°C to +95°C continuous +80

°C n Working Pressure: 20 bar n Size: 19 to 25mm (Coil Length 30M) n Standards: BS EN 2398 1997: BS 5118/2

EHT Code ID (mm) Length (m)1015-019-15M 19 15

1015-019-20M 19 20

1015-019-30M 19 30

n Size: 125 to 122 (Coil Length 61M) n Standards: TS 5928 EN ISO 3861, ISO 1307

Rubber and Goodall® Steam Hoses


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

143

Goodall® Tanker SD Flexoline

Suction and delivery hose for hydrocarbon fuels and mineral oils having an aromatic content of maximum 55% by volume.

n Temp. Range: -30°C to +82°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: 19 to 152mm (Coil Length 30.5, 60M) n Ohm Hose: Yes

Steam

Goodall® Inferno ISO 6134

Textile reinforced Steam Hose, for saturated steam services, used in chemical plants, steel mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries.

n Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC n Working Pressure: 18 bar n Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 61) n Standards: ISO 6134-2a

Goodall® Super Inferno

Steel wire reinforced Steam Hose for saturated steam services, used in chemical plants, steel mills, refineries, shipyards and all industries.

n Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC n Working Pressure: 17 bar n Burst Pressure: 20:1 n Size: 19 to 50mm (Coil Length 30.5)

Steam Hose Fittings

Heavy-duty tapered male BSPT thread coupling with long hose nipple that complies with EN ISO 14423.

EHT Code ID ID OD Min. Bend (Inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm) 1018R-12-Inferno ½ 12.7 25 1301018R-50-Inferno 2 50 68 500

Inferno

The GOODALL® BR8 INFERNO distinguishes itself from every other steam hose on the market. Its longer service life ensures fewer failures, greater up time, but in particular, the ability to not popcorn despite not being drained during use. Used for both steam and hot water

n Temp. Range: -40oC to +232oC

n Working Pressure: 18 bar

n Size: 12 to 50mm (Coil Length 60M)

n Standards: Exceeds EN ISO 6134-2A

EHT Code ID ID Min. Bend (Inch) (mm) Radius (mm)1018R-12-Inferno ½ 12.7 1301018R-19-Inferno ¾ 19 1901018R-25-Inferno 1 25.4 2501018R-32-Inferno 1 ¼ 32 3201018R-38-Inferno 1 ½ 38 3801018R-50-Inferno 2 50 500

EHT Code Thread Hose Tail size (inch) (inch)1018STM-12 1/2 1/21018STM-19 3/4 3/41018STM-25 1 11018STM-38 1 1/2 1 1/21018STM-50 2 2

Heavy flat sealed BSP female, with long hose nozzle in compliance with EN ISO 14423.

EHT Code Thread Hose Tail size (inch) (inch)1018STF-12 1/2 1/21018STF-19 3/4 3/41018STF-25 1 11018STF-38 1 1/2 1 1/21018STF-50 2 2

Steam Hose Clamp

Steam hose safety clamp in compliance with EN ISO 14423.

EHT Code Clamp Size Hose OD

(Inch) Min - Max (mm)1018SC-1227 1/2 24-271018SC-1230 1/2 27-301018SC-1937 3/4 30-331018SC-1938 3/4 33-381018SC-2540 1 36-401018SC-2543 1 38-43.51018SC-3851 1 1/2 48-521018SC-3856 1 1/2 52-571018SC-5063 2 63-691018SC-5070 2 50-70

EHT Code ID ID OD Min. Bend (Inch) (mm) (mm) Radius (mm) 1018R-19-Inferno-S ¾ 19 32.3 101.61018R-50-Inferno-S 2 51 71.4 355.6

Goodall® DuraCrimp®

The new clamp system has been specifically designed to:

n Prevent leaks n Reduce maintenance time n Improve ergonomics

n Increase safety

Call ERIKS to find out more...


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

144 Food & Beverage, Chemical & Pharmaceutical

Dairy

Excellent for suction and discharge applications and for the food transfer application that demands both flexibility and ruggedness with a clean white FDA grade tube. The food grade nitrile tube is odourless and tasteless for oily transfer applications.

n Temp. Range: -40°C to +99°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: 25 to 102mm (Coil Length 30M) n Standards: Meets FDA, USDA & 3A sanitary standards

Dairy Lite

This food transfer hose is designed to provide maximum flexibility along with an abrasive resistant cover. Excellent for the transfer of oily product in full suction and discharge applications.

n Temp. Range: -40°C to +99°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: 25 to 102mm (Coil Length 30M) n Standard: Meets FDA, USDA & 3A sanitary standards

Goodall Blue Guardian

A flexible and strong hot water and steam hose suitable for cleaning floors in abattoirs and food industry with a nonmarking cover.

n Temp: Hot water up to 95°C n Temp: Saturated Steam up to 164°C n Working Pressure: 6 Bar n Working Safety Factor Hot Water 3:1 n Working Safety Factor Steam 10:1 n Size: 10mm – 51mm

Food and BeverageThe food and beverage market requires a high degree of cleanliness and purity. All parts of a hose assembly should have a very fine level of finish, and assemblies should be designed to avoid bug traps.

All EHT hoses for the Food and Beverage market have been checked and are approved as suitable, including where necessary; 3.1 material certification, FDA and fill post assembly testing.

EHT Code ID ID Wall Min. Bend

(Inch) (mm) Thickness Radius (mm)

HYGB101-010 3/8 10 5 75

HYGB101-050 2 50 13.5 310

EHT CodeRX1212-3001

EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) Min Bend Working Pressure (Bar)

HYGB701-012 1/2 25 XX 10

HYGB701-102 4 102 XX 10

EHT Code ID (inch) ID (mm) Min Bend Working Pressure (Bar)

HYGB601-025 1 25 x 10

HYGB601-102 4 102 x 10

Catering Hoses

Ideal for the gas connections of all gas-fired catering appliances

EHT Code ID (Inch) Length (mm) Description

EHT-9076 1/2 1000 st/st male / quick

release check unit. c/w

yellow cover & lanyard

kit.

EHT-9077 3/4 1000 st/st male / quick

release check unit.

Braided c/w yellow

cover & lanyard kit.

n Constructed: 321 Stainless Steel corrugated inner hose and sleeved with a non-chlorinated easy clean yellow cover for cleanliness and are corrosion resistance

n Standards: BS6173 : 2001 and BS669-2 : 1997 n Connections: Fitted with carbon steel BSP Taper Hexagon Male to

connect to any appliance and a brass quick release rotary coupling (valve) to connect to a gas supply

Dinga Gun

Heavy Duty Spray/Washdown Gun, ideal for general wash-down, commonly used in the food processing and dairy industries

n Temp. Range: -10°C to +80°C n Connections: 1/2” BSP

n Max Pressure: 25 bar


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

145

Chemical and Pharmaceutical

PTFE n PTFE tube has the best chemical resistance (alongside PFA) of all

known polymers. It has a temperature range of -70°C to +265°C opens up PTFE tubing to many applications most other polymers can’t withstand.

n The electrical insulation properties of PTFE tubing are superb making it an ideal choice for electrical sleeving. Chemical dosing & metering pumps require long continuous lengths of PTFE tube, very difficult to produce but possible with EHT.

UHMWPE

Ultra High Molecular Weight Polyethylene

Suction and Delivery hose for a variety of chemicals and solvents. Highly resistant to abrasion and corrosive chemicals except oxidizing acids (better than PTFE).

n Temperature Range: -20°C to +65°C n Working Pressure: 10 bar n Size: From 19 to 102mm (Coil Length 40M) n Standards: FDA

Steri-vac

Platinum cured suction & delivery

n Temp. Range: -60°C to +170°C Please note that the burst pressure reduces by 1% for every 1°C rise over 100°C.

n Working Pressure: According to EN ISO 7751 the ratio of burst pressure to working pressure is: Water 3:1, all other liquids 4:1

n Size: From 12 to 101mm (Coil Length 4M) n Ohm Hose: Conductive through steel helix

Steri-sil

Platinum cured reinforced silicone hose, manufactured from a medical grade clear silicone rubber polymer producing a very high grade, soft pliable hose making it ideal for critical pharmaceutical, biomedical, food, and cosmetic applications.

n Temp. Range: -60°C to +180°C n Working Pressure: 2.3 to 140 psi n Size: From 3 to 32mm (Coil Length 10M) n Standards: FDA regulation 177.2600, Certified free of

animal-derived ingredients

EHT Code ID ID Tol. Wall Wall Tol. OD Bend Radius BP (bar)

(mm) +/-(mm) (mm) +/- (mm) (mm) (mm) 20°C (mm) 20°C

1219M-03-2 2 0.1 0.50 0.10 3.00 13 61

1219M-15-12 12 0.30 1.50 0.20 15.0 122 31

Other tube sizes available upon request.

Coil sizes; 24, 50, 75, 100m

EHT Code ID Wall Thickness Vacuum Min. Bend

(mm) (mm) % Radius

1025-19 19 6.5 88 135

1025-102 102 6.5 88 800

EHT Code ID ID Wall Vacuum Min. Bend

(inch) (mm) Thickness (mm) (IN/HG) Radius

1008V-012 ½” 12.7 4.9 29” 35

1008V-101 4” 101.6 8.0 26” 360 EHT Code ID (mm) OD (mm) Minimum Bend Radius (mm)

1008-03 3.0 10 30

1008-32 31.75 40 160


FLU

ID P

OW

ER

146

Industrial Hose & Cable ReelsReelcare Ltd specialise in the supply of spring driven, manual and motor driven hose reels in a variety of materials, if you have any requirements for a reel that isn’t listed please contact your nearest ERIKS branch with your application requirements.

Value Range

Part No Application DescriptionRE-SA02-05-9 Compressed Air Value Air Reel C/W 9mt x 8mm PU tube terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male RE-SA01-06-15 Compressed Air Value Air Reel C/W 15mt x 9.5mm PU Mesh air hose terminating in a 1/4” BSPT male

Part No Application DescriptionAW815-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water HoseAW820-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 20m x 8mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hoseAW1015-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Ree c/w 15m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hoseAW1020-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hoseAW1215-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hoseAW1218-001 Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water hoseAW1020-001-HV Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/ Water Reel c/w 20m x 10mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hoseAW1218-001-HV Air & Water Recoila GEN3 Air/Water Reel c/w 18m x 12mm Fluorescent Hi - Vis hoseHW1215-001 Hot Water Recoila GEN3 Hot Water Hose Reel c/w 15m x 12mm Blue 10 bar 80°C hot water hoseOA615-001 Oxy/ Acetylene Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 6mm hoseOA815-001 Oxy/ Acetylene Recoila GEN3 Hose Reel c/w Oxy/Acety 15m x 8mm hose

Part No Application DescriptionME-070-1302-320 Air & Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 10mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-1302-415 Air & Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 12mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-1402-425 Air & Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 25M 12mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-1502-520 Air & Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 19mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-1502-615 Air & Cold water ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 25mm ID Black rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-1304-318 Pressure Wash ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hoseME-070-1408-515 Fuel - Diesel ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel HoseME-070-1408-610 Fuel - Diesel ME Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel HoseME-070-2302-415 Air & Cold water ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 12mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water Hose ME-070-2402-425 Air & Cold water ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 25M 12mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water HoseME-070-2502-520 Air & Cold water ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 20M 19mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water HoseME-070-2502-615 Air & Cold water ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 25mm ID Black Rubber 20 Bar Air & Water HoseME-070-2305-318 Pressure Wash ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 18M 10mm ID Pressure Wash hoseME-070-2408-515 Fuel - Diesel ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 15M 19mm ID 1 Wire Fuel HoseME-070-2408-610 Fuel - Diesel ME Stainless Steel Hose Reel c/w 10M 25mm ID 1 Wire Fuel Hose

Reelcare value hose reels are an excellent product ideal for the small to medium workshop and most air tool applications, the value range includes two hose reels with the following features

n Polypropylene Case

n Pivoting Wall Bracket n Hose Layering System on the RE-SA01-06-15

only n PU tube on the RE-SA02-05-9 & PU Mesh hose

on the RE-SA01-06-15 n Supplied complete with feed hose n Auto Lock

GEN3 Recoila RangeThe GEN3 Recoila Range of spring driven reels, is a durable, high quality range of UPVC hose reels for many applications. Manufactured from high density UV stabilised polypropylene, all products in the range boast a whole host of features some of which are listed below.

n Virtually maintenance free n Full flow complete brass swivels to allow

maximum product delivery n Multi position locking mechanism to allow wall,

floor or ceiling mount n 160º pivot brackets

n Rolled edge drive spring to ensure maximum spring life

n Supplied complete high quality hose n 5 Year limited warranty – subject to standard T’s

& C’s and not including hose

ME Range The ME range of spring driven hose reels represents outstanding value for money. EU manufactured, the range suits hose sizes ranging from 6mm id (1/4”) up to 25mm id (1”) hose sizes dependant on your application.

n Easy Installation n Powder Coated Steel or Stainless Steel n Enclosed Lubricated High Quality Drive Spring n Adjustable Guide Arm to allow wall, floor or

ceiling mount applications

n Full Flow Swivel and fluid paths for maximum product delivery with minimal flow restriction

n Available with or without hose n Suitable for numerous applications

Hoses and Cable Reels

sealing & polymerTechnology

Quick reference

Our Technology Centre has sealing all wrapped up. With products, materials, processes, application know-how and resources all available 24/7 - ERIKS really does offer a complete sealing solution package.

147

Sealing

o-rings 150-153

clamp Seals 151

Bonded Washer Seals 154

elastomeric Rotary lip Seals 155

Shaft Sleeves 155

circlips 156

V-Rings 156

hydraulic Seals 157-159

component Mechanical Seals 160-161

Gaskets

gasket Sheeting 162-163

Soft cut Flange gaskets 164

ePDM cut Flange gaskets 165

Spiral Wound gaskets 166

Ring Type Joints 167

graphite gaskets 168

elastograph gaskets 168

gland Packings 169


162-168 168-169

150-161


Seals

SoluTionS FoRsealing & polymer

Find out more about our Mechanical Seals Refurb Service

Product Range

n O-ringsn Rotary Shaft Sealsn Hydraulic Sealsn Unitised Sealsn Mechanical Sealsn Metal Face Sealsn Bespoke Mechanical Sealsn Gland Packingsn Gasket Sheets

ERIKS Sealing and Polymer is dedicated not only to innovation in sealing technology, but also to customer service and satisfaction. Continual investment in technology and expertise ensures product quality is maintained and new compounds and technical solutions continue to be developed for the benefit of our customers.

148

n Soft Cut Gasketsn EPDM Gasketsn Spiral Wound Gasketsn Ring Type Jointsn Elastograph®


INDUSTRIES SUPPORTED

Our team of specialist application engineers are on hand to support customers with technical know-how across a wide range of industries including:

� chemical Process � Agriculture and earth Moving � oil and gas � Automotive and Transportation � heavy industrial Application � utilities and Power generation � Defence and Aerospace � Pharmaceutical � offshore � Food and Beverage industry � hVAc � oeM industry � Many more…

SEALING & POLYMER TECHNOLOGY

DESIGN ASSISTANCEour in-depth technical knowledge means we can specify the optimal seal for your application – whether it’s a standard product from our premium manufacturers or a bespoke solution, our design capabilities include:

n Impartial application and design support

n Industry specialistsn 3D Computer Aided Designn Finite Element Analysisn Validation testing

ON-LINE TOOLS

Discover our on-line design tools at http://oring-groove-wizard.eriks.co.uk

n Chemical Compatibility Chartn Look-up Standard Sizesn Groove Designer

Visit our Seal Shop to buy many standard items and take advantage of the additional services we offer.

https://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/

TAILORED LOGISTICAL SOLUTIONSWhether you’re looking for o-rings, rotary shaft seals, hydraulic or mechanical seals, our extensive branch network offers unbeatable service and a range of delivery solutions including direct supply through to managed inventory.

KEEPING YOU WORKINGAs a market leader we carry phenomenal stock levels supported by an extensive, high quality supply chain.

our generous stocks are available 24 hours a day allowing you to deal with unexpected operational issues. our in-house cnc facilities are able to machine seals to-order to help resolve breakdown situations.

our technical experts are available to help you in the event of premature failure or obsolescence.

All of this is backed up by highly professional and reactive supply chains all focused upon keeping you working.

149


150


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food

Sealing solutions for the Pharmaceutical IndustryMaterial Compliance

The united States Food and Drug Administration (FDA) united codes of Federal Regulations 21 cFR 177.2600 controls the specification of rubber articles for use in food, pharmaceutical and similar applications through a list of approved ingredients: Paragraph A–D and extraction limits in water and n-hexane, paragraphs e and F for aqueous and fatty applications.

united States Pharmacopeia (uSP) class Vi testing determines the effects of materials upon living tissue in-vitro (Suffix 87) and in-vivo (Suffix 88).

EHEDG DIN 11864 Sizes Nominal Size O-Ring Inner O-Ring (inches) Diameter (mm) Cross Section 1/2 12 3.5

3/4 18 3.5

1 24 3.5

1.1/2 37 3.5

2 50 5

2.1/2 62 5

3 75 5

4 100 5

BS4825 Part 5 RJT Fitting Sizes Nominal Size O-Ring Inner O-Ring (inches) Diameter (mm) Cross Section 1 26.7 6.6

1.1/2 39.4 6.6

2 52.1 6.6

2.1/2 64.8 6.6

3 77.5 6.6

4 93.9 6.6

O-rings for Hygienic Couplings

ASTM Family

GradeHardness

IRHDColour Available in:

FDA 21CFR177.2600United States Pharmacopeia

Dry food, paras A-D formulation compliance

Dry and aqueous, paras A-E

Dry, aqueous and fatty, paras A-F

USP <87> in-vitro

USP <88> Class VI in-vivo

nBR 366470 70 Black o-rings X X X

nBR Various* 70 Varioushygienic clamp, SMS, iSo 2853

X

ePDM 55985 70 Black o-rings X X X X

ePDM Various* 70 Varioushygienic clamp, SMS, iSo 2853

X X X (please enquire)

VMQ 714772 70 White o-rings X X X

VMQ 714177 70 Red o-rings X X X

VMQ Various* 70 Varioushygienic clamp, SMS, iSo 2853


FKM (A) 514010 75 White o-rings X X X

FKM (gF) 514683 75 Black o-rings X X X

FKM (gF) 514592 70 White o-rings X X X X X

FKM (A) Various* 70 Varioushygienic clamp, SMS, iSo 2853


FFKM FFKM-75-164 75 Black o-rings X X X

FFKM FFKM-70-246 70 White o-rings X X X X X

FeP / VMQ 900554 75 clear / red o-ringsFDA 21cFR177.2600 A-F;

FDA 21cFR177.1550

outer FeP only

PFA / FKM 900561 75 clear / black o-rings FDA 21cFR177.2600 A-D; FDA 21cFR177.1550

outer PFA only

Various* = please refer to http://sealshop.eriks.co.uk/

151


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

ASME BPE Size Form Nom. Size C (Ref) F (Ref) (inch) (inch) (inch)

1/4 C 0.250 0.180 0.800 3/8 C 0.375 0.305 0.800 1/2 C 0.500 0.370 0.800 3/4 C 0.750 0.620 0.800 1 C 1.000 0.870 1.160 1 B 1.000 0.870 1.718 1 1/2 B 1.500 1.370 1.718 2 B 2.000 1.870 2.218 2 1/2 B 2.500 2.370 2.781 3 B 3.000 2.870 3.281 4 B 4.000 3.834 4.344 6 B 6.000 5.782 6.176

Hygienic Clamp SealsStandards:

n BS 4825

n iSo 2852

n Din 32676

n ASMe BPe

BS 4825 Size (mm) Size (inch) C E/S 25.4 1 22.8 50.5

38.1 1.1/2 35.5 50.5

50.8 2 48.2 64

63.5 2.1/2 60.5 77.5

76.2 3 73.2 91

101.6 4 97.8 119

114.3 4.1/2 110.5 130

139.7 5.1/2 135.9 155

168.3 6.5/8 163.3 183

219.1 8.5/8 214.1 233.5

DIN 32676 Nom. Size (mm) C (mm) E/S (mm) 10 10.2 34

15 16.2 34

20 20.2 34

25 26.2 50.5

32 32.2 50.5

40 38.2 50.5

50 50.2 64

65 66.2 91

80 81.2 106

100 100.2 119

125 125.2 155

150 150.2 183

200 200.2 233.5

ISO 2852 Nom. Size (mm) C (mm) E/S (mm) 12 10.2 34

12.7 10.9 34

17.2 15.4 34

21.3 19.5 34

25 22.8 50.5

33.7 31.5 50.5

38 35.8 50.5

40 37.8 64

51 48.78 64

63.5 60.5 77.5

70 67 91

76.1 73.1 91

88.9 85.1 106

101.6 97.8 119

114.3 110.5 130

139.7 135.9 155

168.3 163.3 183

219.1 214.1 233.5

Form A* Form B

Lipped Seal

Unlipped Seal

* Type A: Flanged seals are typically used and provide location upon the mating hardware.

- -HCS B 0100 559515A

MATERIAL

TyPEA (LIPPED)

B (non-LIPPED)C (CoMPACT)

noMInAL SIzE (PIPE oUTER DIAMETER)A or B – InCHES rounded down to

2 dp then X100.I – mm to 1 decimal placeD – mm to 1 decimal place

‘STAnDARD’ DESIGnAToRA – ASME BPE

B - BS4825I – ISo2852 (Used with ISo 2037 pipes)

D – DIn32676 (Type A only)

CLAMP SEAL DESIGnAToR

Design Considerations

Square section o-ring grooves are unsuitable in most applications due to the risk of bug traps.

Proven hygienic coupling designs are readily available including: hygienic clamp seals, Din 11851 D-Seals, o-Rings for Din 11864 and BS 4825 part 5 RJT fittings, SMS and iSo 2853 couplings.

Further design guidelines are published by the ASMe-BPe (American Society of Mechanical engineers Bio Processing equipment guidelines) and the eheDg (european hygienic engineering and Design group) which look beyond the seal material and consider the seal in its operating environment.

note that nominal/Din sizes typically reflect the outer diameter of the tube onto which the unions are fitted.

Compact Seal

Form C

152


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Focus on Pharmaceutical and Food and O-rings

DIN 11851

This german standard hygienic fitting is recognised by the round slotted nut, D-section joint ring and the coned recess in the male part.

ISO 2853 International Dairy Federation (IDF)

This aseptic fitting is designed to accept an l-section seal ring and give a true crevice free bore. on assembly, the nut is tightened until metal to metal contact is made between the outer rim of the liner and male part. This gives a pre-set compression on the seal, eliminating the possibility of over-tightening and prolonging joint life.

SMS 1149

This Swedish standard hygienic fitting can be recognised by the round slotted nut and square section joint ring.

-- DN51HIDF EP 70 559515

CoMPoUnD REFEREnCE

HARDnESS

MATERIAL FAMILy DESIGnAToR

HyGIEnIC L-RInG DESIGnAToR

noMInAL SIzE

-- DN38HSMS EP 70 559515

CoMPoUnD REFEREnCE

HARDnESS


HyGIEnIC SMS DESIGnAToR

noMInAL SIzE

DIN Size ID OD H d (mm) D (mm) (mm)Dn25 23.6 32.5 6

Dn38 36.6 46 6

Dn51 49.6 59.5 6

Dn63.5 61.3 73.2 6

Dn76.1 73.9 86.5 6

Dn101.6 98.6 112.5 6

DIN Size ID OD H d (mm) D (mm) (mm)Dn25 25 32 5.5

Dn32 32 40 5.5

Dn38 38 48 5.5

Dn51 51 61 5.5

Dn63.5 63.5 73.5 5.5

Dn76 76 86 5.5

Dn101.6 101.6 113.5 5.5

-- DN25HDR EP 70 559515

CoMPoUnD REFEREnCE

HARDnESS


HyGIEnIC D-RInG DESIGnAToR

noMInAL SIzE

DIN Size ID OD H d (mm) D (mm) (mm)Dn10 12 20 4.5

Dn15 18 26 4.5

Dn20 23 33 4.5

Dn25 30 40 5

Dn32 36 46 5

Dn40 42 52 5

Dn50 54 64 5

Dn65 71 81 5

Dn80 85 95 5

Dn90 94 104 5

Dn100 104 114 6

Dn125 130 142 7

Dn150 155 167 7

153


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

O-ringThe most common type of static seal is the flexible elastomer o-ring. o-rings provide an affordable seal that in most cases are simple to install and subject to correct material selection, give acceptable life between maintenance checks.

Available in a variety of materials to suit every sealing application, fully moulded o-rings are manufactured to several international sizes standards, including BS 1806, BS 4518, AS 568 and iSo 3601. Alternatively non-standard custom sizes, up to 2.5m (8ft) diameter can be produced to specific requirements.

Imperial O-rings

Metric O-rings

o-rings are supplied to iSo 3601-1 class b tolerances unless otherwise specified.

BS

139.3

-

-

214

5.7

NBR

FPM

70

75

36624

51414

CoMPoUnD REFEREnCE36624

CoMPoUnD REFEREnCE51414 Viton®

HARDnESS 70 °IRHD ±5

HARDnESS 75 °IRHD ±5

MATERIAL FAMILy DESIGnAToR nBR nitrile

MATERIAL FAMILy DESIGnAToR FPM Viton®

DASH SIzE REFEREnCE*214

noMInAL CRoSS SECTIon 5.70mm

TyPE BS 1806, AS 568, ISo 3601-1

noMInAL InnER DIAMETER 139.30mm

Teflex® O-ring

harsh chemicals may replace the use of conventional elastomeric o-ring seals. This is where eRiKS FeP/PFA Teflex o-rings offer a high performance solution.

A Teflex o-ring comprises an elastomeric energising core, which has a seamless jacket made from a fluoropolymer. The elastomeric core may be Viton® or Silicone. The jacket is made from Teflon® FeP or PFA.

Advantages:

n excellent chemical resistance, comparable with that of PTFe

n Special dimensions available on request

n ADi (Animal Derived ingredient) free

ASTM Designator Grade Colour Hardness Family Designator

nBR 36624 Black 70 nBR

FKM 51414 Black 75 FPM

ePDM 55985 Black 70 eP

VMQ 714177 Red 70 Sil

154


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Bonded Seals and Rotary Lip Seals

Bonded Washer SealsBonded Seals were originally designed to replace copper type washers in high pressure systems. The bonded seal comprises of a metal washer (square or rectangular in section), to which a trapezoidal elastomeric ring is bonded. The advantages of this system is that the metal washer resists the bursting forces applied and also limits any deformation of the elastomeric element. The metal washer also limits the compression of the seal and eliminates any over torque of the joint.

Bonded Seals

n Reliable high and low pressure sealing

n Wide temperature capability

n over compression prevented by metal outer ring

n Wide range of metals and elastomers

n Available in a wide range of imperial and metric sizes

Self-Centring Bonded Seals

The self-centring type of bonded seal has the additional benefit of pre-assembling on to threads. The thin seal membrane offers little resistance during assembly.

n All key benefits of original design

n concentrically located

n Positively retained

n Ability to pre-assemble

n can be automatically installed

Bonded washer part number break down

---400 820 4490 41oUTER RInG

MILD STEEL zInC PLATED

ELASToMER MATERIAL FAMILy nBR 90 SHoRE

SIzE CoDE 1/8" BSP

InDUSTRIAL GRADE BonDED WASHER

Common sizesBSP Standard Self ID (Lip) ID (Metal Ring) OD (Metal Ring) Thickness Minimum Burst Centering ±0.13 ±0.14 +0.13 –0.01 Pressure bar1/8 020 820 10.37 11.84 15.88 2 1480

1/4 021 821 13.74 15.21 20.57 2 1540

3/8 023 823 17.28 18.75 23.80 2 1230

1/2 025 825 21.54 23.01 28.58 2.34 1120

5/8 026 826 23.49 24.97 31.75 2.34 1240

3/4 027 827 27.05 28.53 34.93 2.34 1050

7/8 029 829 38.10 32.29 38.10 2.34 860

1 030 830 33.89 36.88 42.80 3.25 780

1.1/4 032 832 42.93 45.93 52.38 3.25 690

1.1/2 033 833 48.44 51.39 58.60 3.25 690

1.3/4 034 834 54.89 58.3 69.85 3.25 950

2 036 836 73.03 63.63 73.03 3.25 720

2.1/4 038 838 66.68 69.98 79.50 3.25 670

2.1/2 039 839 76.08 79.38 90.17 3.25 680

Elastomeric material options

Compound

reference

Elastomeric

materials/

shore hardness

4490 nBR 90

9775 FKM 75

Metal outer ring options

Metal reference Metal type

41 Mild steel zinc

plated

74 Stainless steel type

316

* other metal options as well as elastomeric options available on request.

155


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Shaft Sleeves

Shaft Sleeves are typically used to repair damaged running surfaces, however they can be used in production to cost-effectively achieve appropriate surface hardness and finish.

eRiKS Sealing Technology can provide shaft sleeves manufactured from chromed stainless steel and hVoF-applied wear surfaces. our manufacturing processes carefully control the average roughness (Ra) and material ratio (Tp) of the surface to maximise life and sealing efficiency.

METRIC

IMPERIAL

A1

AS

B1

BS

12

200

R

R

x x28

300

7

37

A1

A1

N#

N#

MATERIALn = nITRILE V = FkM / FPM

MATERIALn = nITRILE V = FkM / FPM

PRoFILEA1, AS, B1, BS

PRoFILEA1, AS, B1, BS

WIDTH 7mm

WIDTH 0.37"

HoUSInG DIAMETER28mm

HoUSInG DIAMETER3.00"

RoTARy SEAL DESIGnAToR

RoTARy SEAL DESIGnAToR

SHAFT DIAMETER12mm

SHAFT DIAMETER2.00"

To download a PDF of Common Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seal sizes visit www.eriks.co.uk/techdirect/issue10-16 or scan the QR code.

Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals

156


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Circlips and Hydraulic Seals

V-rings

V-rings are an all elastomer axial seal for shafts and bearings. it installs onto the shaft or counterface. This type of seal has been used widely for many applications and has proved to be reliable and effective against dust, dirt, water, oil splash and other media.

Circlips

circlips also known as retaining rings, are typically used to maintain the axial location of bearings and seals within housings. Available in metric (Din 471/Din 472) and imperial sizing circlips are typically produced in high performance spring steel, although other materials, including stainless steel and phosphor-bronze are available upon request.

external circlips fit around the outside diameter of a shaft, and internal circlips are installed into a housing bore recess.

*Metric Size is nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter multiplied by 10, expressed as 4 digits.*Imperial size, nominal shaft (External) / housing bore (Internal) diameter rounded down to two decimal places and multiplied by 100.

Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)V0016A-nBR 15.5 - 17.5

V0020A-nBR 19 - 21

V0025A-nBR 24 - 27

V0030A-nBR 29 - 31

V0035A-nBR 33 - 36

V0040A-nBR 38 - 43

V0045A-nBR 43 - 48

V0050A-nBR 48 - 53

V0055A-nBR 53 - 58

V0060A-nBR 58 - 63

V0065A-nBR 63 - 68

Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)V0075A-nBR 73 - 78

V0080A-nBR 78 - 83

V0085A-nBR 83 - 88

V0070A-nBR 86 - 73

V0090A-nBR 88 - 93

V0095A-nBR 93 - 98

V0100A-nBR 98 - 105

V0110A-nBR 105 - 115

V0140A-nBR 135 - 145

V0220A-nBR 210 - 235

Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)D1300-0080SS 8

D1300-0140 14

D1300-0190 19

D1300-0200 20

D1300-0220 22

D1300-0230 23

D1300-0260 26

D1300-0260SS 26

Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)D1300-0280 28

D1300-0320 32

D1300-0340 34

D1300-0400 40

D1400-0070 7

D1400-0080 8

D1400-0100 10

D1400-0120 12

Part No Shaft Diameter (mm)D1400-0150 15

D1400-0160 16

D1400-0170 17

D1400-0200 20

D1400-0250 25

D1400-0250SS 25

D1400-0300 30

D1400-0350 35

V-ring part number breakdown

Circlips part number breakdown

A Type

L Type

S Type

RME Type

–D1300 0520 SSSPECIAL FEATURE IF APPLICABLE

SS = STAInLESS STEEL

SIzE52mm

STyLE1300 = InTERnAL 1400 = EXTERnAL

CALL oUTD = METRIC n = IMPERIAL

V 0050 A - NBR

TyPE / MATERIAL FAMILy DESIGnAToR nBR nITRILE

noMInAL SHAFT SIzE50mm

V-RInG DESIGnAToR

157


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Hydraulic Seals

Our Series 21 hydraulic and pneumatics range allows you to specify commonly used dynamic seal profiles by hardware envelope and function, but does not limit supply to an individual manufacturer. Taking this approach clearly defines the product specifications, but maximises flexibility, ensuring continuity of supply for readily available products, keeping your industrial fluid power equipment or mobile plant operational. If your application requires a specific branded item we offer expertise in the optimal selection and sourcing of such items. Our in-house design engineers are happy to help you select one of our premium hydraulics range for applications demanding resistance both to mechanical extremes and thermo-chemical attack.

Please contact ERIKS Sealing Technology for further assistance.

IMPERIAL

7

37

20

225

30

175

WR

U

–

–

/

/

/

/

/xx 10 WSB

UR

21

21

NBR

NBR

MATERIAL

MATERIAL

SERIES

SERIES

SEAL PRoFILE

SEAL PRoFILE

LEG LEnGTH (if applicable)

DRIVInG DIAMETER (Shaft Diameter for Rod, Cylinder Bore Diameter for Piston)

HoUSInG DIAMETER DRIVInG DIAMETER (Shaft Diameter for Rod, Cylinder Bore

Diameter for Piston)

InCHES rounded down to 2 dp then x100

CLASS oF HyDRAULIC SEAL

CLASS oF HyDRAULIC SEAL

LEnGTH

LEnGTH

DRIVInG DIAMETER (Gland Diameter for Rod, Piston Groove Diameter for Piston)

HoUSInG DIAMETER (Gland Diameter for Rod, Piston Groove Diameter for Piston)

InCHES rounded down to 2 dp then x100

noTE: if selected profile requires leg length to be detailed insert / _ as detailed in metric part numbering above

METRIC

Classes WR Wiper Ring

u u-cup

SA Single Acting

DA Double Acting

cSR composite Rod Working

cSP composite Piston Working

Material nBR nitrile B - Bronze PTFe

nFR nitrile/ fabric c - carbon PTFe

PuR Polyurethane g - glass PTFe

V - Virgin PTFe

Seal Profiles Rod Wipers WSA WSB WSM WSF WSg WSo WSW WSV WPA WPB WPe

Rod Seals uR ui SPB Sei gPB cSR VP

(Single Acting)

Piston Seals DoP DoP DoP DPB DWl Deo cSP

(Double Acting) (Alpha) (compact)

other Seals cP Di De ue

158


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Hydraulic Seals

Piston Seals

Features Advantages

DoP n elastomeric energiser

n compliant, wear resistant sealing element

n high strength anti-extrusion rings

n integral bearing features

n low compression set for extended operating life

n high sealing efficiency

n high pressure operation with large diametral clearances

n Reduced axial length requirements

cSP n elastomer energiser

n Symmetric design

n Pressure assisted sealing

n Bi-directional operation

De n Pressure actuated

n Radially asymmetric

n Deflected lip geometry


n optimised for piston applications

n low friction

n often used for pneumatic/distributor applications

Wear Rings/Bearing Strip

Features Advantages

Fabric

Reinforced

n high compressive strength

n high compressive modulus

n high pressure velocity rating (PV) factor

n low wear rate

n high side load

n outstanding alignment

n low axial length requirement

n long life

PTFe

Styles

n low friction

n Self-lubricating

n low wear

n energy efficient

n Dry running possible

n long life

Valve Packing – VP

Features Advantages

VP n Staged design

n Multiple lips

n high pressure capabilities

n Redundancy and minimised fugitive emissions

Heavy Duty Hydraulic Seal Profiles

159


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Rod Seals

Features Advantages

uR n Pressure actuated

n Radially symmetric



n can be used in both rod and piston applications

n low friction

ui n Pressure actuated




n optimised for rod applications

n low friction

SPB n elastomer contact sealing

element

n Fabric reinforced jacket


n high pressure extrusion resistance

cSR n Thermoplastic sealing element

n elastomer energiser

n Surface compliance

n Transmits sealing pressure to assist sealing

Di n Pressure actuated




n optimised for rod applications

n low friction

n often used for pneumatic/distributor

applications

Wipers

Features Advantages

WSB n extended scraping lip n excellent contaminant exclusion

WSM n extended scraping lip

n Positive mechanical retention

n excellent contaminant exclusion

n improved hardware location

WSF n Pressure activated

n Axially located within groove

n combined scraping and

sealing

n cantilever sealing lip

n efficient sealing efficiency

n low hysteresis

n low axial length requirement, ideal for

secondary sealing

n low friction

WPB n Metallic insert location

n extended scraping lip

n Press-fit

n excellent contaminant exclusion

160


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Component Mechanical Seals

Mechanical SealsERIKS Sealing Technology offers a vast range of products, the company holds ISO 9001:2008 quality accreditations for dynamic sealing solutions and specialist moulded products.

Taper Spring Seals

An extremely popular and effective design featuring positive drive via the spring, these seals are available in a wide range of sizes and styles, and are used in many applications, including pumps, mixers, agitators and compressors. All designs feature O-ring sealing on the shaft and positive spring drive.

n Wide range of metric sizes

n For shafts from 10mm to 100mm

n Faces: carbon, ceramic, stainless steel and silicon carbide

Bellow Seals

Non-directional and extremely versatile, these bellow seals are designed with no loose parts that could be damaged during installation, and feature static sealing that cannot cause shaft wear or fretting. Suitable for a wide range of applications, such as pumps, mixers, agitators and compressors, they can also be used where a previous seal has caused shaft damage.

n Wide range of metric and imperial sizes



Parallel Spring Seals

Widely used as the standard upgrade from packing to mechanical seals, parallel spring seals are the mainstay for many industries. Using a rubber diaphragm to seal against the shaft and provide drive to the face, they are suitable for use in applications such as water, food and chemical processing. Designs are also available with a balanced configuration to reduce heat and friction, extending seal life.

n Wide range of metric and imperial sizes



161


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Stationary Components

Generally O-ring mounted stationary components, or seats, are available in various materials to suit application requirements.

n Some designs feature a pin groove to improve seat retention. it is important to consider the application conditions and condition of the equipment when selecting a stationary component

n The stationaries illustrated are those commonly found in use today

PC0KA 0300 --- -0 C A N

ELASToMER MATERIAL

STATIonARy MATERIAL

RoTARy MATERIAL

BUILD CoDE

SIzE CoDE

SEAL TyPE

IDEnTIFIER

Identifier Build Code Rotary Material Code Stationary Material CodeElastomer Material

Code

kA Assembly 0 Standard o not Req’d 0 not Req’d o not Req’d

kR Rotary only 1 SA0 Stationary A Alumina ceramic A Alumina ceramic E ePDM

kS Stationary only 2 SB0 Stationary CDouble Phenolic Resin impregnated carbon/graphite

C carbon F FeP

3 Sc0 Stationary C2 Antimony carbon C2 Antimony carbon n nitrile

4 SD0 Stationary C3Double Phenolic Resin impregnated carbon/graphite FDA compliant

C3 carbon FDA P PTFe

5 SDA Stationary C4Triple Phenolic Resin impregnated carbon/graphite

n ni-Resist V Viton

6 Se0 Stationary SReaction Bonded Silicon carbide

SReaction Bonded Silicon carbide

7 SF0 Stationary S2 Sintered Silicon carbide S2Sintered Silicon carbide

8 Sg0 Stationary S3Sintered Silicon carbide graphite loaded

T Tungsten carbide

9 SgA Stationary T Tungsten carbide X Stainless Steel

R Right hand spring X Stainless Steel

L left hand spring

Mechanical seals part number breakdown

162


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Gasket Jointing Materials (Super 8)

Maximum operating Temperature Degrees c

150+250 (200-

Steam)+200 +250 +450 -210

+260-210+260

-210+260

-240+230

Maximum Pressure Bar

60 100 85 100 150 55 85 55 230

Material PT20 PT30 PT50 PT60 EgraflexClipperlon2110

Clipperlon2100

Clipperlon2115 Flowtite

Air y y y y y y y y y

Steam y y y y y

oxygen y y

oil y y y y y

Solvent y y y y y y

Petrochemical Products y y

Potable Water y y y y y y y

Weak Acid y y y y y y y y y

Strong Acid y y

Weak Alkali y y y y y y y y

Strong Alkali y y y

Food Stuffs y y y y y y

General Duty y y y y y y y y y

Gasket Selection Chart

Gasket jointing materials can fulfil over 80 original material types with a simple selection of just 8 and are supplied as complete sheets or cut gaskets.

ERIKS Gasket Jointing Materials

SHT PT20 05

Thickness in mmSee the chart for availability

MaterialSee the chart for availability

ProductSHT

Part Number Identifier

All sheets are available at 1.5mtr sq as standard

ExampleShTPT2005 0.5mm thick PT20 sheetShTFloW15 1.5mm thick Flowtite sheet

Material CodeThicknesses available in mm

0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 4

PT20 PT20 PT30 PT30 PT50 PT50 PT60 PT60 Egraflex egRA Clipperlon2110 c211 Clipperlon2100 c210 Clipperlon2115 c215

Flowtite FloW

163


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Fibre Sheet Jointing

General Grade Non-Asbestos Gasket Materials

PT20 is a composite of mineral and aramid fibres with nBR binders. Suitable for use in low pressure applications, in a wide range of non-aggressive media.

BS7531 Grade Y

For use with water, steam and gases at temperatures up to 200ºc and for oil, solvents and inert liquids at temperatures up to 350ºc.

PT30 is a high quality, sheet jointing comprising of a mixture of polyaramid and inorganic fibres, bonded with a nBR binder. it is a general purpose gasket material, suitable for hot and cold water, steam, oil, fuel, gases and other general duties.

PT50 is an aramid based sheet jointing. Suitable for general purpose low temperature applications.

BS7531 Grade X

A Premium Grade Non-Asbestos Gasket Materials

For use with water, steam and gases at temperatures up to 250ºc and for oil, solvents and inert liquids at temperatures up to 440ºc.

PT60 is our premium quality, private brand sheet jointing, comprising of glass and aramid fibres, bonded together with a nBR binder. it is a general purpose, medium pressure rated gasket material and an excellent choice for general chemical applications.

Pink Modified PTFe sheeting. high performance biaxially orientated sheet sealing material containing PTFe with silica filler. excellent resistance against cold-creep. universal quality for (petro) chemical applications, acids and gases.

clipperlon 2115 uSP is modified PTFe sheet specially designed for high purity applications such as Pharmaceutical, Semicon, Food and beverage. The material is free of any pigment and has a natural white color and meets the requirements for uSP class Vi plastics (uSP 88) and meets Food & Diary requirements FDA 21 cFR. 1771550 and ec 1935/10/2011.

highly recommended for low torque applications, plastic pipe systems and flanges, as well as glass and ceramic lined equipment in a wide variety high purity applications.

Graphite Laminates

A semi-rigid laminated material manufactured from high purity exfoliated graphite reinforced with nickel or stainless foil or tanged stainless steel. it is suitable for sealing against steam and most other media with the exception of strongly oxidising reagents. general material grades available from eRiKS gasket Technology include:

egraflex is a graphite laminate sheeting reinforced with a Tanged 316 stainless steel insert. A universal material for (petro)chemicals. used in high pressure and high temperature applications. Recommended for applications involving high sealing stresses and where high blowout resistance is required. The inclusion of the steel reinforcing layer gives rise to a robust sheet. can be used to seal a wide range of media, with the exception of strong oxidising agents, at extremes of temperature and pressure.

Expanded PTFE Sheet

100% multidirectional expanded PTFe sheet, minimum of cold-creep, high gas permeability. universal chemical resistant, ph 0-14, excellent on rough or damaged flange surfaces.

n WRc

n TA-luft

n Blow-out-Test VDi 2200

n FDA

n uSP Plastic class Vi

n germanischer lloyd

n BAM

n AReVA

Composite PTFE Products

Modified PTFE Materials

composite PT150 and PT160 are a PTFe-based group of products capable of sealing chemicals right across the 0–14ph range, at temperatures from cryogenic to 260°c and at pressures from 85 bar down to vacuum. Typified by low creep, sustained service capability and robustness and has numerous advantages over many alternatives including pure and filled PTFe and envelope gaskets.

Blue Modified PTFe sheeting. high performance biaxially orientated sheet sealing material containing PTFe with hollow glass micro spheres. excellent resistance against cold-creep and very gas tight. Seals with low bolt force. universal chemical resistance and can be used for several flange materials: steel, plastic, glass and ceramic lined.

PT30

PT20

PT50

PT60

Egraflex

Clipperlon 2110

Clipperlon 2100

Clipperlon 2115

Flowtite

164


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Soft Cut Flange & EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets

SCG A

Size(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)

Classeg. 150, 600, PN16, PN40 , TABE or TABF

FlangeFF=Full Face RF =Raised Face

Materialsee selection chart

SpecificationA, B, C, D or E

ProductSCG

PT20 FF 150 M

Soft Cut Flange GasketsAs one of the UK’s leading gasket manufacturers ERIKS Gasket Technology can offer a tailored fast service for Soft Cut Flange Gaskets. Encompassing materials from PTFE, non-asbestos fibre and high temperature sheeting through to graphite, ERIKS Super 8 range provides a complete product portfolio that can be selected to suit your application

Specification Class

ABCD

E

B16.21B16.47 AB16.47 BDin

TABle/BS10

150, 300, 600, 900 &1500150, 300, 600 & 900 150, 300 & 600Pn6, Pn10, Pn16, Pn25 & Pn40TABA, TABD, TABe, TABF, TABh TABJ, TABK, TABR & TABS


Thickness05, 08, 10, 15, 20 & 30

1000

Example: Metric = ScgDPT60FFPn25M100015 imperial = ScgAPT20RF1500i12530

Unit of MeasureI = Imperial M = Metric

05

in addition clipperlon offers outstanding chemical resistance across a wide range of temperature extremes. This material has a rather high compressibility characteristics and low minimum seating stress value, therefore highly recommended for low torque applica-tions.

combined with eRiKS gasket cutting facility ensures that each gasket is cut to the exact dimensions of each door to provide the perfect seal.

Following an FDA audit a large blue-chip pharmaceutical company contacted ERIKS to assist with changing all of the vessel manway door seals, which were all unique.

it was suggested that leader’s clipperlon 2115 would be the best solution. Designed for high purity applications such as the pharmaceutical industry, the material is natural white modified PTFe, free from pigments and meets uSP-6 compliance which would more that satisfy the demands of the FDA audit.

FDA COMPLIANCE WITH CLIPPERLON GASKETS


0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 4

PT20 PT20 PT30 PT30 PT50 PT50 PT60 PT60 Egraflex egRA Clipperlon2110 c211 Clipperlon2100 c210 Clipperlon2115 c215

Flowtite FloW

165


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

EPDM Cut Flange GasketsEPDM rubber has excellent resistance to weathering and ozone; it has good, to very good ageing resistance and low temperature flexibility, low electrical conductivity and satisfactory resistance to polar chemicals. ERIKS Gasket Technology can supply EPDM Cut gaskets that have WRAS approval or FDA approval. These are ideal choices for Food and Pharmaceutical Industries.

SCG A

Size(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)


FlangeFF=Full Face RF =Raised Face

Materialsee selection chart


ProductSCG

E772 FF 150 M

Specification Class

ABCD

E

B16.21B16.47 AB16.47 BDin

TABle/BS10

150, 300, 600, 900 &1500150, 300, 600 & 900 150, 300 & 600Pn6, Pn10, Pn16, Pn25 & Pn40TABA, TABD, TABe, TABF, TABh TABJ, TABK, TABR & TABS


Thickness15, 20, 30, 50 & 60

1000

Example: Metric = Scge772FFPn25M100015 imperial = ScgAe773RF1500i12530


15

Chemical Composition E-70-772 E-70-773

Physical Form Sheet/cut gaskets Sheet/cut gaskets

colour Black White

Storage Stability* 10 years 10 years

compliance/Approvals WRAS FDA 177.2600-rubber articles for repeated use

Specific gravity 1.13 1.30

Polymer content 100% 100%

Tensile Strength 10.8 Mpa 4.9Mpa

elongation at Break 400% 300%

compression Set 22h/70`c 8% 30%

Parametric Material code e772 e773


1.5 2 3 4 5 6

E-70-772 EPDM

e772

E-70-773 EPDM

e773

other thicknesses available on request

166


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Spiral Wound Gaskets & Ring Type Joints

Specification Class Rings Windings Filler

A

B

C

D

E

B16.50

B16.47 A

B16.47 B

Din

TABle

150, 300, 600, 900 &1500

150, 300, 600 & 900

150, 300 & 600

Pn6, Pn10, Pn16, Pn25 & Pn40

TABA, TABD, TABe, TABF, TABh TABJ, TABK, TABR, TABS

00 no ring

01 316

03 carbon Steel

02 316l

GR graphite

SRI A


FillerGR

Spiral Wound GasketsA comprehensive stock of SWG manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.20 is available for immediate delivery. Spiral wound gaskets are used for high pressure and temperature applications. ERIKS has a selection in all conceivable models and in various materials. In addition, special gaskets can be made quickly in our own production facility.

All SR and SRi gaskets for these standard flanges are 0.175” (4.5mm) thick, fitted with 0.125” (3.2mm) thick solid metal rings, unless otherwise stated.

Windings02,


ProductSRI = Inner & Outer Ring

SR = Outer Ring only

01 GR 150 MPart Number Identifier

Inner Ring00, 01

Outer Ring01, 03

02 03

Example:

imperial SRiA0102gR03600i125

Metric SRD0002gR03Pn40M1000

Size(1 ¼” = 125 1000mm = 1000)


1000

167


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

Ring Type JointsRing joint gaskets are used primarily in the up-stream oil and gas industries where high pressures are often encountered.

n Manufactured to APi 6A and ASMe standards

n Standard materials are soft iron and 316 stainless steel

n Available in a range of styles

Size11 to 303

ShapeOVR, OCR, RX or BX (See opposite)

ProductRTJ

RTJ OCR 11

MaterialSI=Soft Iron SS=316

SI


Example: RTJocR11Si RTJRX303SS

Style R

octagonal Section - For use with ASMe and APi flanges with flat bottomed groove

Style R

oval Section - For use with ASMe and APi flanges with flat bottomed or oval groove

Style BX

Square octagonal Section - For use in APi BX flanges

Style RX

Asymmetric octagonal Section - For use in ASMe and APi flat bottomed grooves

168


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S

Graphite GasketsNovaphit® with XP technology

The first graphite gasket that is easy to remove from the flange long-term non-stick properties throughout the application temperature range from –200°c to +550°c:

n Time and money are saved in maintenance operations thanks to fast gasket replacement without any residue

n higher plant reliability and less downtime, because the sealing surfaces do not need to be cleaned mechanically and are not therefore damaged

Higher oxidation resistance: n More stable long-term sealing properties

n consistently low leakage

high density graphite (115lb) on the “humps” results in low gas permeability, super sealability and exceptional recovery. By contrast, the exceptionally low density (40lb) compressive inner ring provides an extremely low “minimum design seating stress” of just 800psi.

The patented Dynagraph™ bonding process eliminates volume loss due to adhesive bake off, resists over-compression damage, and allows for easy removal from flanges.

The new Elastagraph® emission reduction gasket from Leader Gasket Technologies enables fugitive emission control to 50ppm or lower.

Manufactured from a combination of high- and low-density graphite, the gasket has unique “humps” and “valleys” in the elastagraph® corrugated steel, creating a bellows effect to counter the effects of movement and misalignment. The corrugation of the whole gasket – including the metal layer – creates a spring-back effect.

ERIKS Leads the way with new emission-reducing gasket

Elastograph®

The Leader Elastagraph® gasket for standard EN/ASME and non-standard flanges is ideal for process piping, fuel refineries, and other locations where fugitive emissions pose an environmental and health and safety issue.

Operating Limits** & Specifications

Maximum operating Temperature

1200F Steam – 850F oxidizing

Ph Range 0-14

composition high Purity inhibited grade flexible graphite infused over a corrugated metal core

Metal Substrate 316l (standard), 304ss, Monel, Zirconium, hast B276 etc. (other metals available upon request)

Values M value = 1.5 y value = 2000

Most commonly used for standard AnSi/ASMe and Din pipe flange connections. Standard stock items are 316l metal core for 1/2” through 24”. other special sizes available upon request.

Frenzalit, Elastograph® & Gland Packings

169


SE

ALIN

G &

P

OLY

ME

RS

High Temperature MaterialsHigh temperature gaskets for extreme applications and environments.

Frenzelit NovaMICA® Thermex

novaMicA Thermex is a brand-new gasket material based on processed phlogopite mica resistant to continuous temperatures of up to 1000ºc.

Suitable for extreme thermal and mechanical applications, especially exhaust.

n extremely high temperature stability (up to 1000 °c)

n low long-term leakage even at high temperatures due to the expanded metal insert n Reliable handling

n Smooth processability by all standard manufacturing processes

Gland PackingsMaterial Grades

ERIKS Gasket Technology is able to supply a comprehensive range of material grades to suit your specific needs. In addition, we also stock a wide range of extraction tools.

GLP 110 065

Size in sq mm3, 5, 6.5, 8, 9.5, 12.5, 14, 16, 19, 22 or 25

Material110, 130, 140, 150, 170, 180 or 200

ProductGLP

All coils are generally supplied at 8mtrs in lengthExample: glP140125 glP200050


Material Application

110

130

140

150

170

180

200

cost effective cotton fibre gland packing with graphite and lubricated

graphite/PTFe with aramid in corners reinforced braided with a silicone rubber core

Twisted fibreglass and impregnated with a composite inc. a high percentage of graphite with lubricant

general use twisted fibreglass gland packing impregnated with PTFe and silicone lubricant

Braided PTFe filament, also impregnated with PTFe dispersion and additional lubricants

Braided and manufactured from expanded graphite yarn with an exceptionally high carbon content

extremely hard wearing gland packing with aramid fibres, braided and impregnated with PTFe

170


SE

ALI

NG

&

PO

LYM

ER

S


Repair or rewind

Maintain and Monitor

Replace


FUNCTIONS:

n HV motor and generator rewind

n Overhaul of high voltage machines

n Partial discharge analysis

n Removal, re-installation and commissioning

n Site monitoring and testing

n Diamond, concentric hairpin or alternator half bar coils produced

n Maintenance and repair of HV rotating equipment

n In-house copper rolling mill

n Fully documented repairs

WHY ERIKS:

n Timeous effective solutions

n Facilities to support a broad range of customers

n Largest electrical service providers in the UK

HIGH VOLTAGE MACHINES

FLOW CONTROL

Quick reference

ERIKS Flow Technology have the know-how to ensure your plant runs efficiently, keeping expensive downtime to a minimum.

Whether you need a solution for Pumps, Hose or Valves ERIKS have the engineering capability, technical experience and supply chain you can rely on, year in year out!

171

Valves

Econ® & Partner Brands 174

Ball Valves 175

Gate, Globe and Check Valves 176

Butterfly Valves 177

Knife Gate Valves 177

Pumps

Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps 181, 194

End Suction Pumps 183

Diaphragm Pumps 184-185

Grundfos Pumps 186-187

Munsch Chemical Pumps 188

Gorman-Rupp Pumps 189

Submersible Pumps 190-191

Hydra-cell Pumps 192-193

Hose Pumps 195

Petrol Driven Pumps 196

Coolant Pumps 197

Wobble Pumps 198

DOC 3 Pumps 198

Cavity Pumps 199


174, 169

184-185

192-193

174, 175-177

174

186-187

195

174

180-181 189

190-191 198-199

174

182-183

188


172

WHAT WE DO: � Ball valves � Gate, globe and check valves � Butterfly valves � Valves for marine service � Bespoke manufactured solutions � Actuators � Full range of services from

actuation, modifications, drilling, painting and special finishes

� Testing for pressure, temperature, non-destructive examination and PMI material testing all available

LEADING THE WAY IN VALVE TECHNOLOGYERIKS Flow Control has reputation for supplying quality products, technical know-how and excellent customer service and has been relied upon globally for over 25 years.

Strategically placed UK warehouses and 3 technology centres in Leicester, Aberdeen and Glasgow


VALVE TECHNOLOGY

173

SPECIALISTS IN VALVE ACTUATION PROJECT MANAGEMENTERIKS Flow Control works closely with major engineering contractors both in the UK and overseas and has developed frame agreements with highly respected companies within the industry.

Our dedicated experienced Projects team have the required high level of technical expertise, to manage your specialist applications from concept to completion.

Products can be modified or manufactured to suit the project or precise specification.

SERVICESCustomer service is at the heart of all we do and our technical expertise is relied upon throughout a wide range of industries. Our total solution service means we are able to support our customers with:

� Seal changes � Special finishes or painting � Actuation � Modifications � Extensions

From our in-house actuation centre, our team of technical experts offer an unparalleled level of service. Using Econ® or AMG pneumatic actuators from our vast stock enables both a fast and cost effective total solution. Other brands or types are available and fitted to customers bespoke specifications.

� Body material: Stainless Steel, Aluminium and Steel

� Namur Mounting � Rack and Pinion � Spring Return (Single acting) � Fail Open or Close � Double Acting � Fitted and tested in house with full

certification � Scotch Yoke � Tailored logistical solutions

Range of actuator ancillaries including:

� Solenoids � Switchboxes � Positioners � Speed controllers common to safety

requirements � 12 / 24 / 48VDC - 110 / 210 / 220 /

240VAC – IP65 / SAFE AREA / IP66 / EXD / EXIA

� Mounting Kits � Filters � Manual valve visual indicators

Supported by ECON® Electric Actuators

� Direct Mounted � ELA40 – ELA3000 Torque

40-3000Nm � IP67, (IP68 & ATEX OPTIONAL) � 24VDC, 110VAC or 230VAC



FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

174 Econ® , Partner Brands and Ball Valves

®

Exclusive to ERIKS

The Econosto Group, part of the ERIKS Group, has been developing quality products since 1892 and its ECON®

brand products are manufactured to strictly controlled quality standards whilst offering a cost-effective range to complement other market-leading brands supplied.

Suitable for a wide variety of applications, the Econ® range includes:

n Valves

n Instrumentation

n Related products

Econ® & Partner BrandsMore and more customers are relying on the Econ® brand for their valves and instrumentation. Products that qualify for the Econ® quality mark have been specifically designed to meet the needs of our customers and our sustainability policy.

In addition, ERIKS Flow Control supply a broad selection of ‘A’ brands from renowned manufacturers covering all industry sectors, ranging from standard products to high quality sustainable and environmentally-friendly products.

Partner Brands

ERIKS Flow Control strives to offer the widest range of valves currently available and has formed partnership agreements with some of the industries leading manufacturers including:

n Smith

n Taylor

n JC

n SRi

n Vinco

n Stockham

n Valve Enterprise

n CMO Smith

The Newdell Company became part of the ERIKS group in 2010 resulting in the opportunity fo ERIKS Flow Control to offer their highly regarded Smith Valve brand to the UK market.

Smith is one of the oldest valve brands for API 602 forged steel valves in the industry today. The products consist of a wide range of gate, globe and check valves used in the oil and gas, refinery, petrochemical and many other industries throughout the world. Smith also offers many speciality products for services such as HF acid, sour gas, cryogenic, chlorine and oxygen.

Smith valves are renowned for offering a useful colour coding system, whereby the colour of the handwheel (gate and globe valves) indicates the body/bonnet material of the valve and the nameplate colour (gate, globe and check) indicates the trim material.

Taylor

For over 50 years, Taylor Valve has been a pioneer in the design, development and manufacture of valves and precision instrumentation. With over 100 US and foreign patents their unique design, precision manufacturing and uncompromising quality has enabled them to build a reputation for excellence.

Every Taylor product is designed to meet the highly demanding requirements of oil and gas producers, refiners, chemical plant operators , power generators and the processing industry in order to more effectively control their liquid, steam and gas operations.

AMG Pesch

AMG Pesch manufactures a range of rack and pinion actuators, positioners, monitoring units and valves to strict quality standards.

The patented rod-guide piston design of the actuators ensures drives are maintenance-free, compact and offer high levels of reliability and long service life.

Since early 2011, when AMG-Pesch became part of the ERIKS group, ERIKS Flow Control have been able to offer these actuators to the UK market.

Inoxpa

Expanding their Valve offering to food-processing and pharmaceutical industries ERIKS Flow Control secured UK distributorship for Inoxpa Valves.

Founded in Banyoles, Spain, Inoxpa is a renowned and long-standing business group specialised in the manufacture and trade of stainless steel Valves including:

n Butterfly

n Seat

n Diaphragm and Pinch

n C-Top Control Units

n Ball and Check

n Overflow and Vent


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

175

Material Temperature range

Brass –20°/+150°C ST/ST –34°/+205°C

Size Temperature range

1/4"–8" –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C –10°/+200°C


1/4"–2" –34°/+205°C

Flanged Floating Ball Valves

General Ball Valves n 1 & 2 piece in Bronze, Brass, Carbon

and Stainless Steels

n Wafer Pattern

n Multi-Port, 3 & 4 way

Trunnion Mounted Ball Valves

n Soft & Metal Seated

n Cavity Relief

n Flanged, Screwed, Hub and Weld Ends

n Cryogenic to high temperature

n Metal seats for severe service

n Tandem Valves

n Cast iron, Stainless and Carbon steel (including low temperature options) from stock

n Special alloys available

n 1/2”-16”

n ANSI 150-2500 and DIN Flanges

n V Ball Control

n Firesafe

n NACE

n ATEX

n Low temperature carbon, Stainless and Duplex Stainless steels from stock Special alloys available

n 1/2” - 30”

n ANSI 150-2500. API 3000-15000

n Firesafe

n NACE

3 Piece Ball Valves n Stainless and Carbon steel (including

low temperature options) from stock


n 1/4” - 4”

n ANSI 150-2500

n Firesafe

n NACE

n Screwed, Weld End and Flanged

Ball Valves Ball valves take a lead role in the valve industry and have wide-ranging applications. The high flow capacity coupled with being very simple to automate make ball valves ideal for many applications where an open/close facility is required but not regulating of flow. They can however, be used for regulation with characterised seat/ball combinations.


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

176 Gate, Globe, Check Butterfly and Knife Gate Valves


2"–16" –9°/+500°C 20 –9°/+500°C 51

Gate, Globe & Check ValvesWhen process applications are critical, Gate, Globe or Check Valves are used. Manufactured from a variety of materials makes them suitable for all types of media and they can be modified to customer’s requirements.

Forged Steel n A105, LF2, F304, F316, F11, F22

from stock


n Various trim options

n ANSI 150-2500

n 1/4” - 2”

n Screwed, flanged and weld-end

n Bolted and welded bonnet

n Bellows, sealed and conventional

Cast n Cast iron, Bronze, low temperature

Carbon steel and Stainless steel from stock


n 2” - 72”

n ANSI 150-2500 also API 6A Wellhead valves

n Flanged, hub and weld ends.

n Wide range of bonnet, gland designs and trim options available

gland

n NACE

Wafer & Lugged Check n Al-Bronze, Cast iron, Carbon, low

temperature Carbon and Stainless steel from stock.


n Dual plate, swing and disc type.

n 1/2” - 84”

n ANSI 150-2500 and DIN to suit a flanged or hub connection

Modifications n Seat, seal, trim and/or bolt changes

n Special operators

n Full actuation

n Painting and coating

n Fabrication, assemblies and pipe pups

n Locking and interlocking

n Flange facing and drilling

n Extended spindles and bonnets

n Cleaning

n Special packaging options

Testing n PMI testing

n Hydraulic and pneumatic tests

n High pressure gas testing

n Low temperature testing

n Hot oil testing

n Non-destructive examination. Dye penetrant, magnetic particle, radiography, ultrasonic etc.

n Ferritescope inspection

n Hardness testing

n Paint thickness verification

A full range of testing is available from our Leicester and Aberdeen facilities including:


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

177

Butterfly ValvesThese valves can be used for many applications either as open/close or simple regulating valves. A useful characteristic of butterfly valves is the availability of different lining materials, this allows for uses ranging from non-aggressive media such as water or air through to chemicals and corrosive media.

High Performance Butterfly Valves

n Carbon steel and stainless steel from stock

n Aluminium-bronze and special alloys available to order

n 2”-24”

n ANSI 150 to 300 (other classes available)

n Wafer, Lugged and Flanged

n Firesafe Certified

n Double and triple offset disc

n Soft and metal seated

Resilient Seated Valves n Cast iron from stock

n Carbon Steel, Bronze, Stainless and special alloys available

n 2” - 60”

n PN6 - PN16, ANSI versions available

n Bonded and replaceable liners

n Liners in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton & PTFE (others available)

Knife Gate ValvesKnife gate valves are widely been used in pulp or paper industry applications and for handling slurries, they are also used in the offshore sector and are suitable for a wide range of wet or dry media.

Both Uni and bi-directional designs are available, and are ideal where quarter turn valves are unsuitable and can also be fitted with actuators or otherwise modified to suit the customer’s application.

Knife Gate stock range n Cast iron and Stainless steel from

stock.

n Cast carbon steel and special alloys available

n 2”-24” (DN50-DN600)

n PN10 also ANSI 150

n Wafer Pattern

n Handwheel, lever and Double-acting cylinder

n EPDM, Viton, Nitrile, PTFE or metal seats

Special valves n Sizes up to 40”

n Special flange drilling

n Lugged pattern flanged, square flange

n Double knife, Rubber coated blade

n Bi-directional, Penstocks

Other valve types

We stock a range of other valves in a wide variety of materials and sizes. If we do not have the item you require in stock we will endeavour to obtain it from one of our global suppliers.

178

YOUR COMPLETEpump sOLuTiONsERIKS Pump Services provides a comprehensive and cost-effective solution for all your pump requirements, whatever the application. From abstraction, through the production process, to the final discharge, we offer a complete service to take care of every aspect.

ERIKS Pump services offers a range of pumps covering all of the configurations and applications you could need

Complete capabilities: � Design � New supply � Spares � Installation � Maintenance � Repair � Reverse engineering � Pump and system energy audits


PUMP TECHNOLOGY

179

CHOOSING FROM THE MARKET LEADERS

A broad range of pump industry experience enables us to put forward solutions on the basis of impartiality and fitness for purpose. We are not constrained by the limitations or range of products.

Our focus is clearly aimed at increasing efficiency, reliability, durability, ease of maintenance and product support while reducing operating costs.

PUMP PARTNERS:

� Aro � Capari � Energy Pumps � Gardener Denver � GEA Hilge � Gorman Rupp � Graco � Grundfos � Munsch � Seepex � Wanner � Xylem (Lowara, Flygt & Jabsco)

PUMP AUDITS

ERIKS’ pump audits, data logging and condition monitoring services will reveal a wide range of information about your pumps, including:

� Their energy efficiency � Their actual performance � The efficiency of the complete

hydraulic system

With these facts and figures to hand, we can work with you to determine whether you should continue to support your existing plant – even through obsolescence – or carry out replacements. We will calculate Whole Life Costs and provide payback analysis, giving you factual evidence on which you can base your final decision.

If maintaining existing pumps proves to be the most cost-effective solution, ERIKS Pump Services reverse engineering capabilities mean we can help you to keep your pumps running even after parts obsolescence, and can also modify and up-rate components, for improved performance and reliability.

WE ARE FOCUSED ON:

� Delivering pump repair and refurbishment to a high standard

� Reliability improvements as collaborative projects

� Obsolescence risk auditing � Site services � Repair and maintenance contracts � Asset management contracts � Supply, installation and commissioning � Reverse engineering � Energy efficiency testing

and system diagnostics � Training schemes

We are able to conduct pump performance and system testing in our workshops and on site.

Our ATEX accreditation qualifies us to carry out work on rotating equipment operating in all hazardous and explosive environments and we have experience of operating on COMAH tier 1 sites.



FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

180 Jabsco Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

181

Jabsco Lobe Pumps: HP & UL SeriesWith a proven 50 year heritage in Lobe Pump manufacture, Jabsco branded lobe pumps are taking the next step in flexibility and value. The Hy~Line+ (HP Series) and Ultra~Line (UL Series) range of lobe pumps replace the Hy~Line, Ultima and 24 Series lobe pump offering the combined strengths and experience on one key platform.

Combined strengths and experience on one key platform

Jabsco lobe pumps offer high flow, high pressure capabilities from a positive displacement non contacting rotary lobe pump package.

With applications in industry, food, beverage and bio-pharmaceutical processing sectors, Jabsco lobe pumps can be found decanting, transferring, filling, spraying, dosing a wide range of fluids in many varied environments (including ATEX designated zones).

Product Range

The Jabsco HP/UL range of rotary lobe pumps offers low maintenance solutions to pumping needs in multiple markets including essential industrial, demanding food and beverage and critical bio-pharma. Up to 1809 litres per minute and up to 15 bar from a single robust and effective design principle covered by 5 frame sizes.

Resilient construction materials ensure long pump life even in the toughest of environments. Clever design allows multiple pump variant configuration from one pump size providing the flexibility to meet ever demanding end user lead times and business needs.

Jabsco Lobe Pump Range overview:

n Product Description: High flow, high pressure positive displacement non contacting rotary lobe pump.

n Applications: Industrial, food and beverage, bio-pharmaceutical processing; decanting, transfer, filling, spraying.

n Power Source: Shaft coupled electric motor drive (not provided).

How do they work?

1. Fluid is drawn into the pump and completely fills the space between the rotors.

2. Held between the rotor lobes and the pump case, closed cells of fluid are carried smoothly through the pump.

3. The intermeshing rotor lobes positively displace the fluid volume, generating flow and overcoming the discharge pressure.

Features n Modular ordering of port kits, foot kits

and pumping unit

n Bi-wing Scimitar and tri-lobe rotors on 3A approved HP series

n All 316L wetted part hygienic construction, comprehensive seal arrangements and EN1935:2004 approved elastomer choice

n Simple design; front loading zero contact rotors & shaft seals

n Robust preloaded large diameter shaft taper bearings and Helical gearing

n EHEDG approval on UL models

n Optional all stainless steel construction and USP Class VI elastomers available on selected models

n Materials of construction: 316L wetted parts with epoxy coated aluminium gear cover; choice of seals including C/SS, SiC/SiC, single or double with flush; 304 stainless steel mounting feet with synthetic elastomer sealing joints available in Nitrile, EPDM, Viton and PTFE.


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

182

LET’S CONSUME LESS WHILE DOING MORE.

www.lowara.co.uk© 2015 Xylem Inc. Lowara is a trademark of Xylem Inc. or one of its subsidiaries.

Achieve higher levels of efficiency and performance with the newly designede-range of in-line and end-suction pumps from Lowara. The system experts of Xylem and its Lowara brand have redesigned and enhanced the hydraulic efficiency of the e-range for an MEI better than 0.6 to exceed the ErP 2015 requirements. Through cutting-edge design, the new e-range provides improved overall system performance, with flows up to 2200 m³/h and heads up to 160 meters, while enabling reduced electricity consumption and lower life cycle costs. And when combined with the Hydrovar variable speed drive, you can see systems energy savings of up to 70%. The e-range is available in several standardized sizes with performance and curves specifically optimized for HVAC applications. Find out more at www.uk.buildings.xylem.com

xylem GWP advert 210 x 280 mm.indd 1 07/07/2015 16:27:34

Lowara Pumps


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

183

Lowara e-NSC Series

Material options n Pumphousing: cast iron, ductile iron, stainless steel

1.4401/1.4408, duplex stainless steel 1.4517

n Impeller: cast iron, bronze, stainless steel 1.4401/1.4408, duplex stainless steel 1.4517

n Elastomers: EPDM, FPM (other marterials on demand)

n Mechanical face seal: Carbon, Ceramic, Silicon Carbide and Widia

Configuration options n Configurations: Bare shaft, closed coupled

and frame mounted

Range Overview

n Sizes: DN32 to DN300

n Power: 1.1 kW – 75 kW (2-pole) 0.25 kW – 315 kW (4-pole)

n Heads up to: 160 m

n Flows up to: 1800 m3/h

n Pressure class: PN16

n Temperature of pumped liquid: - 25°C to +120°C, extended temperature

n Version -25°C to +140°C

n Variable speed option: Hydrovar

High flexibility, heavy duty end suction pumps for building services, public utilities and industry.

By combining high efficiency with high flexibility regarding installation, material options and temperature, the new Lowara e-NSC series is the natural choice for water transport, hydronic heating and chiller systems, fire protection systems and a vast number of industrial applications. With efficiency levels well exceeding ErP 2015, the e-NSC series offer long term economical pumping solutions.

High efficiency

New designed high efficiency hydraulics with MEI values well above the ErP 2015 level and IE3 motors set the basis for very low pperation costs.

Long service life & easy maintenance

Robust design, different bearing frame sizes and stainless steel replaceable wear rings ensure a long service life. The e-NSC is also designed for easy maintenance and all service points are easy reachable to reduce downtime.

Adapt to needs

In many applications. the need for water is always varying. By equipping the e-NSC with a Hydrovar pump controller, the duty is always exactly where it should be. And it pays off: reducing the speed by 50% reduces the power consumption by 85%.

Exactly the right configuration

With materials options spanning from cast iron to duplex stainless steel, the e-NSC is the right solution for 1000’s of liquids.

Hot or cold

The standard e-NSC can handle liquid temperatures from -40°C up to +140°C and the extended temperature version from -40°C up to +140°C.

No leakage

The e-NSC offers a wide range of mechanical face seal options regarding types and materials.


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

184 ARO® Diaphragm Pumps

ARO® Diaphragm PumpsNon-Metallic Models – Range and Performance

Material

Material

bar

ATEX certified

EXPERTSeries

1/4”

20 l/min

8.6 bar(125 psi)

1/4” NPT

1/4” BSP

1/4” NPT

1/4” BSP

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

Groundable acetal

1.6 mm

With wetted parts in

groundable acetal.

EXPERTSeries

3/8”

40.1 l/min

6.9 bar(100 psi)

3/8” NPT

3/8” BSP

3/8” NPT

3/8” BSP

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

Groundable acetal

1.6 mm


groundable acetal.

EXPERTSeries

1/2”

54.5 l/min

6.9 bar(100 psi)

1/2” NPT

1/2” BSP

1/2” NPT

1/2” BSP

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

Groundable acetal

2.4 mm


groundable acetal.

EXPERTSeries

3/4”

56 l/min

6.9 bar(100 psi)

3/4” NPT

3/4” BSP

3/4” NPT

3/4” BSP

Polypro-pylene

2.4 mm

—

PROSeries

1”

178 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” ANSI / DIN

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

3.2 mm

—

EXPERTSeries

1”

200 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” ANSI / DIN

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

Conductive polypro-pylene

3.2 mm

With conductive

polypro-pylene motor

PROSeries

11/2”

378 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

11/2”

ANSI / DIN

11/2”

ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

6.4 mm

—

EXPERTSeries

11/2”

465 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

11/2”

ANSI / DIN

11/2”

ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF


6.4 mm

With conductive


PROSeries

2”

549 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

2”

ANSI / DIN

2”

ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF

6.4 mm

—

EXPERTSeries

2”

696 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

2”

ANSI / DIN

2”

ANSI / DIN

Polypro-pylene

PVDF


6.4 mm

With conductive


Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Pit Boss Pit Boss

Specialty

Specialty

Sum Pump Sum Pump


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

185

Metallic Models – Range and Performance

1/2”

EXPERTSeries

45.4 l/min

6.9 bar(100 psi)

1/2” NPT

1/2” BSP

1/2” NPT

1/2” BSP

Aluminium

Stainless steel

2.4 mm

All models

3/4”

EXPERTSeries

51.5 l/min

6.9 bar(100 psi)

3/4” NPT

3/4” BSP

3/4” NPT

3/4” BSP

Aluminium

2.4 mm

All models

1”

PROSeries

133 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” NPT

1” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

3.2 mm

All models

1”

EXPERTSeries

197 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1” NPT

1” BSP

1” NPT

1” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

Hastelloy

3.3 mm

With aluminium or stainless steel motor

11/2”

PROSeries

340 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1 1/2” NPT

1 1/2” BSP

1 1/2” NPT

1 1/2” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

6.4 mm

All models

11/2”

EXPERTSeries

465 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

1 1/2” NPT

1 1/2” BSP

11/2” ANSI / DIN

1 1/2” NPT

1 1/2” BSP

11/2” ANSI / DIN

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

Hastelloy

6.4 mm


2”

PROSeries

651 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

2” NPT

2” BSP

2” NPT

2” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

6.4 mm

All models

2”

EXPERTSeries

651 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

2” NPT

2” BSP

2” ANSI /

DIN

2” NPT

2” BSP

2” ANSI /

DIN

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

Hastelloy

6.4 mm


3”

PROSeries

897 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

3” NPT

3” BSP

3” NPT

3” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

9.5 mm

All models

3”

EXPERTSeries

1041 l/min

8.3 bar(120 psi)

3” NPT

3” BSP

3” NPT

3” BSP

Aluminium

Cast iron

Stainless steel

Hastelloy

9.5 mm


Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Specialty

Pit Boss Pit Boss

Specialty

Specialty

Sum Pump Sum Pump


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

186

bethinkinnovate

INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONSPUMPS & SYSTEMS FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS For more information

scan the QR code or go towww.grundfos.co.uk/industry

MAGNA1/MAGNA3High E� ciency Glandless Circulators

CMHorizontal Multistage Pumps

SMART DIGITAL Digital Dosing Pumps

TPIn-line Industrial Circulators

CRVertical In-line Multistage Pumps

NB(G) & NK(G) EN733 and ISO2858 End Suction Pumps

MAGNA1/MAGNA3MAGNA1/MAGNA3 TP

HYDRO MPC-EOne of a range of packaged booster sets

SE/SL FEATURING S-TUBE IMPELLERSubmersible Waste Water Pumps

Particularly in replacement situations, Grundfos understands that sometimes fast delivery is essential. This is why it has invested in stock and systems to create its Fast Track express delivery scheme.

Now available on selected models of boosters, borehole, and end suction (NB(G) and NK(G)) pumps, with deliveries as fast as next day.

Call your sales manager / office for more details.

ww

w.g

rund

fos.

co.u

k

bebe

SMART DIGITAL Digital Dosing Pumps

Particularly in replacement situations, Grundfos understands that sometimes fast delivery is essential. This is why it has invested in stock and systems to create its Fast Track express delivery scheme.

Now available on selected models of boosters, borehole, and end suction (NB(G) and NK(G)) pumps, with deliveries as fast as next day.

Call your sales manager / office for more details.

GRUNDFOS FAST TRACK

FASTER DELIVERY

EVERY TIME

GRUNDFOS GO REMOTESmartphone app & wireless transceiver for easy set up, diagnostics & reporting

Grundfos Pumps


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

187

Grundfos Pumps

Multistage centrifugal pumps CR(E), CRI(E) , CRN(E)

(E version is electronically controlled)

IE5 Motors Featured on the latest hydro booster sets and TPE, CRE, CME & NBE models, the Grundfos MGE motor with IE5 efficiency is one of the world’s most efficient motors.

Selecting a pump with these motors incorporated can mean 10% energy and up to 25% reduction in payback time.

End Suction Pumps NB(G), NK(G)

n Standard dimensions according to EN and ISO standards

n Compact design n Flexible pump range n EN 12756 shaft seal n Various shaft seals options n Cast iron, bronze or stainless steel

impeller options n Cast iron or stainless steel pump

housing options

HYDRO MPC-ETurnkey booster system with CR(I)(E) pumps for transfer and pressure boosting of water in buildings.

Smart Digital Dosing PumpsDDI, DME

n Accuracy: Industry-leading accuracy confirmed by independent study

n Durability: Diaphragm resistant to virtually all chemicals; pump housing IP65/NEMA4X certified

n Reliability: Industry-leading service intervals

n No vapor lock: De-aeration features enable continuous dosing of gassing chemicals

n High viscosity dosing: Handles liquids with viscosities up to 3000 mPas

n Watching your system: Advanced monitoring and self-analysis features

n Any application, anywhere: Any supply voltage, flexible mounting options, and a wide selection of accessories and service kits

n Easy to operate: Intuitive user interface and easy set-up

n Fully flexible control system n Low energy consumption n 2-6 pumps in cascade n Easy installation n Plug and pump solution no extra

programming or cabling required n Large user-friendly display n Energy-optimised control

n Data communication n Perfect constant pressure n Application-optimised software n Custom built solutions available n Reduced noise level n Space-saving installation – no need

for control cabinets n WRAS approved product.

n Reliability n High efficiency n In-line design n Extensive range n Service-friendly n Space-saving n Superior dry-running

protection n Suitable for slightly

aggressive liquids n E range for high

efficiency


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

188 Non-Metallic Chemical and Self-Priming Pumps

NP/NP-B series Standardised Chemical pumps to EN 22858/ISO2858

n Capacity up to [1200 m³/h]

n Differential head up to 85 [m]

n Temperature range: –20°C up to 110 °C

n Unique mechanical seal design specialised for the individual requirements

CM/CM-B series Standardised Chemical pumps to EN 22858/ISO2858

n Capacity up to [180 m³/h]

n Differential head up to 85 [m]

n Temperature range: –20°C up to 180 °C

Vertical chemical pumps in Cantilever design (dry-running proof) or with plain bearing

n Capacity up to 700 [m³/h]

n Head up to 90 [m]

n Length up to 3000 [mm]

n With suction pipe or strainer if required

n Temperature range: –20 °C up to 100°C

MUNSCH Chemical pumps are non-metallic and designed for maximum operating reliability, easy maintenance and lowest lifecycle cost to operate in abrasive and corrosive service conditions.

Every pump is designed exactly to customer’s specification, and tested to EN ISO 9906 standards before it leaves the factory. Dedicated assembly engineers take full responsibility for the complete assembly of each of their assigned pumps, which results in shorter delivery times and increased quality. Munsch pumps are available in a variety of materials specifically suited to the liquid being used in the application.

On request all pumps are available to be supplied with conformance to EU directive 94/9/EC for use in hazardous areas.

MUNSCH Chemical Pumpswww.munsch.de


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

189

Super U Series

Super U Series pumps are among the most efficient self-priming solids-handling pumps available.

n Unique hydraulic design and smooth wall volute casing minimise friction loss and drag

n The multi-vane, open impeller is designed for high efficiency operation yet can still handle limited solids

n Delivering high efficiencies (up to 75%), and performs efficiently across a broad operating range

n Varying machine loads minimally affects operating efficiency

10 Series®

Gorman-Rupp 10 Series® pumps are designed for handling:

n Solids

n Corrosive liquids

n Slurries

Gorman-Rupp Pumps

Super T Series

Super T Series pumps are our leading Gorman-Rupp range.

n Robust construction

n Extremely reliable and simplistic operation

n Applications range from pumping thick abrasive slurries/sludges on flooded suction to solid laden wastewater

n Achieving suction lifts of up to 7.5m

n External shimless adjustment

n Dual protection of bearings

n Easy grip cover plate handle

Ultra V Series

The very latest from the Gorman-Rupp range.

n Ultra V Series pumps combine high head performance with outstanding efficiency

n Priming and solids handling capability

n Available as single stage units (V series) or as extreme heads double stage units (VS series)

80 Series®

80 Series® pumps are designed for non-stop workloads.

n The straight-in-suction design of these high-efficiency pumps guarantees quick, positive self-priming

n Operates at higher suction levels than most other self-priming centrifugal pumps

n Liquid enters directly into the impeller eye

n A suction check valve presents in-line return flow when the pump is shut off

n Minimal maintenance due to fewer moving parts

n Available with self-lubricated mechanical shaft seals


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

190 Submersible Pumps

LB, HS and LSC Series

Portable 1 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear resistance. LSC will pump water levels down to 1mm.

KTZ(E) & KTV(E) Series

Portable 3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty with excellent wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions.

KRS Series

3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty, high volume pumps with 4 pole motors for increased wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions.

Tsurumi Manufacturing Company of Japan manufacture a wide range of submersible pumps for use in the toughest of applications found in construction site dewatering, quarries and processing. Their growing reputation has been formed by integrating advance designs with high grade materials to produce pumps with excellent durability and versatility. In many cases, Tsurumi pumps are selected and work reliably, with minimal maintenance, in applications where other brands have previously failed to keep up with the duty. Hence, all Tsurumi submersible pumps carry a 3 year guarantee.

The Tsurumi drainage pump range includes:

Submersible Pumps

series outlet sizes motor sizes flow range head range solids motor/RPM (mm) (kW) (LPM) (mtrs) (mm)

LB/HS/LSC 25-80 0.48 - 1.50 205 - 420 11 - 18 6-7 2 pole - 2850


KTZ(E)/KTV(E) 50 - 150 0.75 - 11.0 320 - 2,440 14 - 49 6 - 20 2 pole - 2850


KRS 100 - 250 3 - 22 1,820 - 12,000 8 - 34 12 - 30 4 pole - 1450

n Pressed steel or aluminium & cast iron outer construction

n Urethane rubber impeller n Double mechanical seal n Internal motor protection n 10 Metre power cable n Available with or without level control

n Cast iron or cast aluminium & pressed steel outer construction

n Ductile iron impeller (KTV 0.75kW urethane rubber)

n Cast iron or rubber pump chamber n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n 20 metre power cable (KTV 0.75kW: 10 metre) n Available as manual start or with probe level

sensor (KTVE & KTZE)

n Cast iron outer construction n Ductile iron impellers n Cast-iron pump chamber n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n 20 Metre power cable

n Single phase drainage pumps: series LB, HS, LSC

n Three phase drainage pumps: series KTV(E), KTZ(E), KRS

n Three phase high-head pumps: series LH(W), LH

n Three phase sand & slurry pumps: series KTV2, KTD, NKZ, KRS2, GPN

n One phase & three phase chemical pumps: Series SFQ & TM


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

191

LH(W) & LH Series

3 phase submersible drainage pumps. Heavy duty, high head pumps incorporating a narrow base area with excellent wear resistance and performance in seapage conditions

KTD & KTV2 Series

Portable 3 phase submersible slurry pumps with agitators. Heavy duty and compact, with excellent wear resistance and performance when pumping slurry, sand, silt etc.

KRS2, NKZ & GPN Series

3 phase submersible slurry pumps with agitators. Heavy duty, high volume pumps with 4 pole motors for increased wear resistance and performance when pumping slurry, sand, bentonite etc.

SFQ & TM Series

Submersible pumps constructed in 316 grade (1.4436) cast stainless steel or titanium for industrial pumping of sea-water, salt-water and chemicals


KTD/KTV2 50 - 80 2.0 - 3.0 425 - 800 20 - 23 8.5 - 10 2 pole - 2850


KRS2/NKZ/GPN 80 - 150 2.2 - 22.0 930 - 5,000 12.6 - 34.0 20 - 30 4 pole - 1450


SFQ/TM 50-80 0.4 - 3.7 290 - 1,180 21.0 - 24.6 6 - 15 2 pole -2850


LH(W)/LH 50 - 200 3 - 110 600 - 6,500 39 - 216 6 - 20 2 pole - 2850

n Cast iron outer construction n Chromium iron impellers n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n 20 Metre power cable

n Grey cast iron or aluminium and pressed steel outer construction

n Chromium iron impeller and agitator n Grey cast iron rubber pump chamber n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n 20 metre power cable n Available as manual start or automatic

n Cast iron and steel outer construction n Impellers: KRS2: 2.2kW to 3.7KW ductile iron,

KRS2: 5.5 kW to 11kW & all NKZ models: chromium

n Grey cast iron pump chamber and casing n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n 20 metre power cable

n Cast stainless steel or titanium and ABS construction

n Pressed stainless steel or ABS strainer n Double mechanical seal n Internal overloads n SQ: 3ph only, TM: 1ph & 3ph with automatic options n 20 metre or 10 metre neoprene power cable


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

192

Hydra-Cell Metering and Dosing Pumps For both Safe and ATEX/Explosive Environments

Unique, seal-less, API 675, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically balanced diaphragms in a single pump head, designed to feed a precise, predetermined volume of liquid into a system or process.

n Virtually Pulseless Flow

n Meet or exceed API 675 Performance Standards

Steady State Accuracy (±1%)

Linearity (±3%)

Repeatability (±3%)

n Multiple Local and Remote Control Options

n Compact Size… High Performance

n Infinite Turndown Ratios

(1) Also applicable for pumps used in ATEX/Explosive Environments where the Variable Frequency Drive is sited in a safe area

P100 P200 P300 P400 P500 P600

Flow Range (l/hr) Safe Environments(1) 1 to 85 1 to 256 1 to 256 5 to 764 10 to 1340 20 to 2800

Max Pressure (bar) Safe Environments(1)

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 70PP 17

PVDF 24

Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/Explosive Environments Not Available 1 to 90 1 to 90 5 to 294 Not Available Not Available

Max Pressure (bar) ATEX/Explosive Environments

Not Available Metallic 100

PP 1PVDF 24

172 Metallic 100

PP 17PVDF 24

Not Available Not Available

Liquid Head Materials

Brass316L SSHastelloy

Polypropylene PVDF


Polypropylene PVDF

Brass304 SS316L SSHastelloy

BrassCast Iron316L SSHastelloy

Duplex 2205S-Duplex 2207Polypropylene

PVDF

Brass316L SS

Duplex 2205


Duplex 2205 S-Duplex 2207

G13 G03 G04 G10 G25 G35

Flow Range (l/hr) Safe Environments(1) 1.8 to 678 1.8 to 678 1.8 to 678 6 to 1818 24 to 4530 42 to 8400

Max Pressure (bar) Safe Environments(1)

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24

Metallic 70PP 17

PVDF 24103

Flow Range (l/hr) ATEX/Explosive Environments 19 to 462 38 to 462 19 to 452 60 to 1470 216 to 2600 396 to 6360

Max Pressure (bar) ATEX/Explosive Environments

Metallic 60PP 17

PVDF 24

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24

Metallic 60PP 17

PVDF 2430

Hydra-cell Pumps


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

193

Hydra-Cell Industrial & Process PumpsUnique seal-less, positive displacement pumps with multiple, hydraulically balanced diaphragms in a single pump head, for liquid transfer, spraying, filling, blending, cleaning, sampling, injecting, coating, cleaning and mixing.

Handles low to high viscosity liquids

n Accurate and Controllable, Virtually Pulseless Flow

n Long Service Life with Low Lifecycle Cost

n Can Run-dry... Indefinitely

n 100% Sealed & Safe

n Pumps Aggressive & Corrosive Liquids and Abrasives

n Compact Size, High Performance

T100 (Low Pressure)(3) T100 (Medium Pressure)(3) T100 (High Pressure)(3)

Flow Rate (l/min) up to 366 up to 170 up to 96

Max Pressure (bar) 144 241 345


Nickel AluminumBronze (NAB)

316L SS


316L SS


(1) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Cast iron (Nickel plated) & 316L SS

(2) For vertical mounting. Available in Brass, Duplex 2205 & 316L SS

(3) API 674 options available

G20 G03 G04 G10(3) & G12(1) G15(3)& G17(2) G25(3) G35(3)

Flow Rate (l/min) up to 3.79 up to 11.3 up to 11.3 up to 30.3 up to 50 up to 75.7 up to 140

Max Pressure (bar) Metallic 103

PP 17 PVDF 24

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 103PP 17

PVDF 24172

Metallic 70PP 17

PVDF 24103



PolypropylenePVDF


PolypropylenePVDF

Brass 304 SS316L SS Hastelloy


Duplex 2205S-Duplex 2207Polypropylene

PVDF

Brass 316L SS

Duplex 2205


Duplex 2205S-Duplex 2207

Cast Iron(Nickel Plated)

316L SSHastelloy

Duplex 2205S-Duplex 2207

Propane/ Freon Ammonia Polymers Fuels/ D.I. Water Glycols Chlorine Acids/ Glues/ Inks/ Resins Slurries Butane Additives Caustics Adhesives Paints


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

194 Pumps

TECHNICAL DATA PUMP SIZE

T30 T80 T125 T225 T425

Max capacity [l/min] 30 80 125 225 425

Volume per stroke* [ml] 70 140 300 700 2600

Max discharge pressure [bar] 8

Max air pressure [bar] 8

Max suction lift dry** [m] 1.5 3 4 5 5

Max suction lift wet [m] 8

Max size of solids ø in [mm] 3 4 6 10 15

Max temp. With EPDM/NBR [°C] 80

Max temp. With PTFE [°C] 110

Weight [kg] 4 8 11 21 35

Low energy diaphragm pumps available on all Tapflo Models.

Hygienic Series The sanitary pump range

n T30 - 28 l/min, 1”

n T80 - 78 l/min, 1”

n T125 - 155 l/min, 1 ½”

n T225 - 330 l/min, 2”

n T425 - 570 l/min, 2 ½”

n Reduce carbon footprint

n Lower operational costs reduced air consumption

n Ultra low start pressure 0.1 bar (1.5 PSI)

n Full control and feedback

n Easy to maintain lowest number of parts of any AODD pump

n Low noise

n Low pulsation

n Retrofit to pumps already in the field

Achieve up to 70% energy savings


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

195

Tapflo Hose PumpsSpecifications PT hose pumps

Pump range & Flow rate (l/h)

Type/rpm

20 40 60 80 100Max

PressureBars

PT10 30 60 90 120 - 8

PT15 100 200 300 400 500 8

PT20 170 340 500 670 880 8

PT25 400 800 1200 1600 2000 15

PT32 750 1500 2250 3000 3750 15

PT40 1170 2340 3510 4680 - 15

PTX40 1600 3200 4800 6400 - 15

PT50 3500 7000 10500 - - 15

PT65 4900 9800 14700 - - 15

PTX65 8000 16000 24000 - - 15

PTX80 11000 22000 - - - 15

Darker cells indicate intensive use. Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.

Specifications PTL hose pumps

Pump range & Flow rate (l/h)

Type/rpm

20 40 60 80Max

PressureBars

PTL09 20 40 60 80 4

PTL13 49 99 149 198 4

PTL17 130 260 390 520 4

PTL25 390 780 1160 1550 4

PTL30 830 1650 2490 3320 4

PTL45 2300 4620 6920 9240 4

Darker cells indicate intensive use. Lighter cells indicate intermittent use.


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

196 Pumps

SEH - 50x – 2" Water PumpWater Pump 2" (50mm) 4hp Honda GX120

n Power unit Honda GX120 4hp

n Weight 24kg

n Pump type centrifugal, self-priming

n Maximum output 620 litre/min

n Maximum head 30m

SEH - 80x – 3" Water PumpWater Pump 3" (75mm) 5hp Honda GX160

n Power unit Honda GX160 5.5hp

n Weight 32kg

n Pump type centrifugal, self-priming

n Maximum output 900 litre/min

n Maximum head 26m

Part No Description

WR/050-022 SHE-50X 2” Petrol Driven PumpWR/030-390 2” Suction hose 6 metreWR/030-306 2” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)

Part No Description

WR/050-032 SHE-80X 3” Petrol Driven PumpWR/030-439 3” Suction hose 6 metreWR/030-308 3” Layflat delivery hose 1 metre (priced per metre)

Petrol Driven PumpsSelf-priming petrol engine driven water pumps, ideal for mobile pumping applications and those unplanned emergencies!

n Powered by top of the range Honda engines to provide years of trouble free service

n Units come complete with full carry frame with rubber feet, hose couplings and suction filter

1" Petrol Driven Pump

A very lightweight unit for easy portability. Because of the high pressure and flow rate, it is a very suitable pump for sprinkling and irrigation.

Ideal for:

n Irrigation applications

n Pumping of well water

n Feeding or training water from a pond or trough

n Agricultural uses

Part No Description

WR/050-003 SHE-25L 1” Petrol Driven Pump

n Centrifugal pumps suitable for general water and waste water

n Hygienic pumps – suitable for food and pharmaceutical

n Air operated diaphragm pumps suitable for chemicals, slurries, etc.

n Magnetic drive pumps suitable for chemicals

n Suds coolant pumps suitable for machine coolants

Other pumps available from ERIKS


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

197

Part No* Supply Absorbed kW Amps Max Head/Flow

SAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.11 0.60 3m / 10 l/minSAC/P/IMM63A-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.30 2.00 6m / 5 l/minSAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.40 2.90 7m / 10 l/minSAC/P/IMM71A-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.53 4.30 11m / 28 l/minSAC/P/IMM71B-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.78 7.50 13m / 55 l/minSAC/P/IMM50A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.11 0.30 3m / 10 l/minSAC/P/IMM63A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.30 0.58 6m / 5 l/minSAC/P/IMM63B-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.40 0.90 7m / 10 l/minSAC/P/IMM71A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.53 1.40 11m / 28 l/minSAC/P/IMM71B-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.78 1.90 13m / 55 l/minSAC/P/IMM80A-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3 phase 1.15 1.90 16m / 90 l/minSAC/P/IMM80B-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 1.47 2.80 18m / 60 l/min

Coolant Pumps

IMM Series Coolant Pumps

The IMM range of coolant pumps offers a comprehensive and economical range which is suitable for most machine tool coolants.

n 1-phase or 3-phase options

n Suitable for most machine tool coolants

n Fast delivery

Basic DimensionsType Flange Diameter Outlet Port Stem Lengths

IMM50 130mm 3/8" BSP 080,120,150,180IMM63 180mm 3/4" BSP 150,200,250,300IMM71 230mm 1" BSP 200,250,325IMM80 250mm 1.1/4" BSP 200,250,300,350

Part No* Supply Absorbed kW Amps Max Head/Flow

SAC/P/SPV12-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.15 0.65 4m / 7 l/minSAC/P/SPV18-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.16 0.70 5m / 5 l/minSAC/P/SPV25-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.30 2.00 6m / 5 l/minSAC/P/SPV33-XXX-1-240 230V 1-phase 0.40 2.90 7m / 5 l/minSAC/P/SPV12-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.15 0.32 4m / 7 l/minSAC/P/SPV18-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.16 0.55 5m / 5 l/minSAC/P/SPV25-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.30 0.58 6m / 5 l/minSAC/P/SPV33-XXX-3-380 230/400V 3-phase 0.40 0.90 7m / 5 l/min

SPV Coolant Pumps

The SPV range is suitable for most machine tool coolants and offers cost-effective solution to all coolant pump requirements within 1-phase or 3-phase areas.

n 6 standard stem lengths

n 1-phase or 3-phase options

n Suitable for most machine tool coolants

Basic DimensionsFlange Diameter Outlet Port Pump Body

130mm 3/4" BSP 98mm

* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code – (see above table for options).

* The XXX in the part number should be replaced with the required stem length code: (090=90mm, 120=120mm, 170=170mm, 220=220mm, 270=270mm and 350=350mm).

IMM71 and IMM80 are

available in longer stem lengths –

please call for details


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

198 Pumps

Lowara DOC 3 PumpITT Lowara DOC 3 pumps are versatile, corrosion-resistant and compact. Ideal for the drainage of sumps, cellars, and basements, these pumps have stainless steel housings and are fitted with 10 metres of cable.

Applications:

n Emptying of residential sump pits, rainwater tanks or laundry drainage

n Garden and lawn irrigation, with suction from rainwater tanks

n Emergency draining of flooded basements and garages

n Transfer of water from tanks, cisterns and swimming pools

n Water display fountains

SEEPEX Wobble PumpThe SEEPEX Wobble Pump is a progressive cavity pump. Pumps of this design can be used in almost all industries. They are able to handle liquids of all viscosities and even products with high solids contents. Due to the simple construction wobble pumps are cost effective and easy to maintain.Advantages and Characteristics:

n Accurate linear variable flow rate: up to 10m³/h

n Pulsation free flow

n Pressure: up to 4 bar, 60 psi

n Service-friendly and economical due to simple pump construction

n Rapid exchange of conveying elements due to rotating unit with only one joint

n Space-saving due to short, compact design with directly flanged drive (block design)

Where would you imagine the major costs – and therefore potential savings – associated with a pump would arise? The purchase price? The cost of maintenance? Or the running costs?

In fact, the purchase price of a pump represents less than 5% of the whole life cost, and even maintenance costs amount to only 8% on average. Which leaves the remaining 87% of the cost taken up by energy consumption. And in some applications, energy costs can actually rise to as much as 95% of the whole life cost – which means there are huge savings to be made through more efficient pump operation and more effective maintenance.

But to realise these potential savings, you first need to know what makes pumping so expensive, then how to select the right pump for the job, and finally how best to maintain the pump so it provides optimum performance and maximum energy efficiency.

Visit eriks.co.uk/knowhow for more information on pump savings and developing a sustainable pumping action plan.

Pump up the savings


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

199

Pump configuration

Choosing the right materials of construction is essential for specific applications. We have a wide range of options for casing and hoppers, rotor and stator materials, sealing options and drive choice. Whatever you want to do we can configure the correct pump for you.

SEEPEX Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP)

For low and high viscosity products with and without solid particles – we make All Things Flow

SEEPEX develops and produces progressive cavity pumps (PCP), macerators and control systems. We offer products for all market sectors including water and waste water, food and beverage, biogas, pharmaceutical, oil and gas and many more. Our product groups have high performance ranges within them. Modular design provides customers with tailor-made pumps for every application. For complex handling we supply competent consulting, planning and project management.

Pumps for all applications

Low and high viscosity products, containing soft solids can all be pumped by SEEPEX PCP. The basic pump action is low shear, making it ideal for most shear sensitive food products e.g yeast, yogurt, jams and pie-fillings etc. Open hopper pumps transfer high viscosity products, even whole chickens or mango stones are pumped by our specialized solutions. Hygienic ranges which are CIPable are 3A sanitary standard and comply with FDA and EHEDG regulations. Abrasive and corrosive products can also be handled using SEEPEX pumps.

Low operating costs

Smart Conveying Technology, a patented development from SEEPEX, enables internal inspection and rotor and stator replacement when needed without pipework removal, reducing maintenance time by up to 85%. Adjusting the stator segments restores original pump performance, extending stator life by up to 300%. Level control, dry running protection and over pressure protection are available from SEEPEX for all pumps to optimise performance and reduce operating costs.

Product Groups n N Range: standard configuration, for

flowable products 30L/hr - 500m3/hr

n T Range: open hopper with feed auger, for high viscosity products 50L/hr – 500m3/hr

n D Range: metering pumps accurate to +/- 1%, for accurate dosing 200ml/hr – 1000L/hr

n CS range: Hygienic and easy to clean, for food and pharmaceutical 30L/hr – 130m3/hr

n E range: semi-submersible, for very high suction lifts 30L/hr – 300m3/hr

n W range: single UJ, effective and inexpensive up to 10m3/hr

n M range: macerators, for particle size reduction and pump protection 2m3/hr – 150m3/hr

Accurate metering and dosing

Accurate low pulsation linear flow is a characteristic of our pumps, meaning that flow rates are controlled by one variable – pump speed. Simple installation and calibration without the need for check ball valves or calibration pots. Smart Dosing Pumps have intelligent drives for added control functionality

Versatile in Operation

SEEPEX pumps have an excellent suction lift – up to 9m as standard and more if needed using semi-submersible pumps. They can be installed horizontally or vertically and run both ‘forwards and backwards’ enabling filling and emptying vessels using a single pump. They can generate pressures up to 144 bar if needed and operate at temperatures from -20 °C to 150° C.


FLO

W

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

200


PUMP SERVICES

Repair, overhaul or rewindRepair work carried out on customer’s site or an ERIKS Engineering workshop

Maintain and MonitorPreventative maintenance and condition monitoring carried out using the latest technologies

Replace If the two remedial actions above have not suitable then a more energy and waste efficient replacement product can be recommended.


FUNCTIONS:

n Pump repairs and new pump supply

n Spare part and kitting capability

n Full in-house fabrication and machining facilities

n Reverse and surface engineering

n Pump coating approved contractors

n Stock rationalisation and obsolescence projects

n Pump energy audits and testing

WHY ERIKS:

n Technical and trading partnerships with most major pump suppliers

n Reliability improvements and up-rating

n Obsolescence risk management

n Energy efficiency audits

n Certified Pump System Auditors

n Active members of the Pump Centre and BPMA

TOOLS, SAFETY ANDMAINTENANCEERIKS Tools, Safety and Maintenance Product business unit are able to provide brand leaders in all of its 3 main product areas – Safety, Tooling and Consumables.

Choosing the right tools safety and maintenance equipment is not just about getting the job done more efficiently; it is also about protecting employees from the risk of injury and protecting their employers from potential compensation claims.

201

Wiping Products 204-205

Storage 206-207

Adhesives 208-209

Non-Sparking Tools 210

Safety Footwear 211

Safety Eyewear 212

Respiratory 213

Spill Control 214-215

Gloves 216-219

Lock Boxes and Labelling 220-221

Metal Cutting Tools 222-225

Torque Wrenches 226-227

Live Centres, Chucks & Vices 228

Lubricants 229-243

Line Marking 241

Position Sensors 244-245

Torches 246

Variabox 247


240-241 204-205, 211-217, 237230-233, 242 234

238-239 243 235 244-245

247

206-207 220-221 218-219 222-225

246 208-209 228226-227

Quick reference


TOOLS, SAFETY ANDMAINTENANCE

TOOLS TEChnOLOgy

Selecting products based purely on price can be unproductive in terms of efficiency, comfort and perhaps most importantly the safety of the user.We understand the stresses and strains you face daily, and can help you select the correct tool for the correct job.

ERIKS can provide all the essentials required for a safe and productive environment within an engineering workshop.

Our range of products have been carefully selected by experienced Tools, Safety and Maintenance specialists, to ensure you receive the best quality service and value in the marketplace, whilst ensuring your safety.

202


TOOLS

ERIKS provide a comprehensive range of tools, from a wide selection of leading brands.

All products and brand partners are selected with careful consideration in terms of reliability, availability, performance and the ergonomic effect to the user.

Providing you with the equipment that will enable you to complete tasks in a timely and safe manner.

nn Hand Tools

nn Cutting Tools

nn Power Tools

nn Metrology

nn Abrasives

TOOLS SAFETy AnD MAInTEnAnCE

WORKShOP SAFETyThe working environment and conditions determine the most appropriate protection in order to guarantee the safety of people in the workplace.

Working alongside our partner suppliers you can rest assured that our range of products conform to all the current legislation and adopt best practice to provide a safe working environment.

nn Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

nn Spill Control

nn Hand Hygiene

nn Janitorial

nn Lock Out - Tag Out Systems

EQUIPMEnTThrough ERIKS you can also source all your functional, durable storage solutions with a wide range of workplace equipment.

nn Workbenches

nn Tool cupboards

nn Storage bins

nn Perforated and Louvred panels

MRO COnSUMABLES

ERIKS can provide you with a single source for all your consumable requirements, whether you are looking for lubrication, adhesives, sealants or fasteners we have the products to meet your requirements.

All products conform to current safety legislation and are fully traceable attaining COSHH standards.

nn Lubrication

nn Cutting Fluids and Compounds

nn Degreasers

nn Adhesives and Sealants

nn Fasteners

nn Technical Wipes

203



TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

204 Cloths and Wet Wipes

Part no DescriptionRX-PW-CF2138B RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls Blue

RX-PW-CF2138W RX Centrefeed 2 Ply Wiper Rolls White

RX Wiping Products

new to the RX portfolio are a range of industrial wiping products, they have been carefully selected to provide you with a cost effective solution helping you get the task in hand completed quicker and efficiently, whilst ensuring hygiene levels are kept high.

Our products are manufactured to a high quality specification, giving you the confidence that the RX range of Wiping Products will protect your employees and customers reducing the risk of cross contamination and enhance your hygiene controls.

2 Ply Centrefeed Wiper RollsHighly absorbent solution for dealing with everyday non-hazardous substances

nn Pack Size: 6 rolls

Part no DescriptionRX-PW-HR225B RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 250mm

RX-PW-HR225W RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 250mm

RX-PW-HR250B RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, Blue, 500mm

RX-PW-HR250W RX 2 Ply Hygiene Rolls, White, 500mm

2 Ply hygiene RollsRX 2 Ply hygiene rolls provide a solution to a multitude of wiping tasks. 100 sheets/roll

nn Pack Sizes: 250mm18 rolls/pack 500mm 9rolls/pack

Part no DescriptionRX-PW-LR2380B RX 2 Ply Large Rolls Blue

RX-PW-LR2380W RX 2 Ply Large Rolls White

2 Ply Large RollsThe 2 Ply large rolls arethe perfect, highly absorbent solution for dealing with a wide variety of applications.

nn Pack Size: 2 rolls

Part no DescriptionRX-PW-LR3260B RX 3 Ply Wiper Large Roll, Blue

3 Ply Large RollsThe additional thickness ensures even faster absorbance for non-hazrdous spill situations.

nn Pack Size: 1 roll


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

205

Part no Description

RX-NW-LWQB Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Blue

RX-NW-LWQG Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Green

RX-NW-LWQR Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Red

RX-NW-LWQY Quarterfold Lite Wipes, Yellow

Part no DescriptionRX-NW-LWRB RX Lite Wipe Roll, Blue

Lite Wipe RollLight-weight, disposable cleaning cloth, ideal

for general cleaning tasks.

nn Pack Sizes: 500 sheets/roll

Tech WipesHighly absorbent solution for dealing with everyday non-hazardous substances

nn Pack Sizes: Various

Part no DescriptionRX-WW-SS150 Sani surface sanitising wipes, 150 wipes tubs

RX-WW-SS1500 Sani surface sanitising wipes, 1500 wipes tubs

Sani Surface Sanitising WipesMedium-weight wipe eliminating cross-contamination concerns with a single stroke. Suitable for use in a wide range of applications.

nn Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub 1500 wipes/tub

Part no DescriptionRX-WW-MX80 RX Heavy Duty Max Wipes

heavy Duty Max WipesHeavy duty hand wipe with a textured finish on one side and impregnated with orange scrub for fast cleaning and degreasing.

nn Pack Sizes: 1 tub

Part no DescriptionRX-WW-MP150 RX Multi-Purpose Hand and Wet Surface Wipes

Multi-Purpose hand and Wet Surface WipesThe ultimate portable wet hand wipe for general applications.

nn Pack Sizes: 150 wipes/tub

Quarterfold WipesReusable product designed for the toughest wiping tasks.

nn Pack Sizes: Heavy, 6 packs/25 Lite, 20 packs/50

Part no Description

RX-NW-HWQB Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Blue

RX-NW-HWQG Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Green

RX-NW-HWQR Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Red

RX-NW-HWQY Quarterfold Heavy Wipes, Yellow

Part no DescriptionRX-NW-TWQB RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes, Blue

RX-NW-TWQDW RX Quarterfold Tech Wipes in Dispenser Box, White

RX-NW-TWRB RX Tech Wipes Roll, Blue

RX-NW-TWRW RX Tech Wipes Roll, White

heavy Wipes

Lite Wipes


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

206 Workplace Storage

Why buy Bott

UnderstandThe Bott and ERIKS sales team will work together with you to understand your requirements.

DevelopUsing their knowledge and experience they will propose a tailored solution and can provide full 3D simulations giving a clear impression of the proposed workspace.

ManufactureBott products are manufactured here in the UK using the latest sophisticated manufacturing processes, a dedicated workforce and high quality materials. Bott are fully ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified.

DeliverBott have their own delivery vehicle fleet to get the products to your site on time and in good condition.

InstallIf required the Bott installation team will unwrap, assemble and position the equipment.

AftercareBott and ERIKS believe in long-term business relationships, so you can be assured of an excellent aftersales service.

Built to lastAll products undergo a rigorous testing and validation programme, ensuring they are truly fit for purpose.

All Bott manufactured workplace storage equipment is proudly covered by a 10 year guarantee so you can be totally confident in the quality and durability of our range.


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

207

Bott CubioA comprehensive storage system designed for the most demanding of applications.

The range covers drawer cabinets, cupboards, workbenches and mobile storage solutions. The modular system forms a harmonious solution and can be integrated with the Bott perfo storage range.

All Bott Cubio products are epoxy powder coated in a choice of four standard colour schemes and come in a vast range of sizes.

heavy Duty Cabinets

nn Heavy duty construction with up to 1000kg U.D.L. capacitynn Centrally lockable with drawer blockingnn 75kg U.D.L. capacity, 100% extension drawersnn Static and mobile versionsnn Optional adjustable metal, plastic box and trough section divider kitsnn Top trays, worktops and base plinth optional accessories

heavy Duty Cupboards

nn Heavy duty construction with up to 1000kg U.D.L. capacitynn Lockable doors with hinged, sliding, up/over and window stylesnn Galvanised steel shelves with up to 160kg capacity and wooden shelf/worktop optionsnn 75kg U.D.L. capacity, 100% extension drawersnn Perfo and louvre backpanels with hook and bin accessories

heavy Duty Benches

nn Heavy duty construction with up to 1200kg U.D.L. capacitynn 40mm thick worktops in many styles to cover all applicationsnn Wide variety of bench styles from basic framework to high capacity storage with integrated cabinetsnn Static and mobile optionsnn Backpanel and overhead shelf and light accessories


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

208

Universal Structural BondersLIMITLESSBONDING

LIMITLESSREPAIR

LIMITLESSDESIGN

Introducing limitless bonding for limitless design and repair

Whatever your industry, Loctite has an adhesive solution. Contact us on 01442 278100 www.loctite.co.uk

Henkel Loctite Adhesives


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

209

Universal Structural BondersLIMITLESSBONDING

LIMITLESSREPAIR

LIMITLESSDESIGN

Introducing limitless bonding for limitless design and repair

Whatever your industry, Loctite has an adhesive solution. Contact us on 01442 278100 www.loctite.co.uk

LOCTITE 243

Medium Strength Threadlocker

nn Resists vibration loosening

nn Threads are completely sealed

nn Temperature resistance up to 180°C

nn Improved cure even on mildly oil contaminated parts

For general purpose threadlocking

LOCTITE hy 4070 Ultra Fast

Universal Repair Adhesive – fixtures < 60 secondsr

nn Gap fill up to 5mm

nn Bonds most substrates including metals, most plastics and rubbers

nn Good moisture, temperature and chemical resistance

LOCTITE hy 4080 Toughened

Structural bonding with good impact resistance

nn Fixtures in approximately 10 minutes even with a 2mm gap



LOCTITE hy 4090 Fast

Fast and Strong Structural Bonder



nn Ultimate strength with maximum temperature resistance up to 150°C

LOCTITE 638

high strength retaining compound

nn Maximium strength

nn Prevents fretting

nn Gap fill up to 0.25mm


Ideal for bonding gears and impellors onto shafts. Use where permanent fixing is required

LOCTITE 401, 406 & 454

Range of instant adhesives

nn Thin to gel consistencies


nn Handling strength in seconds

nn Can be used with LOCTITE 770

nn Polyolefin Primer

Suitable for bonding most close fitting plastic and rubber components. Single component

LOCTITE 577

Pipe Thread Sealant

nn Coarse pipe threads up to 3” BSP

nn Instant seal on taper/parallel joints


nn Improved cure even on mildly oil contaminated parts

For sealing metal coarse threads, locks and seals in any position

LOCTITE 577

Flange Sealant

nn One product for any shape or size gasket

nn Seals scored or damaged rigid flanges

nn No gasket relaxation

nn Improved heat aging

For sealing rigid flanges with gaps up to 0.3mm

LOCTITE 3090

2 part instant gel adhesive

nn Clear

nn Gap fill up to 5mm

nn Handling strength – seconds to minutes depending on gap


For sealing rigid flanges with gaps up to 0.3mm

Continued innovation from LOCTITE

new hybrid Technology

Established product range and new hybrid Technology - Threadlocking - Thread Sealing - gasketing - Retaining - Structural Bonding - Instant adhesives


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

210

RX NON-SPARKING TOOLS

The Range Includes:

n Pliers

n Screwdrivers

n Spanners Wrenches

n Sockets and sets

At ERIKS we take your safety seriously and when it comes to using tools in potentially explosive environments we simply don’t offer second best.

The RX range of non-sparking safety tools are recommended for use in all potentially explosive environments, all areas where combustible or easily ignitable vapours, liquids and dusts are present and anywhere that a potential fire and explosion risk from sparks is possible.

Safety at your fingertips...

n Hex keys

n Hammers

n Brushes

n Chisels and Bars

non-sparking Tools


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

211Safety Footwear

RX® Securo Safety Shoe

The RX Securo is a quality safety shoe made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes the RX Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish on the market.

RX® Solido Safety Boot

The RX Solido is a quality safety boot made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes the RX Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish on the market.

Part no Description UK sizeW93L-50005 RX Safety Shoe Securo 5

W93L-50006 RX Safety Shoe Securo 6

W93L-50007 RX Safety Shoe Securo 6.5



Part no Description UK sizeW93L-50010 RX Safety Shoe Securo 9

W93L-50011 RX Safety Shoe Securo 9.5




Part no Description UK sizeW93L-50015 RX Safety Boot Solido 5

W93L-50016 RX Safety Boot Solido 6

W93L-50017 RX Safety Boot Solido 6.5



Part no Description UK sizeW93L-50020 RX Safety Boot Solido 9

W93L-50021 RX Safety Boot Solido 9.5




nn Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J

nn Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat, protects a larger area of the foot

nn Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required

nn Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot

nn TPU heel support

nn Reflective accents for high visibility

nn Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort

nn PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant

nn HRO resistant to 300°C contact heat

nn SRC sole for improved slip resistance

nn Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders

nn Extra wide fit

nn Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J

nn Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat, protects a larger area of the foot

nn Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required.

nn Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot

nn TPU heel support

nn Reflective accents for high visibility

nn Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort

nn PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant

nn HRO resistant to 300°C contact heat

nn SRC sole for improved slip resistance

nn Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders

nn Extra wide fit

RX Safety Footwear


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

212

Part no W93L-50004

Safety glasses, goggles and Respiratory

Part no W93L-50000

Part no W93L-50001

Part no W93L-50003

Part no W93L-50002

RX Safety glasses and goggles

Maximum comfort and the highest level of protection are essential when eye-protection must be worn. Features such as lightweight, stability and a perfect fit contribute to this end.

RX® Optiflex-V Safety glasses

nn Lightweight stylish designnn Fits over regular glasses without compromising comfortnn Side ventilationnn Polycarbonate lens

Optiflex-BBrown polycarbonate lens improves the adaptation of the eye to variable lighting conditions

Optiflex-WGreen polycarbonate lens offer protection against UV rays and beams of light. Shade 5 Lens

Optiflex-CClear polycarbonate lens, the perfect protection for a wide range of lighting conditions

CHOOSING THE RIGHT LENS

RX® Optiflex-C Safety glasses

nn Lightweight stylish designnn Clear polycarbonate lensnn Compliant with EN166 and EN170nn Anti-scratch coatingnn Anti-fog coatingnn Ventilating

RX® Optiflex-C Safety glasses

nn Lightweight stylish designnn Green lens protects against UV rays and beams of lightnn Shade 5 lens for oxy-fuel welding and solderingnn Compliant with EN166 and EN169nn Anti-scratch and anti-fog coatingnn Ventilating

RX® Optiflex-B Safety glasses

nn Lightweight stylish designnn Brown lens protects against UV rays and beams of lightnn Good colour recognition, TSR (traffic signal recognition)nn Compliant with EN166 and EN170nn Anti-scratch coatingnn Anti-fog coatingnn Ventilating

RX® Optiflex-g Wide Vision goggles

nn Lightweight stylish design with adjustable elastic headbandnn Ergonomically designed, 180° wide-visionnn Highest optical quality lens, class 1nn CE approved, EN166 protection against splashes of chemical liquids and molten metalsnn Anti-scratch and anti-fog coatingnn Indirect ventilation


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

213

Pack normal Protection Assigned Part no Description Size Factor Protection FactorW93L-50031 RX FFP2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced 10 12 10

W93L-50033 RX FFP2V P2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced, valve 10 12 10

W93L-50035 RX FFP3V P2 pre-formed disposable mask reinforced, valve 5 50 20

normal Protection Assigned Part no Description Packaging Factor Protection FactorW93L-50028 RX FFP1 disposable mask folded 20 4 4

W93L-50027 RX FFP1V disposable mask folded and valve 10 4 4

W93L-50029 RX FFP2 disposable mask folded 20 12 10



normal Protection Assigned Part no Description Packaging Factor Protection FactorW93L-50037 RX FFP1 pre-formed disposable mask 20 4 4

W93L-50036 RX FFP1V pre-formed disposable mask and valve 10 4 4

W93L-50034 RX FFP2 pre-formed disposable mask 20 12 10



Respiratory

RX® Fold Flat Disposable Mask

Single use, lightweight, ergonomically shaped disposable respirator for protection against non-toxic and toxic particles.

nn Multi-layered filter medium electrostatically chargednn Ergonomically shaped with adjustable head straps to provide individual fitnn Adjustable nose clip to ensure a good seal around the nosenn Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001 and A1:2009NRnn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P1V, P2V and P3V)

RX® Fold Flat Disposable MaskRX® pre-formed masks are manufactured to the highest standards, providing excellent comfort and protection. A range of protective factors are available both with and without a valve.

nn Multi-layered filter medium electrostatically chargednn Ergonomically shaped with adjustable nose clip to ensure a good seal around the nosenn Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001 and A1:2009NRnn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P1V, P2V and P3V)

RX® Fold Flat Disposable MaskDue to its lightweight netted construction, this mask has a very low breathing resistance, so even during the most demanding working conditions the wearer enjoys the highest possible comfort.

nn Multi-layered filter medium electrostatically chargednn Reinforced net keeps the mask in its original form making it last longernn Integrated cover protects the valve avoiding mechanical damagenn Adjustable head straps to provide an individual fitnn Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001 and A1:2009NRnn Exhalation valve added for easier breathing (P2V and P3V)


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

214

RX® PERFORM+ Oil Range

Spill Control

Advantages of Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP) over Traditional granules

Part no Description Size and Packaging Adsorption capacity (L)RX-SC100-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 120L

RX-SC200-O3 Oil Only Lightweight Triple Layer Pad 41cm x 46cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box 154L

RX-SC81-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Box 240L

RX-SC41-O3 Oil Only Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 41cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box 120L

RX-SC122-O Oil Only Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L

RX-SC305-O Oil Only Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 85L

RX-SC4646-O Oil Only Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L

RX Spill ControlSpill control is not just incident management, it’s about meeting Legal and Regulatory Frameworks that apply to everyone in today’s environment.

Made from Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP) RX® adsorbents are a high quality, high performance workplace spill control solution.

Products are available for general maintenance use in factories, workshops, and the manufacturing industry where there is a general requirement for a clean workplace.

In outdoor situations, where oil and other liquids must be controlled, RX® provides an oil and fuel solution. This is a hydrophobic product which will not adsorb water.

For incidents, and day-to-day situations involving chemicals and solvents, the RX® chemical range provides an instantly recognisable and complete solution.

Available in:

nn Padsnn Rollsnn Socksnn Pillows

nn Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water

nn Spunbound cover on both sides give superior strength allowing for high abrasion resistance when wiping rough surfaces

nn Dimple bonded for added strength and speeds up the wicking of liquids

nn Available in two different weights

nn Virtually lint-free

nn Can be deployed even faster

nn Adsorbs spills more quickly

nn Flexibility of use; can be used reactively or as a preventative measure

nn Easier and quicker to dispose of, can be incinerated

nn Granules are dusty and messy and in some cases harmful to employees and machinery

nn Lower cost in use, customer can save over 40%

RX® Site SurveysERIKS can offer a full site survey for assessment of suitable leak and spill provision, ensuring full compliance with current health and safety and environmental legislation.

RX® Spill Control TrainingWe can provide certified spill control training for first responders or tailored solutions dependant on requirements. This will help with compliance with Environmental Management Systems as set out in ISO 14001.

Quicker and faster than granules

SITE SURVEYS AND TRAINING


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

215

Part no Description Size and Packaging Adsorption capacity (L)RX-SC100-C Perforated Heavyweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 134L

RX-SC81-C Heavy Weight Perforated Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Bag 267L

RX-SC41-C Heavy Weight Perforated Roll 41cm x 46m 2 Rolls/Bag 134L

RX-SC122-C Chemical Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L

RX-SC305-C Chemical Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 84L

RX-SC4646-C Chemical Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L

Part no Description Size and Packaging Adsorption capacity (L)RX-SC100-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box 120L

RX-SC200-M3 Perforated Lightweight Pad 41cm x 46cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box 154L

RX-SC81-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 81cm x 46m 1 Roll/Box 240L

RX-SC41-M3 Perforated Heavyweight Triple Layer Roll 41cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box 120L

RX-SC122-M Maintenance Sock 7.6cm dia x 122cm 15 Socks/Box 85L

RX-SC305-M Maintenance Sock 7.6cm dia x 305cm 6 Socks/Box 84L

RX-SC4646-M Universal Pillow 46cm x 46cm 10 Pillows/Box 78L

Part no Description Content Adsorption capacity (L)RX-SCKIT130-M Maintenance Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L

1 Roll Red/White Barrier Tape, 1 A Frame Floor Sign, 5 Ties

RX-SCKIT250-M Maintenance Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 250L


RX-SCKIT130-O Oil Only Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L


RX-SCKIT250-O Oil Only Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 250L


RX-SCKIT130-C Chemical Mobile Response Kit 50 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags, Up to 136L


RX-SCKIT250-C Chemical Mobile Response Kit 150 Heavyweight Pads, 8 Socks, 4 Pillows, Wet Wipes, 5 Disposable Bags Up to 250L


Available in:


nn Spunbound cover offers high abrasion resistance when wiping rough surfaces

nn Dimple bonded for added strength and faster, easier clean up of spills

nn Static resistant, offering greater safety when handling flammable liquids

nn Available in two different weights

nn Virtually lint-free

RX® PERFORM+ Maintenance Range

nn Designed to adsorb chemical and other hazardous liquids

nn Ideal for use in laboratories, hospitals and chemical storage areas

nn Spunbound cover offers high abrasion resistance and added strength when wiping rough surfaces

nn Dimple bonded for added strength and faster, easier clean up of spills

nn Static resistant, offering greater safety when handling flammable liquids

RX® PERFORM+ Maintenance Range Available in:


nn All models available in oil only, Maintenance and Chemical Versions

nn Adsorption capacity up to 250 litres

nn Wheels give mobility indoors and outdoors

RX® Spill Control Mobile Response KitsAdsorption Capacity:

nn 136 Litrenn 250 Litre


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

216 Safety gloves

Part no glove SizeRX-PG-CR5N7 7

RX-PG-CR5N8 8

RX-PG-CR5N9 9

RX-PG-CR5N10 10

RX-PG-CR5N11 11

Part no. SizeW93L-50057 6

W93L-50059 7

W93L-50058 8

W93L-50056 9

W93L-50055 10

RX Safety gloves

RX® Safe5 Cut Resistant gloveSeamless knitted high cut resistant liner with a nitrile palm coating that offers outstanding protection.

nn The seamless construction provides an exceptional level of comfort, whilst the open back style allows excellent breathability

nn This lightweight glove attains to the maximum EN388 standard offering the wearer an excellent level of protection

nn The nitrile palm coating is incredibily resilient and flexible, allowing for good gripping ability

nn Elasticated, for a snug fit. The knitted wrist is extra long for optimal wrist protection

nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics and construction

nn Sold in packs of 12 pairs

RX® Dyneema® Safe3 Cut Resistant glove

Seamless knitted Dyneema® glove with polyurethane coating.


nn This lightweight glove with Dyneema® provides excellent resistance to cuts, abrasion and tears

nn The glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity for the most tactile of operations

nn Elasticated, for a snug fit. The knitted wrist is extra long for optimal wrist protection

nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics and cutting activities



TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

217

Part no. Size W93L-50067 6

W93L-50066 7

W93L-50039 8

W93L-50041 9

W93L-50064 10

Part no. Size ColourW93L-50048 6 Black

W93L-50051 7 Black

W93L-50053 8 Black

W93L-50054 9 Black

W93L-50047 10 Black

W93L-50049 6 White

W93L-50046 7 White

W93L-50050 8 White

W93L-50052 9 White

W93L-50044 10 White

RX® Top-Flex PU Precision gloves

Seamless knitted nylon glove with polyurethane coating.


nn The glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity for the most tactile of operations

nn Knitted elasticated wrist for a snug fit

nn Suitable applications include: component handling, assembly, electronics and light engineering

nn Available in black or white versions


RX® nitri-4-grip Safety gloves for Extra grip

Seamless knitted nylon glove with a light porous breathable foam nitrile coating.


nn The snug fit provides maximum dexterity for the most tactile of applications

nn As well as providing excellent dry grip, Nitri-4 Grip channels oils and liquids away from the surface ensuring superb wet grip

nn Suitable applications include; component handling and assembly



TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

218 Thormas Safety gloves

Part no glove SizeTHMS2420031 6

THMS2420032 7

THMS2420033 8

THMS2420034 9

THMS2420035 10


THMS2420037 7

THMS2420038 8

THMS2420039 9

THMS2420040 10


THMS2420012 7

THMS2420013 8

THMS2420014 9

THMS2420015 10

Thormas Safety gloves

Precision handling PU Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug fit. They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a white polyurethane coated palm on a seamless knitted white nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications where fine handling is important. Perfect for inspection jobs where the use of white gloves is desirable. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1

Precision handling PU Second Skin fit gloves are light but strong with an exceptionally tactile feel and snug fit. They have a close-fitting knitted wrist with a black polyurethane coated palm on a seamless knitted black nylon liner. Hard-wearing and excellent dexterity for applications where fine handling is important. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1

Precision grip nIT High quality grey nitrile foam palm coating on a seamless 13g white nylon liner for extra comfort. Open back style allows excellent breathability. Tight fitting to for maximum dexterity for the most tactile of applications. Elasticated knitted wrist for a snug fit. Conform to EN 388: 4.1.2.1


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

219


THMS2420022 7

THMS2420023 8

THMS2420024 9

THMS2420025 10


THMS2420027 7

THMS2420028 8

THMS2420029 9

THMS2420030 10


THMS2420017 7

THMS2420018 8

THMS2420019 9

THMS2420020 10

Precision grip nIT Designed and developed as a breathable glove, the Ultimate Flex has a 15g nylon/spandex grey liner with a black nitrile foam palm coating. Ideal glove for precision handling in dry environments. Suitable for a wide variety of applications such as packaging, logistics and warehousing, using tools and instruments, wiring operations, automotive and construction. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1

Precision grip nIT The Ultimate Flex Pro glove offers cutting edge technology nitrile micro-foam with a black palm coating on a 15g grey nylon/spandex liner. Extremely comfortable for prolonged wear. Excellent dexterity, sensitivity, tactility and fit. Superior grip and abrasion resistance. Good for both wet and dry applications such as handling oily components. Conform to EN 388 4.1.3.1

Cut protection pu3The HPPE 13g cut resistant grey liner is super-lightweight and flexible for optimum comfort and dexterity. Grey polyurethane palm coating gives excellent handling performance in wet or oily environments as it channels liquids away from the glove surface. Cut level 3 protection for applications with medium cut risk.


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

220

With best practice machine-specific procedures, software to easily create and evaluate them, and the tools to isolate any machine from its energy supply, you can avoid accidents during machine interventions and push your go forzero programme to the next level!

www.bradyeurope.com/LOTOservices

GO FOR ZERO WITH LOCKOUT/TAGOUT

Request the Lockout/Tagout guide book “Safer machine interventions”!

Lockout/Tagout Guide Book

SAFERMACHINE INTERVENTIONS

ENABLE

Reduce accidents,increase productivity

Print lean & safety signs on-siteBrady offers durable visual workplace labels, including amongst others lean and 5S labels, floor marking, storage area labels, level indicators, gauge labels, equipment identification labels and logistics labelling. These labels can be printed on-site when needed with a Brady printer.

Discover the advantages of visual workplace signs with our complete range of sign & label printers.

www.bradyeurope.com/diy BRADY UKWildmere Industrial Estate, Banbury, Oxon OX16 3JU

Discover our printers!







ENABLE






Brady


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

221







ENABLE






Part no DescriptionW15D-54376 BMP21-PLUS Label Printer

W15D-57633 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on White

W15D-57647 19.05mm Vinyl Tape Cartridge - Black on Yellow

Part no DescriptionW15D-52690 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Blue

W15D-53302 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Yellow

W15D-53312 Portable Metal Group Lock Box Red

Label Printers and Lock Boxes

BMP™ 21-Plus Label PrinterOnce you experience the BMP™21-PLUS Label Printer’s unstoppable labelling power, you’re not going to want to share. It combines a tough exterior with smart printing capabilities for wires, cables and flat surfaces.

nn Drop-lock-and-print cartridgesnn Super rugged with moulded rubber bumpersnn Rechargeable lithium-ion batterynn 7 durable continuous materials with widths from 6 to 38.10 mmnn Automatic label formatting for wire wraps, terminal blocks, patch panels and cable flags and general banner labelsnn 104 symbols for electric, smart home, safety and datacomnn Label grabber, printer holds label after cuttingnn Standard 2 year warranty

BBP™ 31 Sign and Label PrinterThe BBP™31 Sign & Label Printer is exactly how a printer is supposed to be. It’s easy to use. It’s packed with functionality. And best of all, it’s got so many material options that this one printer can handle all the labelling needs in your facility.

group Lock BoxFor group lockout situations involving a large number of workers and equipment

nn After machine or process is locked out, the key or keys of the machine are placed in a lock box. Each authorized work team member places a personal lock or tagout device in the group lock box.nn Ensures that no single employee has access to the box unless ALL employees have removed their locks or tags.

Part no DescriptionW15D-62522 BBP31 Sign & Label Printer QWERTY - UK

W15D-57302 101mm Indoor/Outdoor Vinyl Tape - White

W15D-57302 101mm Indoor/Outdoor Vinyl Tape - Yellow


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

222 Metal Cutting Tools

hSS Tap and Drill Set

nn Brand new 14pc setnn Features E500 straight flute taps and A002 TiN coated jobbersnn Ideal for a wide range of general purpose machining applicationsnn Contains M3-M12 taps and equivalent pre-tapping dril sizes

Part no DORL115NO101

90° Countersink Set

nn Metric set (Plastic case) containing G136 HSS 90 degree straight shank countersinksnn For production of 90° countersinks in most materialsnn Can also be used as a de-burring toolnn Bright finish, 3 flute, ground all over

Part no DORG236-1

A002 Tin Tipped Jobber Drill

Numerous aspects of Dormer’s renowned A002’s design contribute to its outstanding all-round capabilities

nn Special 118° four facet point enables excellent centringnn Titanium Nitride (TiN) coating not only resists wear but also reduces friction.nn Thick web design optimises the structural strength of the drill

Part no DORA002-XX

BurrsDormer’s range of carbide burrs is a high quality, comprehensive program which includes designs and shapes to offer a solution for the majority of applications in all major industry segments.

nn Cut styles include aluminium and double cutnn Toughened and hardened steel shanksnn Special brazing elements provide excellent braze strengthnn Ball Nose Geometry, skip flute grinding nn TiAIN Coating

nn For all general internal and external turning operationsnn Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand

nn D style holder with top clamp for increased securitynn Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges

negative Turning holders and Boring Bars

Part no DCLNR

PCLNR

PCKNR

PCBNR

Metal Cutting Tools


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

223

negative Turning Inserts

Part no CNMG 09/12/16/19

DNMG 11/1504/1506

RNMG 12/15/19

SNMG 12/15/19

TNMG 16/22

VNMG 16

WNMG 06T3/0604/08

nn For all general internal and external turning operationsnn Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right hand

nn D style holder with top clamp for increased securitynn Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges

Positive Turning holders and Boring Bars

Part no SCLCR

SDNCN

SRDCN

Positive Turning Inserts

nn Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mmnn Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining conditionsnn Toolholders and Boring Bars available

nn For all general internal and external turning operations nn Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right handnn D style holder with top clamp for increased security nn Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges

Part no CCGT/MT 06/08/09/12

DCGT/MT 07/11

RCGT/MT

06/08/10/12/16/20

SCMT 09/12

TCGT/MT 09/11/16

VBMT 11/16

VCGT/MT 07/11/13/16

nn Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 1.6mmnn Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining conditionsnn Toolholders and Boring Bars availablenn For all general internal and external turning operations

nn Tool holders and boring bars available in left hand or right handnn D style holder with top clamp for increased security nn Available in styles that enable the use of all insert edges


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

224 Metal Cutting Tools

Parting & grooving

Part no holder InsertsW24A-71384 XLCFN 2602 J 3.00 (x1) LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10)

W24A-71385 XLCFN 2603 J 4.00 (x1) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10)

W24A-71386 XLCFN 3202 M 3.00 (x1) LFMX 3.1-.20TNF2 T8330 (x10)

W24A-71387 XLCFN 3203 M 4.00 (x1) LFMX 4.1-.20SNF2:T8330 (x10)

Milling

Part no ADMX 07/11/16

U-Drills

nn Available in diameters 15mm - 58mm, in lengths 2D, 3D, 4D & 5D.nn High drill body stability with low friction coatingnn Versatile with high application security

Part no SCET

05/06/07/09/12/15

XPET

05/06/07/09/

11/12/15/19

Strong square insert in Grades and Chip Breakers to suit all materials and machining conditions2D 3D 4D 5D

nn Versatile range of cutters for face milling, shoulder milling, slot milling, plunge milling, ramping and helical interpolation.nn End Mills, Helical End Mills and Face mills available

nn For radial parting and grooving applicationsnn Single edge inserts for production of deeper groovesnn Back stop incorporated within insert for improved depth controlnn 4 different kits available Each kit comes with a blade and a packet of 10 x LFMX inserts (T8330 Grade)

Chip Breakers and Grades for all materials and machining

conditions

Available with corner radii 0.2mm - 3.0mm

Metal Cutting Tools


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

225

Metric & Unified Threading Kitsnn For the production of external and internal metric threads in most materialsnn Tool holders for both conventional and partial profile insertsnn Left hand holders and inserts also availablenn Suitable for a wide range of materials

A087201 A08910 L700n781nn A002 TiN coated jobber drills with self centering pointnn Excellent performance in a wide range of materialsnn Supplied in robust, attractive plastic case

Contains

nn 19 PC A002 TiN coated jobber drills for general purpose drilling in a wide range of materialsnn 1.00mm - 10.0mm x 0.5mm

nn 5 PC A002 TiN coated jobber drills with self centering pointnn Excellent performance in a wide range of materialsnn Supplied in robust, attractive plastic case

Contains

nn A002 HSS TiN Coated Jobber Drills:nn 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 8.00 & 10.00mm

nn HSS METRIC COARSE STRAIGHT FLUTE TAP SET (M3-M10)nn Metric coarse taps set for maintenance repair and overhaul nn Manufactured from premium quality HSS nn For increased hardness toughness and improved strength nn Bright finish universally suitable for many materialsnn Manufactured to Din standards with chamfer form C for blind and through holes

Part no StyleW24A-71388 External

W24A-71389 External

W24A-71390 Internal

W24A-71391 Internal


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

226

norbar Torque Wrenches Torque Screwdrivers

Versatile, accurate and easy torqueing for smaller fasteners and restricted spaces

TT Torque Wrenches

For no-nonsense torqueing – comfortable, accurate and easy to use

norTorque®

Utilises norbar’s proven mechanism and internal components and incorporates them into a purposeful and attractive torque wrench

norbar

Part no DetailsNOR13475 TTs1.5 0.3 – 1.5 N�m screwdriver

NOR13476 TTs 3.0 0.6 – 3 N�m screwdriver

NOR13509 TTs 6.0 1.2 – 6 N�m screwdriver

Part no DetailsNOR13285 TTi 20 1/4" 1 – 20 N�m, 10 -180 lbf�in

NOR13640 TTi 20 3/8" 1 – 20 N�m, 10 -180 lbf�in

NOR13658 TTi 50 3/8" 8 – 50 N�m, 6 – 35 lbf�ft

NOR13659 TTi 50 ½" 8 – 50 N�m, 6 – 35 lbf�ft

Part no DetailsNOR130101+ NorTorque® model 60 3/8" 12 - 60 N�m, 10 - 45 lbf�ft

NOR130103* NorTorque® model 100 ½" 20 - 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft

NOR130104 NorTorque® model 200 ½" 40 - 200 N�m, 30 - 150 lbf�ft



nn Accuracy exceeds the requirement of ISO 6789:2003

nn Tool 'slips' when torque is achieved removing the possibility of 'over-tightening'

nn Supplied with a 1/4" hexagon bit holder designed using a 4mm hexagon stem

nn Bit holder can be removed and replaced with widely available screwdriver bits

nn All tools feature a lock to prevent accidental adjustment of set torque

nn Easy torque adjustment without the need of additional specialist tools

nn Traceable calibration certificate for the clockwise direction supplied with all adjustable tools

nn Accurate to ±3% of reading which meets and exceeds ISO 6789:2003

nn Micrometer scale for simple and error free setting

nn All models feature a lock to prevent accidental adjustment of the set torque

nn Handle and lens materials resistant to commonly used industrial chemicals

nn Adjustment over the entire scale can quickly be achieved and with minimal effort in approximately ten complete turns

nn Each wrench is supplied with a traceable calibration certificate


nn Push/pull lock is fast and intuitive to use and prevents accidental adjustment of the set torque

nn Light and fast adjustment saves operator time and effort

nn Micrometer scale applying to the primary torque units (N·m on a dual scale wrench) for simple and error free setting

nn Tough ratchets with narrow engagement angles for easy positioning in confined spaces

nn Convenient hanger feature for tool storage also aids wrench unlocking and adjustment

nn Supplied with traceable calibration certificate.

+ Supplied with a ½" sq. dr. adaptor

* Supplied with a 3/8" sq. dr. adaptor


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

227

Professional Torque Wrenches

norbar’s Professional torque wrench range has become one of the most popular wrench ranges available worldwide

Industrial Torque Wrenches

For ultimate torque control in heavy duty applications

handTorque®

Designed for use where it is necessary to provide higher torques than would otherwise be possible due to limitations of space or operator strength. Input to the multiplier is via a ratchet torque wrench set to one fifth of the desired output torque.

Part no DetailsNOR15002 Pro 50 3/8" 10 – 50 N�m, 7.5 – 37.5 lbf�ft

NOR15003 Pro 100 ½" 20 – 100 N�m, 15 - 75 lbf�ft

NOR15004 Pro 200 ½" 40 – 200 N�m, 30- 150 lbf�ft

NOR15005 Pro 300 ½" 60 – 300 N�m, 50 – 220 lbf�ft

NOR15006 Pro 340 ½" 60 – 340 N�m, 50 – 250 lbf.ft

NOR15007 Pro 400 ½" 80 – 400 N�m, 60 – 300 lbf�ft

Part no DetailsNOR12001 3AR 3/4" 100 – 500 N�m, 70 – 350 lbf�ft

NOR12006 4R 1" 150 – 700 N�m, 100 – 500 lbf�ft

NOR12007 4AR 3/4" 200 – 800 N�m 150 – 600 lbf�ft

NOR12009 5R 3/4" 300 – 1000 N�m 200 – 750 lbf�ft

NOR12012 5AR 1" 700 – 1500 N�m 500 – 1000 lbf�ft

Part no DetailsNOR180260 HT3-1000 N�m Kit, ½" input, 3/4" output

NOR17220 HT3 1300 N�m Kit, ½" input, 3/4" output

NOR17221 HT3 2700 N�m Kit, 3/4" input, 1" output


nn Large scale for better visibility and more accurate setting

nn Fast scale adjustment reducing the effort required to adjust

nn Ergonomic new handle with a high proportion of soft-feel, high grip material

nn Handle material and lens resist all chemicals in common automotive, industrial and aviation use

nn Unique on a torque wrench, the TimeStrip® gives a visual indication that the wrench is due for re-calibration

nn Supplied with a traceable calibration certificate

nn Unique ‘break action’ mechanism gives unparalleled control over the applied torque

nn Perfect for wheel nuts and many other applications

nn Accurate to ±4% of reading

nn Supplied with traceable calibration certificate

nn 5:1 multiplication, accuracy ±4%

nn Small and compact design

nn Robust construction means minimal maintenance and long life

nn 1300 N.m version has a spare 3/4" output square included in the kit


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

228

RÖhM Live Centres, Chucks and Compact Vices

Live CentresThe requirement for high cutting capacities and high working precision demands an additional support by a revolving live centre for many workpieces due to their shape and length.

Thanks to their precision bearings, RÖHM live centres offer optimal force absorption and a maximum concentricity deviation of up to 0.003 mm. Thanks to the lifetime lubrication, the centre points are maintenance free.

nn Maximum concentricity and optimal force absorption thanks to proven precision bearings

nn Special lubrication for long service life and little required maintenance

nn Minimum interference contour thanks to slender housing shape

Key Bar Chucks With Quick-Acting Jaw Change SystemThe RÖHM key bar chucks with quick-acting jaw change system are used successfully in areas where extremely high clamping forces, high concentricity and reliable long-term repeatability are required.

Thanks to the quick-acting jaw change system, the jaws can be quickly and easily turned, changed or offset over the entire clamping range within a few seconds.

nn Maximum clamping forces thanks to direct force transfer via the key bar system

nn Maximum concentricity and axial run-out tolerance

nn High user-friendliness thanks to quick-acting jaw change system

nC-Compact VicesNC-compact vices are particularly suited for use on machining centers, milling machines and are ideal for 5-axis machining.

These premium vices are very impressive with their stable and compact design for maximum clamping accuracy and optimal workpiece accessibility.

By simply turning the clamping force presetting, a clamping force of up to 60 kN can be achieved. With workpieces that are sensitive to deformation, the force amplification can be disabled.

nn Large clamping range and precise positioning due to fixed clamping jaw

nn The compact design resists deformation for the greatest possible clamping precision

nn Consistent clamping force and maximum repeatability of 0.01 mm

RÖhM


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

229

HIGH PERFORMANCE LUBRICATION

DID yOU KnOW...

36% of rolling bearings fail

due inadequate lubrication

Product Range

nn Lubricants; grease, oil, pastes, dry film lubricants and cleanersnn Lubricatorsnn Lubrication Systemsnn Equipment and accessories including grease guns and storage systems

Services

nn Application and selection advicenn Lubricant management contractsnn Oil samplingnn Condition Monitoring

Products from all the Leading Brands

LUBRICATIOn TEChnOLOgy

An effective lubrication service does more than keep machinery functioning smoothly, it can improve reliability, lengthen machinery life, increase efficiency and enhance productivity.

We offer lubricants for every industry and every requirement including special lubricants for the Food and Beverage and Pharmaceutical industries to meet the very highest legislative requirements.

We bring our experience, our know-how and our passion for technology and we apply them not just at your machinery’s lubrication points but at every stage of your process.

We can recommend products across one brand or a range of brands, ensuring the best performance and best value, regardless of supplier.

229


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

230

White grease Spray

Part noRX-WHITEGREASE-400ML

high Temperature EP2 Bearing grease

Part noOKS422-400ML

ERIKS Lubrication Essentials

Open gear grease Spray

Part noROC-TUFGEAR SPRAY

Wire Rope Spray

Part noROC-WIRE ROPE SPRAY

Multi-Purpose grease EP2

Part noEP2-400G-RX

Multi-Purpose Lithium Complex grease

Part noEP2-HP-400G-RX

Wide Temperature Range EP2 grease

Part noOKS404-400ML

Food grade EP2 Bearing grease

Part noOKS479-400ML

Marine grease

Part noOKS403-400ML

Food Safe Silicone grease

Part noOKS1110-80ML

OKS110-500G

OKS-1111-400ML

DON’T FORGET

Side Lever grease gunSuitable for use with 400ml cartridges

Part no: OKS5500

Bearing Greases and Technical Lubricants

Bearing greases

ERIKS Lubrication Essentials, featured across pages 220-223, is a range of high quality, readily available items designed to meet the most common industrial lubrication and maintenance applications. ERIKS Lubrication EssentialsYour core lubrication rangeERIKS Lubrication Essentials

Your core lubrication range


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

231

high Temp Chain Oil

Part noOKS352-5LTR

Chain Oil

Food grade gear Oil

Part noOKS3720-5LTR

OKS3720-25LTR

Food grade Chain Spray

Part noOKS3751-500ML

Compressor Oil

Part noCAS-AIRCOLPD100-20LTR

Food grade hydraulic Oil

Part noOKS3770-5LTR

gear Oil

Part noCAS-ALPHASP220-20LTR

CAS-ALPHASP320-20LTR

Synthetic gear Oil

Part noCAS-ALPHASYNPG320-20KG

Chain Spray

Part noOKS671-400ML

Premium hydraulic Oil

Part noCAS-HYSPINAWS32-20LTR

CAS-HYSPINASW46-20LTR

hydraulic Oil

Part noEP32-25LTR-RX

Dry Film

Part noOKS571-400ML

Silicone Oil


gear Oil

Chain Oil hydraulic Oil

hydraulic Oil

Feedback from our customers has indicated two common problems with lubricant supply...

Problem 1

The ever expanding plethora of different lubricants, additives and performance claims is becoming impossible to keep up with. Also, it’s easy to become blinded by the “science” of performance claims

which sound too good to be true, but how do you cut through the jargon and find out if it is really the right product for your application?

Problem 2

When surveying customer stores we regularly encounter several stocked items which all do exactly the same job, multiplying our customers stock values and wasting their time managing excessive inventory.

WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS?


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

232

Anti-Seize

Air Duster

Part noAMB-AIRDUSTER-400ML

Jointing Compound

Part noROC-HYLOMAR-100G

Rust Remover

Part noOKS611-400ML

Cutting Oil

Part noOKS391-400ML

Leak Detector Spray


Belt Dressing Spray


Moly Paste (and Spray)

Part noOKS221-400ML

Copper Anti-Seize Paste

Part noOKS245-250G

Multi- Purpose WD Spray

Part noWD40-400ML

Multi-Purpose Maintenance Spray with PTFE

Part noTRIFLOW-500ML

high Perfromance Maintenance Spray

Part noOKS641-400ML

Food grade Maintenance Spray

Part noOKS371-400ML

Maintenance Sprays

Workbox Essentials

Workbox Essentials

Maintenance and Workbox Essentials

WHY LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS?

The ConceptWith this in mind we set out to define a core range of items with excellent stock availability, hand picked, by our lubrication engineers to cover as wide a range of applications as possible while always maintaining the very best in performance and compliance.

The ProductsERIKS Lubrication Essentials range meets the widest variety of applications imaginable from around 50 core items.

These are amongst our most popular products and are proven in hundreds of applications across as wide a variety of industrial sectors imaginable.


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

233

Temporary Protective Film, Wax Based


Food grade, Anti-Seize Paste

Part noOKS252-250G

Corrosion Protection

Zinc galvanising Spray, Permanent


Zinc Spray

Part noRX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML

Automatic Lubricator

Single-point Automatic Lubricator

Part noSIMASL24 Multi Purpose Grease

SIMASL10 Food Industry Grease

SIMASL01 Water Resistant

SIMASL14 Chain Oil

SIMASL15 High Temperature Chain Oil

SIMASL18 Food Industry Oil

n Proven Performance

n Simplify and Reduce Inventory

n Excellent Availability

n Ensure Compliance

Bio- degradeable Cleaner


Electrical Contact Cleaner


Fast Drying Cleaner

Part noAMB-AMBERKLFE10-400ML

Industrial Degreaser Food Safe

Part noAMB-INDDEGREASERFG-500ML

Universal Cleaner

Part noRX-DEGREASER-400M

high Performance Universal Cleaner


Multi-Foam Cleaner


Cleaners

LUBRICATION ESSENTIALS

ERIKS Lubrication EssentialsYour core lubrication range

Brake Cleaner

Part noRX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML

Anti-Seize


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

234

Because my bearings are worth it!

maintenance products

smart technologies

LubricatorsThe simalube lubricator provides automatic lubrication over a period of one month to a year and can be adjusted in an infinitely variable manner. simalube supplies eve-ry lubricating point with the ideal amount of lubricant – be it oil or grease – so that subsequent manual lubrication is no longer needed and maintenance costs are reduced in the long term.

Induction Heaters

simatherm induction heaters heat circular metal parts, such as roller bearings, in a very short amount of time, so they can be installed quickly and efficiently. The induc-tive heating of metallic workpieces makes sense from both an economical and ecolo-gical perspective. simatec is the world’s lea-ding manufacturer of these types of heaters.

Tools

The simatool toolkits enable the fast installati-on and removal of roller bearings and seals. They are used all over the world in machine and maintenance workshops within all indust-ries.

Simatec Maintenance Products and Multi-Use Lubricants


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

235

WD-40 Multi-Use Product Bulk

nn Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates and displaces moisturenn Prevents rust and corrosionnn Silicone freenn Easy to usenn Versatile

Part no SizeWD40-5LTR 5ltr

WD40-25LTR 25ltr

WD-40 Multi-Use ProductWD-40 Multi-Use Product is still ‘the’ maintenance spray for use in Industry for good reason. It helps to keep plant efficiency and operating costs down whilst solving problems and helping to maintain equipment along the way.

WD-40 Multi-Use Product stops squeaks and noise, it is designed to drive out water, it cleans and protects equipment & prevents corrosion.

This is especially relevant for machinery and appliances exposed to the elements, it leaves a protective coating with a dielectric strength of ~38kV, and it penetrates to loosen rusted, seized parts.

A useful problem solver for a lot of the tasks faced by technicians and engineering staff today, simply taken care of from one quick convenient application of WD-40 Multi-Use Product.

WD-40 Multi-Use Product Aerosols

nn Cleans, protects, penetrates, lubricates and displaces moisturenn Prevents rust and corrosionnn Silicone freenn Easy to usenn Versatilenn Smart straw variant available

Part no SizeWD40-100ML 100ml

WD40-SMARTSTRAW-300ML 300ml

WD40-SMARTSTRAW-450ML 450ml

WD40-600ML 600ml


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

236 Maintenance Sprays

The new range of RX Maintenance Sprays is a complete line-up of readily available products designed

to cover the most common industrial applications.

Less is More with RX® Maintenance Sprays

With an ever-increasing choice of maintenance sprays on the market today, it can be challenging to identify the most compatible solutions for your requirements. Keeping up to date with the latest technology, additives and performance claims can be equally confusing.

It is with this in mind that we have developed the RX Maintenance range, which allows you to source all the core products your workshop needs from a single supplier.

Each product in this series has been handpicked by ERIKS lubrication engineers to cover as wide a range of applications as possible across a variety of industrial sectors, whilst always maintaining the very best in performance and compliance.

Because sometimes less is more.Order your RX® Maintenance Sprays today.Call 0800 006 6000 or visit www.eriks.co.uk


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

237

Multi-Purpose Spray with PTFE

Multi-purpose oil aerosol spray with PTFE

White grease

High-grade white grease aerosol spray with PTFE

Zinc Spray

High purity zinc aerosol spray for protecting metal surfaces

Silicone Spray

High-grade silicone oil aerosol spray

Super Industrial Degreaser

Solvent degreaser aerosol spray removes oil, grease and dirt

Part noRX-WHITEGREASE-400ML

Part noRX-MULTIOIL+PTFE-400ML

Part noRX-FOAMCLEANER-500ML

Part noRX-BRAKECLEANER-500ML

Part noRX-BIOCLEANER-500ML

Part noRX-ZINCSPRAY-400ML

Part noRX-SILICONESPRAY-400ML

Part noRX-DEGREASER-400ML

RX Oil, grease and Maintenance Sprays

Foam Cleaner

Foaming aerosol spray cleaner for universal use

Brake Cleaner

Fast-drying aerosol spray cleaner for brake and clutch parts

Biological Small Parts Cleaner

Biological cleaner trigger spray

RX Lubricants

The range of RX products has been developed by ERIKS over many years of practical applica-tion engineering and develop-ment, this knowledge and understanding is designed into all of our products with the aim to increase your performance and extend reliability.

hydraulic Oil Bearing grease

hydraulic Oil EP32

EP32 hydraulic oil formulated with mineral

oil

Part noEP32-25LTR-RXL

Maintenance Sprays

Part noEP2-400G-RX

Part noEP2-HP-400G-RX

Multi-Purpose grease EP2

EP2 lithium soap based highly refined mineral oil

Multi-Purpose Lithium Complex

EP2 lithium complex grease


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

238

Trust in TOTAL Lubricants

Food Grade Lubricants and Gear Oils

Developing your productivity

TOTAL are at your side to help you get the best from your machinery and to accompany your development at both local and international levels.

Industry specific solutions Each industrial sector has a specific operating environment, their knowledge and experience of industrial applications means that our products are suited perfectly to meet your requirements.

Mineral gear Oils

CARTER EP 68 - 1000 For industrial gears, bearings under high loads and high temperatures. Extends oil drain intervals. Protects against micropitting.

Part number Description SizeTOTAL-CARTEREP100-208LTR Total Carter EP 100 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP150-208LTR Total Carter EP 150 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP150-20LTR Total Carter EP 150 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP220-208LTR Total Carter EP 220 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP220-20LTR Total Carter EP 220 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP320-208LTR Total Carter EP 320 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP320-20LTR Total Carter EP 320 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP460-208LTR Total Carter EP 460 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP460-20LTR Total Carter EP 460 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP68-208LTR Total Carter EP 68 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP68-20LTR Total Carter EP 68 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP680-208LTR Total Carter EP 680 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTEREP680-20LTR Total Carter EP 680 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 Litre

Synthetic gear Oils

CARTER Sh For Gears subjected to very high loads and high temperatures in difficult environments, especially gears for wind turbine. Excellent protection against corrosion, wear and micropitting. Extended oil service life due to excellent thermal stability. Can operate outdoors thanks to a very low pour point.

CARTER Sy For severe temperature conditions and high loads; gears, slideways, plain bearings and (roller) bearings. Excellent level of equipment protection. Extension of oil drain intervals. Extended equipment service life.

Part number Description SizeTOTAL-CARTERSH1000-208L Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH1000-20LTR Total Carter SH 1000 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH150-20LTR Total Carter SH 150 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH220-208LTR Total Carter SH 220 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH220-20LTR Total Carter SH 220 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH320-208LTR Total Carter SH 320 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH320-20LTR Total Carter SH 320 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH460-208LTR Total Carter SH 460 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSH460-20LTR Total Carter SH 460 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY150-208LTR Total Carter SY 150 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY150-20LTR Total Carter SY 150 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY220-208LTR Total Carter SY 220 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY220-20LTR Total Carter SY 220 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY320-208LTR Total Carter SY 320 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY320-20LTR Total Carter SY 320 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY460-208LTR Total Carter SY 460 Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-CARTERSY460-20LTR Total Carter SY 460 Gear Oil 20ltr 20 Litre

TOTAL lubricants offer a comprehensive range of oils, greases and special products for industries such as:

n Chemicalsn Energyn Metalsn Automotiven Original Equipment Manufacturersn Building, Mining and Constructionn Papermaking n Food Processing Industry

Innovative products

Innovation is priority for TOTAL, with several research centres, where chemical and mechanical engineers and specialists in tribology work together. Their close relations with equipment manufacturers enable the formulation and testing of tomorrow’s products, and guarantee optimal performance and protection of your machines.


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

239

nEVASTAnE Food grade Lubricants

A range of products adapted to your needs, the NEVASTANE range spans a wide array of products that have been completely reformulated to meet the latest requirements of industrial equipment suppliers. Offering improved performance NEVASTANE products protect your equipment and extend its working life, even in the most difficult working conditions and across wide temperature ranges.

Part number Description SizeTOTAL-FINAVEST360B-20LTR Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-FINAVESTA360B-208L Total Finavestan A 360B White Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-FINAVESTANA80B-20L Total Finavestan A 80B White Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-LUNARIASH46-208LTR Total Lunaria SH 46 Food Grade Compressor Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-LUNARIASH46-20LTR Total Lunaria SH 46 Food Grade Compressor Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-LUNARIASH68-20LTR Total Lunaria SH 68 Food Grade Compressor Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAF-205LTR Total Nevastane Food Grade Antifreeze 205ltr 205 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW22-208LTR Total Nevastane AW 22 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW22-20LTR Total Nevastane AW 22 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 22ltr 22 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW32-208LTR Total Nevastane AW 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW32-20LTR Total Nevastane AW 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW46-20LTR Total Nevastane AW 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEAW68-20LTR Total Nevastane AW 68 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANECHAINXT-20L Total Nevastane Chain Oil XT Food Grade Chain Oil Xt 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEEP100-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 100 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEEP150-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEEP220-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEEP320-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEEP460-20LTR Total Nevastane EP 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEHTF-208LTR Total Nevastane HTF Food Grade Heat Transfer Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESDO-10LTR Total Nevastane SDO Food Grade Sugar Dissolving Oil 10ltr 10 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESH100-20LTR Total Nevastane SH 100 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESH32-20LTR Total Nevastane SH 32 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESH46-208LTR Total Nevastane SH 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESH46-20LTR Total Nevastane SH 46 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESH68-20LTR Total Nevastane SH 68 Food Grade Hydraulic Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANESIL-207ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Silicone Safe Guard 207ml 207 ml AerosolTOTAL-N/STANESPGRE-300ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Grease Aerosol 300ml 300 ml AerosolTOTAL-N/STANESPLUB-300ML Total Nevastane Food Grade Lube Aerosol 300ml 300 ml AerosolTOTAL-N/STANESY220-25KG Total Nevastane SY 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 25kg 25 KgTOTAL-N/STANESY460-210KG Total Nevastane SY 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 210kg 210 KgTOTAL-N/STANESY460-25KG Total Nevastane SY 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 25kg 25 KgTOTAL-N/STANEXMF0-16KG Total Nevastane XMF 0 Food Grade Grease 16kg 16 KgTOTAL-N/STANEXMF00-16KG Total Nevastane XMF 00 Food Grade Grease 16kg 16 KgTOTAL-N/STANEXMF2-16KG Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease 16kg 16 KgTOTAL-N/STANEXMF2-375G Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease 375g 375 g CartridgeTOTAL-N/STANEXMF2LS-375G Total Nevastane XMF 2 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 375g 375 g CartridgeTOTAL-N/STANEXS320-400G Total Nevastane XS 320 Food Grade Grease 400g 400 g CartridgeTOTAL-N/STANEXS80-16KG Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 16Kg 16 KgTOTAL-N/STANEXS80-400G Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease 400g 400 g CartridgeTOTAL-N/STANEXS80LS-400G Total Nevastane XS 80 Food Grade Grease Lube Shuttle Cartridge 400g 400 g CartridgeTOTAL-N/STANEXSH150-208L Total Nevastane XSH 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH150-20L Total Nevastane XSH 150 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH220-208L Total Nevastane XSH 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH220-20L Total Nevastane XSH 220 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH320-208L Total Nevastane XSH 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 208ltr 208 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH320-20L Total Nevastane XSH 320 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 LitreTOTAL-N/STANEXSH460-20L Total Nevastane XSH 460 Food Grade Gear Oil 20ltr 20 Litre

nn Registered NSF H1

nn Free of any compound of animal origin

nn GMO free

nn Allergen free

nn Manufactured in ISO 21469-certified

plants

nn Innovative packaging

Safe and environmentally friendly

They have made a commitment to safety, health and respect for the environment. Their R&D teams integrate from the initial design stage of new products parameters conducive to the reduction of toxicity risks and VOC emissions, biodegradability, recycling or disposal of the products.

high added value services

We bring our expertise to help you to optimize the productivity of your machinery and improve your competitiveness. You benefit from our specialist knowledge and high-level after-sales services that include: rationalization and organization of lubrication operations, maintenance and laboratory analyses of the fluids in service, training of your personnel.


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

240 Lubricants and Site Safety Paint Solutions

Food grade Lubricants Our market-leading FOODLUBE® food grade products are widely recognised for their pioneering new technologies.

FOODLUBE Extremenn Extreme resistance to water wash-offnn Prevents wear and protects under high load conditionsnn Anti-microbial additives protect grease from deterioration and odournn Significantly extends bearing lifenn NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified

FOODLUBE Premier 1

nn Multi-purpose EP greasenn Highly resistant to water wash-offnn Outstanding corrosion protectionnn Excellent oxidation stability increases service life of the grease, extending re-lubrication intervalsnn NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified

STAInLESS STEEL CLEAnER Spray

nn Effectively removes grease, grime and dirtnn Leaves clean, smear free, polished surfacenn NSF A7 registered: used for non-food contact surfaces

FOODLUBE Anti-Seize

An advanced next-generation anti-seize grease designed specifically for the challenges of the food processing industry.

It prevents galling and seizure of joints and fasteners in high temperature / humid environments and those with regular wash-down with chemical cleaning agents.

nn Advanced non-drying formula holds lubricating agents in place to allow controlled assembly or disassembly of machinery over extended periodsnn Consistent coefficient of friction makes allowances for minor variations in engineering tolerance:nn Increases precision of assembly for critical equipment

nn Allows more accurate bolt tension; particularly important for pressurised and gasketed joints

nn Optimised for use on stainless steelnn NSF H1, ISO 21469, Halal and Kosher certified

Product Description Pack Volume/Weight ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-18KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme 18kg

ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge 380g

ROC-FOODLUBE-EXT-4KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme 4kg

ROC-FOODLUBE-EXTSC-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Extreme Shuttle Cartridge 380g

ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-18KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 18kg

ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-380G ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 380g

ROC-FOODLUBE-PREM1-4KG ROCOL FOODLUBE Premier 1 4kg

ROC-FOODLUBE-ANTISEIZE ROCOL FOODLUBE Anti-seize 500g

ROC-SS-CLEANER-400ML ROCOL STAINLESS STEEL CLEANER Spray 400ml


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

241

BIOgEn WIREShIELD®

ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD is a VGP compliant lubricant for wire ropes and ROV umbilicals, proven to excel in the most corrosive of atmospheres.

nn Market leading corrosion protection ensures extended rope and umbilical lifenn Extreme resistance to water wash off-reduces re-lubrication intervalsnn Non-melting formulation; suitable for use in high temperature environmentsnn Environmentally Acceptable Lubricant (EAL) and Vessel General Permit (VGP) Compliant; can be used in US watersnn BIOGEN® range also includes fluid and spray

BIOgEn TUFLUBE

ROCOL BIOGEN TUFLUBE is an extreme heavy duty, biodegradable jacking and open gear grease. Designed to protect heavily loaded, slow moving mechanisms in the wettest and most corrosive conditions, it is the ideal lubricant for the protection of critical assets in the marine, offshore and freshwater environments.

nn Extreme pressure: unique additive package protects against metal wearnn Extreme adhesion: blend of Hi-Tac boosters ensures staying power, even when submergednn Extreme temperatures: ideal for use in the hottest and coldest climatesnn HOCNF classification ‘E’: certified for use in the North Seann VGP compliant: can be used in US waters

Product Description Pack Volume/WeightROC-BIO-WIRESHIELD-160KG ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD 160kg

ROC-BIO-WIRESHIELD-18KG ROCOL BIOGEN WIRESHIELD 18kg

ROC-BIOGENTUFLUBE-18KG ROCOL BIOGEN TUFLUBE 18kg

ROC-BIOGEN-SPRAY ROCOL BIOGEN Spray 400ml

Product Description Pack Volume/WeightROC-EASYLINE-BLUE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Blue

ROC-EASYLINE-EDGE-APP EASYLINE EDGE Applicator

ROC-EASYLINE-EDGE-PLATES EASYLINE EDGE Spare Masking Plates 2 Sets

ROC-EASYLINE-FLYEL-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Fl. Yellow

ROC-EASYLINE-GREEN-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Green

ROC-EASYLINE-GREY-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Grey

ROC-EASYLINE-ORANGE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Orange

ROC-EASYLINE-RED-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Red

ROC-EASYLINE-WHITE-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml White

ROC-EASYLINE-YELLOW-EDGE EASYLINE EDGE Aerosol Line Marking Paint 750ml Yellow

Line Marking Paint

EASyLInE® EDgE

The world’s leading aerosol line marking system

nn Simple and effective, with consistent resultsnn Unrivalled clean, sharp line edge definition with 3 line widthsnn EASYLINE EDGE paint is touch dry in 10 minutesnn Easy to use, simple set up, ready to paint straight out of the boxnn Intuitive applicator with adjustable height settingsnn No need for contractors-professional quality line

nn Durable, thick and long lasting coatingnn Marks up to 100 meters with a 50mm line width*nn EASYLINE EDGE paint is UV stable- powerful colour even after 2000 hoursnn Environmentally Safenn Non-toxic, non-irritant and non-harmful to the environment**

*May vary due to surface conditions

** Classified in accordance with Regulation EC No. 1272/2008


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

242

A Freudenberg Group Company

OKS high Perfomance Lubricants and Multi-Use Lubricants


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

243

Tri-Flow Industrial LubricantsTri-Flow Lubricant is ideal for preventive and corrective maintenance in industrial applications. Tri-Flow will keep equipment in service longer and reduce costly breakdowns caused by worn and grimy parts.

Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant, 200ml

nn For general applicationsnn Formulated with PTFEnn High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) nn Extends machinery service life

Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 500ml

nn For general applicationsnn Formulated with PTFE nn High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) nn Improves machinery performance

Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant Precision Spray (nEW) 500ml

nn For hard to reach applicationsnn Formulated with PTFEnn High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) nn Reduces operating costsnn Protects against moisture and corrosion

Tri-Flow Industrial Lubricant 4ltr

nn For larger volume usersnn Formulated with PTFEnn High temperature range (-53°C to +246°C) nn Ideal for use on closed system industrial machinery

Part no SizeTRIFLOW-200ML 200ML

Part no SizeTRIFLOW-500ML 500ML

Part no SizeTRIFLOW-PREC-500ML 500ML

Part no SizeTRIFLOW-4LTR 4LTR

Also Available*

Tri-Flow Lubricant Drip Bottle, 59ml nn For precision applicationsnn Formulated with PTFEnn High temperature range (-53C to +246C) nn Ideal for use on nuts, bolts, locks and hinges nn Penetrates inaccessible areas to displace contaminants

Part no SizeTRIFLOW-DRIP BOTTLE 20Z 59ML

*available on extended lead time


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

244

Position Sensors

Kplus Sensor

Constant correction factor

Kplus sensors have the same sensing range for all types of metals. They are for example perfectly suited for the detection of aluminium, where conventional sensors show a considerably reduced sensing range. The high switching frequencies enable the monitoring of fast changing switching states.

The resistant stainless steel sleeve allows reliable use in oil and coolant applications. The wide temperature range as well as the high protection ratings enable universal use of the new Kplus sensors.

IFM Position Sensors

M8 connector · 3 wire DC PnP · Output function normally open

Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current Part no. length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [hz] [mA]M8 40 3 flush 2000 100 IFIES200

M8 40 6 non-flush 2000 100 IFIES201

M12 connector · 3 wire DC PnP Output function normally open

Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current Part no. length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [hz] [mA]M12 45 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFS297

M12 45 8 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS298

M12 45 10 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS299

M12 60 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFS304

M12 60 8 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS305

M12 60 10 non-flush 2000 100 IFIFS306

M18 45 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGS287

M18 45 12 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS288

M18 45 15 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS289

M18 60 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGS290

M18 60 12 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS291

M18 60 15 non-flush 2000 100 IFIGS292

M30 45 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIS281

M30 60 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIS282

M30 60 22 non-flush 2000 100 IFIIS283

M30 60 30 non-flush 2000 100 IFIIS284

nn Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals

nn Compact dimensions for use in the smallest of space

nn Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching

nn High-quality stainless steel housing

nn High reliability thanks to protection rating from IP 65 / IP 69KK

Further technical data

Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30

Reverse polarity protection •

Short-circuit protection •

Overload protection •

Protection IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69K

Protection class III

Ambient temperature [°C] -40...85

Housing materials sensing face High-grade stainless steel (316L) sensing face LCP

Switching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

245

Electromagnetic field immune Kplus sensorsUse in harsh welding applications The inductive Kplus sensors withstand harsh operating conditions and reliably detect metal objects even in case of soiling. The sensor housing and the fixing nuts have a non-stick coating to prevent sticking of weld slag.

Strong magnetic fields occur in welding processes. The new sensor technology prevents incorrect switching. The quick connection with the connector and matching cable from the ecolink range is the ideal basis for permanent use

M8 connector · 3 wire DC PnP · Output function normally open · stainless steel (316L) anti-spatter

Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current Part no. length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [hz] [mA]M8 40 3 flush 2000 100 IFIEW200

M8 40 6 non flush 2000 100 IFIEW20

M12 connector · 3 wire DC PnP · Output function normally open · brass anti-spatter

Type Total Sensing Installation Switching Current Part no. length range frequency load (mm) (mm) [hz] [mA]M12 65 4 flush 2000 100 IFIFW204

M18 65 8 flush 2000 100 IFIGW202

M30 65 15 flush 2000 100 IFIIW202

nn Uniform sensing range for the reliable detection of all metals

nn Robust design with non-stick coating

nn Electromagnetic field immune sensor technology to prevent incorrect switching

nn Wide temperature range for universal use

nn High protection ratings up to IP 68 / IP 69K

Further technical data

Operating voltage [V DC] 10...30Current consumption [mA] < 20Reverse polarity protection •Short-circuit protection •Overload protection •Protection IP 65 / IP 66 / IP 67 / IP 68 / IP 69KProtection class IIAmbient temperature [°C] -40...85Housing materials sensing face LCPSwitching status indication [LED] yellow (4 x 90°)


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

246

Part no LEDL7298

LEDL7297 non-rechargeable

Part no LED9407

Part no LEDL8404

Part no LEDL9405R

Part no LEDL9802QCTP

Torches and headlamps

Ledlenser® P7.2

This best-selling medium-sized LED torch is made from uncompromisingly tough, aircraft-grade aluminium for protection against knocks and shocks, It weighs 175g and measures 130mm in length. Delivers up to 320 lumens brightness, a maximum beam distance of 260 metres and as long as 50 hours burn time.

nn Advanced Focus System™ Opticsnn Speed Focus™ enables smooth single-handed beam focusingnn Corrosion resistant gold plated contacts for better conductivitynn Dynamic Switch™

Ledlenser® P5R.2 - Rechargeable

A small, slimline LED hand torch with a durable aluminium body and a high-end CREE LED generating 270 lumens of bright white light for up to 240 metres.

nn Recalibrated lens for wide light beam anglenn Robust, yet lightweight aircraft-grade aluminium housingnn Corrosion resistant gold plated contacts for better conductivitynn Smart Light Technology™ - choose from Power, Low Power and Defence Strobe

Ledlenser® SEO3

This stylish LED head torch makes light work of any hands-free illumination task, providing superior comfort and excellent light distribution for the user.nn Advanced Focus System™ Opticsnn Three Smart Light Technology light functions – Power, Low Power, Signalnn White CREE LED + glare-free red LED for night vision

Ledlenser® T2QC

This clever T7QC hand torch offers instant white, red, green or blue light from a single multi-coloured CREE Power LED light chip. A prismatic diffuser inside the lens helps optimise light distribution across all colours up to 140 lumens brightness.nn Four colours: white, red (night vision technology and stop signal), green (go signal) and blue (crack detection)nn Prismatic diffuser for optimum light and colour performancenn Quick flick changes light colour instantlynn Fixed focus beamnn Durable metal body

Ledlenser® h7R.2 - Rechargeable

Up to 300 lumen output on Boost mode combined with up to 60 hours burn time on Low Power (20 lumens), makes this a seriously versatile hands-free lighting companion for any environment.

nn Rechargeable Head Lamp packed full of smart technologies and outstanding opticsnn Multi-function Dynamic ‘wheel’ switchnn Rear safety light – either red or blinking options

Ledlenser® P4BM

This slim, metal-bodied pen torch is frequently used by engineers, mechanics and technicians, who like to have on hand a top quality inspection instrument that can throw light into narrow or inaccessible areas.

nn Blue Moon Focus System™ delivers a brighter, whiter beamnn Speed Focus™ enables smooth single-handed beam focusingnn Superior rear tail cap switch

Part no ColourLEDL6103 Orange

LEDL6104 Green

Torches and headlamps


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

247

VARIABOX

CEEnORM VARIABOX

One for all: the VARIABOX meets all requirements for a modern distributor housing and can be individually configured in five different sizes. With versions S, M, L, XL and XXL, as surface-mounting or mobile combination, we always have the right distributor for your needs

nn Housing made of high-grade, impact-resistant plastic

nn Top and bottom can be sealed together

nn Modular expansion on all 4 sides

nn Fuse elements arranged below transparent, lockable operating window with userfriendly OTC mechanism (one touch close)

nn All CEE sockets with screwless, maintenance free QUICK-CONNECT technology

nn The mounting dimension of the panel mounting socket outlets is not manufacturer-specific (standard dimension)


TOO

LS, S

AF

ETy

&

MA

InTE

nA

nC

E

248 Centro Industrial Essentials


249Index

Ball Busings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Bearing Fitting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Condition monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-28, 32Cylindrical Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Deep Groove Ball Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6Housed Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-13Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Linear Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Linear Motion and Actuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Lubricators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Needle Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Radial Ball Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Rotary Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Self-Lube® Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22SNT Split Plummer Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Spherical Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Split Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Super Precision Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19-21Tapered Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Test and Measurement Tools . . . . . . . . . . .29-31Y-Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7

Pneumatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82-98Air Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86-87Compact Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Cylinders and Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Push-in Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84-85Safety Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-97Suction Cups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Vacuum Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-91

Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-122Adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109-110Ball Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Bladder Accumulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Components and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-108EMB Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108High Pressure Hoses and Couplings . 103-104Hose Assemblies and Components . . . . . . . 105Hydraulic Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111-112Hydraulic Valves and Cylinders . . . . . . 116-119Hydraulics Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Lifeguard Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Oil Transfer Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Repair, Replace Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . 120-122Self Assembly Starter Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Filtration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123-134Filtration Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Fluid Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-125Fluid Level Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130-131Panel and Bag Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-129Water Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125-126Fluid Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122-123Oil Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Panel & Bag Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126-127Water Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124-125

Industrial Hose . . . . . . . . . 135-146Camlocks and Bellows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140-141Chemical and Pharmaceutical Hose . . . . . . 145Commodity Hose and Clips . . . . . . . . . . 136-137Food and Beverage Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Industrial Hose Reels and Cable Reels . . . . 146Metal Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138-139Rubber Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Steam Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Fluid PowerPg 79-146

BearingsPg 1-32

Power TransmissionPg 33-78

Adapter Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Chain Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Classic Vee Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52-55Drives and Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67Electric Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 68-69Emergency Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38-39Gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-77High Performance Wedge Belts . . . . . . . . . . . 37Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71-73Performance Special Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-63Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46-47Ribbed Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Roller Chain and Sprockets . . . . . . . . . . . . .56-57Shaft Fixings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49-51Speed Reducer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Timing Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44-45, 48Total Cost of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Vibration Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Wedge Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41


to order on

ERIKS WEBSHOP

SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK SH

OP.E

RIK

S.CO.UK SHOP.

ERIK

S.C

O.U

K


250

Adhesives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208-209Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216-219Line Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Live Centres, Chucks & Vices . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Lock Boxes and Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . 220-221Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229-243Metal Cutting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222-225Non-Sparking Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Position Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244-245Respiratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Safety Eyewear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212Safety Footwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Spill Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214-215Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206-207Torches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Torque Wrenches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-227Variabox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Wiping Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204-205

Tools, Safety & Maintenancepg 201-248

Sealing & Polymerpg 147-170

Sealing Technology . . . . . 147-161Bonded Washer Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Circlips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Clamp Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Component Mechanical Seals . . . . . . . 160-161Elastomeric Rotary Lip Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Hydraulic Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157-159O-rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-153Shaft Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155V-Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Gasket Technology . . . . . . 162-169Elastograph Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168EPDM Cut Flange Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Gasket Sheeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162-163Gland Packings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Graphite Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Ring Type Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Soft Cut Flange Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Spiral Wound Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Index

Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172-177Ball Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Butterfly Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Econ® & Partner Brands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Gate, Globe and Check Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Knife Gate Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177-200

Cavity Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Coolant Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Diaphragm Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184-185DOC 3 Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198End Suction Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Gorman-Rupp Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Grundfos Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186-187Hose Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Hydra-cell Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-193Hygienic Rotary Lobe Pumps . . . . . . . .181, 194Munsch Chemical Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Petrol Driven Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Submersible Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190-191Wobble Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Flow Technologypg 171-200


251

order online SHOP.ERIKS.CO.UK

call 0845 006 6000

Ca

ll loC

al 0

845 0

06 6

000

Iss

ue

15

Product & service Know-How

0845 006 6000

Iss

ue

15

Your quick guide to our

PRODUCTS & SERVICES

Tools, safety & Maintenance

Flow Control

sealing & Polymer

Fluid Power, Transfer & Control

Power Transmission

Bearings

Te

CH

DIr

eC

T